Show More
@@ -1,5454 +1,5459 b'' | |||||
1 | # commands.py - command processing for mercurial |
|
1 | # commands.py - command processing for mercurial | |
2 | # |
|
2 | # | |
3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> | |
4 | # |
|
4 | # | |
5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the | |
6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. | |
7 |
|
7 | |||
8 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
8 | from __future__ import absolute_import | |
9 |
|
9 | |||
10 | import difflib |
|
10 | import difflib | |
11 | import errno |
|
11 | import errno | |
12 | import os |
|
12 | import os | |
13 | import re |
|
13 | import re | |
14 |
|
14 | |||
15 | from .i18n import _ |
|
15 | from .i18n import _ | |
16 | from .node import ( |
|
16 | from .node import ( | |
17 | hex, |
|
17 | hex, | |
18 | nullid, |
|
18 | nullid, | |
19 | nullrev, |
|
19 | nullrev, | |
20 | short, |
|
20 | short, | |
21 | ) |
|
21 | ) | |
22 | from . import ( |
|
22 | from . import ( | |
23 | archival, |
|
23 | archival, | |
24 | bookmarks, |
|
24 | bookmarks, | |
25 | bundle2, |
|
25 | bundle2, | |
26 | changegroup, |
|
26 | changegroup, | |
27 | cmdutil, |
|
27 | cmdutil, | |
28 | copies, |
|
28 | copies, | |
29 | destutil, |
|
29 | destutil, | |
30 | dirstateguard, |
|
30 | dirstateguard, | |
31 | discovery, |
|
31 | discovery, | |
32 | encoding, |
|
32 | encoding, | |
33 | error, |
|
33 | error, | |
34 | exchange, |
|
34 | exchange, | |
35 | extensions, |
|
35 | extensions, | |
36 | graphmod, |
|
36 | graphmod, | |
37 | hbisect, |
|
37 | hbisect, | |
38 | help, |
|
38 | help, | |
39 | hg, |
|
39 | hg, | |
40 | lock as lockmod, |
|
40 | lock as lockmod, | |
41 | merge as mergemod, |
|
41 | merge as mergemod, | |
42 | obsolete, |
|
42 | obsolete, | |
43 | patch, |
|
43 | patch, | |
44 | phases, |
|
44 | phases, | |
45 | pycompat, |
|
45 | pycompat, | |
46 | revsetlang, |
|
46 | revsetlang, | |
47 | scmutil, |
|
47 | scmutil, | |
48 | server, |
|
48 | server, | |
49 | sshserver, |
|
49 | sshserver, | |
50 | streamclone, |
|
50 | streamclone, | |
51 | templatekw, |
|
51 | templatekw, | |
52 | ui as uimod, |
|
52 | ui as uimod, | |
53 | util, |
|
53 | util, | |
54 | ) |
|
54 | ) | |
55 |
|
55 | |||
56 | release = lockmod.release |
|
56 | release = lockmod.release | |
57 |
|
57 | |||
58 | table = {} |
|
58 | table = {} | |
59 |
|
59 | |||
60 | command = cmdutil.command(table) |
|
60 | command = cmdutil.command(table) | |
61 |
|
61 | |||
62 | # label constants |
|
62 | # label constants | |
63 | # until 3.5, bookmarks.current was the advertised name, not |
|
63 | # until 3.5, bookmarks.current was the advertised name, not | |
64 | # bookmarks.active, so we must use both to avoid breaking old |
|
64 | # bookmarks.active, so we must use both to avoid breaking old | |
65 | # custom styles |
|
65 | # custom styles | |
66 | activebookmarklabel = 'bookmarks.active bookmarks.current' |
|
66 | activebookmarklabel = 'bookmarks.active bookmarks.current' | |
67 |
|
67 | |||
68 | # common command options |
|
68 | # common command options | |
69 |
|
69 | |||
70 | globalopts = [ |
|
70 | globalopts = [ | |
71 | ('R', 'repository', '', |
|
71 | ('R', 'repository', '', | |
72 | _('repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file'), |
|
72 | _('repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file'), | |
73 | _('REPO')), |
|
73 | _('REPO')), | |
74 | ('', 'cwd', '', |
|
74 | ('', 'cwd', '', | |
75 | _('change working directory'), _('DIR')), |
|
75 | _('change working directory'), _('DIR')), | |
76 | ('y', 'noninteractive', None, |
|
76 | ('y', 'noninteractive', None, | |
77 | _('do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts')), |
|
77 | _('do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts')), | |
78 | ('q', 'quiet', None, _('suppress output')), |
|
78 | ('q', 'quiet', None, _('suppress output')), | |
79 | ('v', 'verbose', None, _('enable additional output')), |
|
79 | ('v', 'verbose', None, _('enable additional output')), | |
80 | ('', 'color', '', |
|
80 | ('', 'color', '', | |
81 | # i18n: 'always', 'auto', 'never', and 'debug' are keywords |
|
81 | # i18n: 'always', 'auto', 'never', and 'debug' are keywords | |
82 | # and should not be translated |
|
82 | # and should not be translated | |
83 | _("when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)"), |
|
83 | _("when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)"), | |
84 | _('TYPE')), |
|
84 | _('TYPE')), | |
85 | ('', 'config', [], |
|
85 | ('', 'config', [], | |
86 | _('set/override config option (use \'section.name=value\')'), |
|
86 | _('set/override config option (use \'section.name=value\')'), | |
87 | _('CONFIG')), |
|
87 | _('CONFIG')), | |
88 | ('', 'debug', None, _('enable debugging output')), |
|
88 | ('', 'debug', None, _('enable debugging output')), | |
89 | ('', 'debugger', None, _('start debugger')), |
|
89 | ('', 'debugger', None, _('start debugger')), | |
90 | ('', 'encoding', encoding.encoding, _('set the charset encoding'), |
|
90 | ('', 'encoding', encoding.encoding, _('set the charset encoding'), | |
91 | _('ENCODE')), |
|
91 | _('ENCODE')), | |
92 | ('', 'encodingmode', encoding.encodingmode, |
|
92 | ('', 'encodingmode', encoding.encodingmode, | |
93 | _('set the charset encoding mode'), _('MODE')), |
|
93 | _('set the charset encoding mode'), _('MODE')), | |
94 | ('', 'traceback', None, _('always print a traceback on exception')), |
|
94 | ('', 'traceback', None, _('always print a traceback on exception')), | |
95 | ('', 'time', None, _('time how long the command takes')), |
|
95 | ('', 'time', None, _('time how long the command takes')), | |
96 | ('', 'profile', None, _('print command execution profile')), |
|
96 | ('', 'profile', None, _('print command execution profile')), | |
97 | ('', 'version', None, _('output version information and exit')), |
|
97 | ('', 'version', None, _('output version information and exit')), | |
98 | ('h', 'help', None, _('display help and exit')), |
|
98 | ('h', 'help', None, _('display help and exit')), | |
99 | ('', 'hidden', False, _('consider hidden changesets')), |
|
99 | ('', 'hidden', False, _('consider hidden changesets')), | |
100 | ('', 'pager', 'auto', |
|
100 | ('', 'pager', 'auto', | |
101 | _("when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)"), _('TYPE')), |
|
101 | _("when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)"), _('TYPE')), | |
102 | ] |
|
102 | ] | |
103 |
|
103 | |||
104 | dryrunopts = [('n', 'dry-run', None, |
|
104 | dryrunopts = [('n', 'dry-run', None, | |
105 | _('do not perform actions, just print output'))] |
|
105 | _('do not perform actions, just print output'))] | |
106 |
|
106 | |||
107 | remoteopts = [ |
|
107 | remoteopts = [ | |
108 | ('e', 'ssh', '', |
|
108 | ('e', 'ssh', '', | |
109 | _('specify ssh command to use'), _('CMD')), |
|
109 | _('specify ssh command to use'), _('CMD')), | |
110 | ('', 'remotecmd', '', |
|
110 | ('', 'remotecmd', '', | |
111 | _('specify hg command to run on the remote side'), _('CMD')), |
|
111 | _('specify hg command to run on the remote side'), _('CMD')), | |
112 | ('', 'insecure', None, |
|
112 | ('', 'insecure', None, | |
113 | _('do not verify server certificate (ignoring web.cacerts config)')), |
|
113 | _('do not verify server certificate (ignoring web.cacerts config)')), | |
114 | ] |
|
114 | ] | |
115 |
|
115 | |||
116 | walkopts = [ |
|
116 | walkopts = [ | |
117 | ('I', 'include', [], |
|
117 | ('I', 'include', [], | |
118 | _('include names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')), |
|
118 | _('include names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')), | |
119 | ('X', 'exclude', [], |
|
119 | ('X', 'exclude', [], | |
120 | _('exclude names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')), |
|
120 | _('exclude names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')), | |
121 | ] |
|
121 | ] | |
122 |
|
122 | |||
123 | commitopts = [ |
|
123 | commitopts = [ | |
124 | ('m', 'message', '', |
|
124 | ('m', 'message', '', | |
125 | _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')), |
|
125 | _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')), | |
126 | ('l', 'logfile', '', |
|
126 | ('l', 'logfile', '', | |
127 | _('read commit message from file'), _('FILE')), |
|
127 | _('read commit message from file'), _('FILE')), | |
128 | ] |
|
128 | ] | |
129 |
|
129 | |||
130 | commitopts2 = [ |
|
130 | commitopts2 = [ | |
131 | ('d', 'date', '', |
|
131 | ('d', 'date', '', | |
132 | _('record the specified date as commit date'), _('DATE')), |
|
132 | _('record the specified date as commit date'), _('DATE')), | |
133 | ('u', 'user', '', |
|
133 | ('u', 'user', '', | |
134 | _('record the specified user as committer'), _('USER')), |
|
134 | _('record the specified user as committer'), _('USER')), | |
135 | ] |
|
135 | ] | |
136 |
|
136 | |||
137 | # hidden for now |
|
137 | # hidden for now | |
138 | formatteropts = [ |
|
138 | formatteropts = [ | |
139 | ('T', 'template', '', |
|
139 | ('T', 'template', '', | |
140 | _('display with template (EXPERIMENTAL)'), _('TEMPLATE')), |
|
140 | _('display with template (EXPERIMENTAL)'), _('TEMPLATE')), | |
141 | ] |
|
141 | ] | |
142 |
|
142 | |||
143 | templateopts = [ |
|
143 | templateopts = [ | |
144 | ('', 'style', '', |
|
144 | ('', 'style', '', | |
145 | _('display using template map file (DEPRECATED)'), _('STYLE')), |
|
145 | _('display using template map file (DEPRECATED)'), _('STYLE')), | |
146 | ('T', 'template', '', |
|
146 | ('T', 'template', '', | |
147 | _('display with template'), _('TEMPLATE')), |
|
147 | _('display with template'), _('TEMPLATE')), | |
148 | ] |
|
148 | ] | |
149 |
|
149 | |||
150 | logopts = [ |
|
150 | logopts = [ | |
151 | ('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')), |
|
151 | ('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')), | |
152 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), |
|
152 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), | |
153 | ('l', 'limit', '', |
|
153 | ('l', 'limit', '', | |
154 | _('limit number of changes displayed'), _('NUM')), |
|
154 | _('limit number of changes displayed'), _('NUM')), | |
155 | ('M', 'no-merges', None, _('do not show merges')), |
|
155 | ('M', 'no-merges', None, _('do not show merges')), | |
156 | ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')), |
|
156 | ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')), | |
157 | ('G', 'graph', None, _("show the revision DAG")), |
|
157 | ('G', 'graph', None, _("show the revision DAG")), | |
158 | ] + templateopts |
|
158 | ] + templateopts | |
159 |
|
159 | |||
160 | diffopts = [ |
|
160 | diffopts = [ | |
161 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), |
|
161 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), | |
162 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), |
|
162 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), | |
163 | ('', 'nodates', None, _('omit dates from diff headers')) |
|
163 | ('', 'nodates', None, _('omit dates from diff headers')) | |
164 | ] |
|
164 | ] | |
165 |
|
165 | |||
166 | diffwsopts = [ |
|
166 | diffwsopts = [ | |
167 | ('w', 'ignore-all-space', None, |
|
167 | ('w', 'ignore-all-space', None, | |
168 | _('ignore white space when comparing lines')), |
|
168 | _('ignore white space when comparing lines')), | |
169 | ('b', 'ignore-space-change', None, |
|
169 | ('b', 'ignore-space-change', None, | |
170 | _('ignore changes in the amount of white space')), |
|
170 | _('ignore changes in the amount of white space')), | |
171 | ('B', 'ignore-blank-lines', None, |
|
171 | ('B', 'ignore-blank-lines', None, | |
172 | _('ignore changes whose lines are all blank')), |
|
172 | _('ignore changes whose lines are all blank')), | |
173 | ] |
|
173 | ] | |
174 |
|
174 | |||
175 | diffopts2 = [ |
|
175 | diffopts2 = [ | |
176 | ('', 'noprefix', None, _('omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames')), |
|
176 | ('', 'noprefix', None, _('omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames')), | |
177 | ('p', 'show-function', None, _('show which function each change is in')), |
|
177 | ('p', 'show-function', None, _('show which function each change is in')), | |
178 | ('', 'reverse', None, _('produce a diff that undoes the changes')), |
|
178 | ('', 'reverse', None, _('produce a diff that undoes the changes')), | |
179 | ] + diffwsopts + [ |
|
179 | ] + diffwsopts + [ | |
180 | ('U', 'unified', '', |
|
180 | ('U', 'unified', '', | |
181 | _('number of lines of context to show'), _('NUM')), |
|
181 | _('number of lines of context to show'), _('NUM')), | |
182 | ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')), |
|
182 | ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')), | |
183 | ('', 'root', '', _('produce diffs relative to subdirectory'), _('DIR')), |
|
183 | ('', 'root', '', _('produce diffs relative to subdirectory'), _('DIR')), | |
184 | ] |
|
184 | ] | |
185 |
|
185 | |||
186 | mergetoolopts = [ |
|
186 | mergetoolopts = [ | |
187 | ('t', 'tool', '', _('specify merge tool')), |
|
187 | ('t', 'tool', '', _('specify merge tool')), | |
188 | ] |
|
188 | ] | |
189 |
|
189 | |||
190 | similarityopts = [ |
|
190 | similarityopts = [ | |
191 | ('s', 'similarity', '', |
|
191 | ('s', 'similarity', '', | |
192 | _('guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)'), _('SIMILARITY')) |
|
192 | _('guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)'), _('SIMILARITY')) | |
193 | ] |
|
193 | ] | |
194 |
|
194 | |||
195 | subrepoopts = [ |
|
195 | subrepoopts = [ | |
196 | ('S', 'subrepos', None, |
|
196 | ('S', 'subrepos', None, | |
197 | _('recurse into subrepositories')) |
|
197 | _('recurse into subrepositories')) | |
198 | ] |
|
198 | ] | |
199 |
|
199 | |||
200 | debugrevlogopts = [ |
|
200 | debugrevlogopts = [ | |
201 | ('c', 'changelog', False, _('open changelog')), |
|
201 | ('c', 'changelog', False, _('open changelog')), | |
202 | ('m', 'manifest', False, _('open manifest')), |
|
202 | ('m', 'manifest', False, _('open manifest')), | |
203 | ('', 'dir', '', _('open directory manifest')), |
|
203 | ('', 'dir', '', _('open directory manifest')), | |
204 | ] |
|
204 | ] | |
205 |
|
205 | |||
206 | # Commands start here, listed alphabetically |
|
206 | # Commands start here, listed alphabetically | |
207 |
|
207 | |||
208 | @command('^add', |
|
208 | @command('^add', | |
209 | walkopts + subrepoopts + dryrunopts, |
|
209 | walkopts + subrepoopts + dryrunopts, | |
210 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
210 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), | |
211 | inferrepo=True) |
|
211 | inferrepo=True) | |
212 | def add(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
212 | def add(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
213 | """add the specified files on the next commit |
|
213 | """add the specified files on the next commit | |
214 |
|
214 | |||
215 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the |
|
215 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the | |
216 | repository. |
|
216 | repository. | |
217 |
|
217 | |||
218 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To |
|
218 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To | |
219 | undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`. |
|
219 | undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`. | |
220 |
|
220 | |||
221 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except |
|
221 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except | |
222 | files matching ``.hgignore``). |
|
222 | files matching ``.hgignore``). | |
223 |
|
223 | |||
224 | .. container:: verbose |
|
224 | .. container:: verbose | |
225 |
|
225 | |||
226 | Examples: |
|
226 | Examples: | |
227 |
|
227 | |||
228 | - New (unknown) files are added |
|
228 | - New (unknown) files are added | |
229 | automatically by :hg:`add`:: |
|
229 | automatically by :hg:`add`:: | |
230 |
|
230 | |||
231 | $ ls |
|
231 | $ ls | |
232 | foo.c |
|
232 | foo.c | |
233 | $ hg status |
|
233 | $ hg status | |
234 | ? foo.c |
|
234 | ? foo.c | |
235 | $ hg add |
|
235 | $ hg add | |
236 | adding foo.c |
|
236 | adding foo.c | |
237 | $ hg status |
|
237 | $ hg status | |
238 | A foo.c |
|
238 | A foo.c | |
239 |
|
239 | |||
240 | - Specific files to be added can be specified:: |
|
240 | - Specific files to be added can be specified:: | |
241 |
|
241 | |||
242 | $ ls |
|
242 | $ ls | |
243 | bar.c foo.c |
|
243 | bar.c foo.c | |
244 | $ hg status |
|
244 | $ hg status | |
245 | ? bar.c |
|
245 | ? bar.c | |
246 | ? foo.c |
|
246 | ? foo.c | |
247 | $ hg add bar.c |
|
247 | $ hg add bar.c | |
248 | $ hg status |
|
248 | $ hg status | |
249 | A bar.c |
|
249 | A bar.c | |
250 | ? foo.c |
|
250 | ? foo.c | |
251 |
|
251 | |||
252 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
252 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
253 | """ |
|
253 | """ | |
254 |
|
254 | |||
255 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
255 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) | |
256 | rejected = cmdutil.add(ui, repo, m, "", False, **opts) |
|
256 | rejected = cmdutil.add(ui, repo, m, "", False, **opts) | |
257 | return rejected and 1 or 0 |
|
257 | return rejected and 1 or 0 | |
258 |
|
258 | |||
259 | @command('addremove', |
|
259 | @command('addremove', | |
260 | similarityopts + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
260 | similarityopts + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts, | |
261 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
261 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), | |
262 | inferrepo=True) |
|
262 | inferrepo=True) | |
263 | def addremove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
263 | def addremove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
264 | """add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
264 | """add all new files, delete all missing files | |
265 |
|
265 | |||
266 | Add all new files and remove all missing files from the |
|
266 | Add all new files and remove all missing files from the | |
267 | repository. |
|
267 | repository. | |
268 |
|
268 | |||
269 | Unless names are given, new files are ignored if they match any of |
|
269 | Unless names are given, new files are ignored if they match any of | |
270 | the patterns in ``.hgignore``. As with add, these changes take |
|
270 | the patterns in ``.hgignore``. As with add, these changes take | |
271 | effect at the next commit. |
|
271 | effect at the next commit. | |
272 |
|
272 | |||
273 | Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. This |
|
273 | Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. This | |
274 | option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must |
|
274 | option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must | |
275 | be identical) as its parameter. With a parameter greater than 0, |
|
275 | be identical) as its parameter. With a parameter greater than 0, | |
276 | this compares every removed file with every added file and records |
|
276 | this compares every removed file with every added file and records | |
277 | those similar enough as renames. Detecting renamed files this way |
|
277 | those similar enough as renames. Detecting renamed files this way | |
278 | can be expensive. After using this option, :hg:`status -C` can be |
|
278 | can be expensive. After using this option, :hg:`status -C` can be | |
279 | used to check which files were identified as moved or renamed. If |
|
279 | used to check which files were identified as moved or renamed. If | |
280 | not specified, -s/--similarity defaults to 100 and only renames of |
|
280 | not specified, -s/--similarity defaults to 100 and only renames of | |
281 | identical files are detected. |
|
281 | identical files are detected. | |
282 |
|
282 | |||
283 | .. container:: verbose |
|
283 | .. container:: verbose | |
284 |
|
284 | |||
285 | Examples: |
|
285 | Examples: | |
286 |
|
286 | |||
287 | - A number of files (bar.c and foo.c) are new, |
|
287 | - A number of files (bar.c and foo.c) are new, | |
288 | while foobar.c has been removed (without using :hg:`remove`) |
|
288 | while foobar.c has been removed (without using :hg:`remove`) | |
289 | from the repository:: |
|
289 | from the repository:: | |
290 |
|
290 | |||
291 | $ ls |
|
291 | $ ls | |
292 | bar.c foo.c |
|
292 | bar.c foo.c | |
293 | $ hg status |
|
293 | $ hg status | |
294 | ! foobar.c |
|
294 | ! foobar.c | |
295 | ? bar.c |
|
295 | ? bar.c | |
296 | ? foo.c |
|
296 | ? foo.c | |
297 | $ hg addremove |
|
297 | $ hg addremove | |
298 | adding bar.c |
|
298 | adding bar.c | |
299 | adding foo.c |
|
299 | adding foo.c | |
300 | removing foobar.c |
|
300 | removing foobar.c | |
301 | $ hg status |
|
301 | $ hg status | |
302 | A bar.c |
|
302 | A bar.c | |
303 | A foo.c |
|
303 | A foo.c | |
304 | R foobar.c |
|
304 | R foobar.c | |
305 |
|
305 | |||
306 | - A file foobar.c was moved to foo.c without using :hg:`rename`. |
|
306 | - A file foobar.c was moved to foo.c without using :hg:`rename`. | |
307 | Afterwards, it was edited slightly:: |
|
307 | Afterwards, it was edited slightly:: | |
308 |
|
308 | |||
309 | $ ls |
|
309 | $ ls | |
310 | foo.c |
|
310 | foo.c | |
311 | $ hg status |
|
311 | $ hg status | |
312 | ! foobar.c |
|
312 | ! foobar.c | |
313 | ? foo.c |
|
313 | ? foo.c | |
314 | $ hg addremove --similarity 90 |
|
314 | $ hg addremove --similarity 90 | |
315 | removing foobar.c |
|
315 | removing foobar.c | |
316 | adding foo.c |
|
316 | adding foo.c | |
317 | recording removal of foobar.c as rename to foo.c (94% similar) |
|
317 | recording removal of foobar.c as rename to foo.c (94% similar) | |
318 | $ hg status -C |
|
318 | $ hg status -C | |
319 | A foo.c |
|
319 | A foo.c | |
320 | foobar.c |
|
320 | foobar.c | |
321 | R foobar.c |
|
321 | R foobar.c | |
322 |
|
322 | |||
323 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
323 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
324 | """ |
|
324 | """ | |
325 | try: |
|
325 | try: | |
326 | sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 100) |
|
326 | sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 100) | |
327 | except ValueError: |
|
327 | except ValueError: | |
328 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number')) |
|
328 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number')) | |
329 | if sim < 0 or sim > 100: |
|
329 | if sim < 0 or sim > 100: | |
330 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100')) |
|
330 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100')) | |
331 | matcher = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
331 | matcher = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) | |
332 | return scmutil.addremove(repo, matcher, "", opts, similarity=sim / 100.0) |
|
332 | return scmutil.addremove(repo, matcher, "", opts, similarity=sim / 100.0) | |
333 |
|
333 | |||
334 | @command('^annotate|blame', |
|
334 | @command('^annotate|blame', | |
335 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('annotate the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
335 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('annotate the specified revision'), _('REV')), | |
336 | ('', 'follow', None, |
|
336 | ('', 'follow', None, | |
337 | _('follow copies/renames and list the filename (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
337 | _('follow copies/renames and list the filename (DEPRECATED)')), | |
338 | ('', 'no-follow', None, _("don't follow copies and renames")), |
|
338 | ('', 'no-follow', None, _("don't follow copies and renames")), | |
339 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), |
|
339 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), | |
340 | ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')), |
|
340 | ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')), | |
341 | ('f', 'file', None, _('list the filename')), |
|
341 | ('f', 'file', None, _('list the filename')), | |
342 | ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')), |
|
342 | ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')), | |
343 | ('n', 'number', None, _('list the revision number (default)')), |
|
343 | ('n', 'number', None, _('list the revision number (default)')), | |
344 | ('c', 'changeset', None, _('list the changeset')), |
|
344 | ('c', 'changeset', None, _('list the changeset')), | |
345 | ('l', 'line-number', None, _('show line number at the first appearance')) |
|
345 | ('l', 'line-number', None, _('show line number at the first appearance')) | |
346 | ] + diffwsopts + walkopts + formatteropts, |
|
346 | ] + diffwsopts + walkopts + formatteropts, | |
347 | _('[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE...'), |
|
347 | _('[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE...'), | |
348 | inferrepo=True) |
|
348 | inferrepo=True) | |
349 | def annotate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
349 | def annotate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
350 | """show changeset information by line for each file |
|
350 | """show changeset information by line for each file | |
351 |
|
351 | |||
352 | List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for |
|
352 | List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for | |
353 | each line. |
|
353 | each line. | |
354 |
|
354 | |||
355 | This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and |
|
355 | This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and | |
356 | by whom. |
|
356 | by whom. | |
357 |
|
357 | |||
358 | If you include --file, --user, or --date, the revision number is |
|
358 | If you include --file, --user, or --date, the revision number is | |
359 | suppressed unless you also include --number. |
|
359 | suppressed unless you also include --number. | |
360 |
|
360 | |||
361 | Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files |
|
361 | Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files | |
362 | it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file |
|
362 | it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file | |
363 | anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful |
|
363 | anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful | |
364 | nor desirable. |
|
364 | nor desirable. | |
365 |
|
365 | |||
366 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
366 | Returns 0 on success. | |
367 | """ |
|
367 | """ | |
368 | if not pats: |
|
368 | if not pats: | |
369 | raise error.Abort(_('at least one filename or pattern is required')) |
|
369 | raise error.Abort(_('at least one filename or pattern is required')) | |
370 |
|
370 | |||
371 | if opts.get('follow'): |
|
371 | if opts.get('follow'): | |
372 | # --follow is deprecated and now just an alias for -f/--file |
|
372 | # --follow is deprecated and now just an alias for -f/--file | |
373 | # to mimic the behavior of Mercurial before version 1.5 |
|
373 | # to mimic the behavior of Mercurial before version 1.5 | |
374 | opts['file'] = True |
|
374 | opts['file'] = True | |
375 |
|
375 | |||
376 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
376 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) | |
377 |
|
377 | |||
378 | fm = ui.formatter('annotate', opts) |
|
378 | fm = ui.formatter('annotate', opts) | |
379 | if ui.quiet: |
|
379 | if ui.quiet: | |
380 | datefunc = util.shortdate |
|
380 | datefunc = util.shortdate | |
381 | else: |
|
381 | else: | |
382 | datefunc = util.datestr |
|
382 | datefunc = util.datestr | |
383 | if ctx.rev() is None: |
|
383 | if ctx.rev() is None: | |
384 | def hexfn(node): |
|
384 | def hexfn(node): | |
385 | if node is None: |
|
385 | if node is None: | |
386 | return None |
|
386 | return None | |
387 | else: |
|
387 | else: | |
388 | return fm.hexfunc(node) |
|
388 | return fm.hexfunc(node) | |
389 | if opts.get('changeset'): |
|
389 | if opts.get('changeset'): | |
390 | # omit "+" suffix which is appended to node hex |
|
390 | # omit "+" suffix which is appended to node hex | |
391 | def formatrev(rev): |
|
391 | def formatrev(rev): | |
392 | if rev is None: |
|
392 | if rev is None: | |
393 | return '%d' % ctx.p1().rev() |
|
393 | return '%d' % ctx.p1().rev() | |
394 | else: |
|
394 | else: | |
395 | return '%d' % rev |
|
395 | return '%d' % rev | |
396 | else: |
|
396 | else: | |
397 | def formatrev(rev): |
|
397 | def formatrev(rev): | |
398 | if rev is None: |
|
398 | if rev is None: | |
399 | return '%d+' % ctx.p1().rev() |
|
399 | return '%d+' % ctx.p1().rev() | |
400 | else: |
|
400 | else: | |
401 | return '%d ' % rev |
|
401 | return '%d ' % rev | |
402 | def formathex(hex): |
|
402 | def formathex(hex): | |
403 | if hex is None: |
|
403 | if hex is None: | |
404 | return '%s+' % fm.hexfunc(ctx.p1().node()) |
|
404 | return '%s+' % fm.hexfunc(ctx.p1().node()) | |
405 | else: |
|
405 | else: | |
406 | return '%s ' % hex |
|
406 | return '%s ' % hex | |
407 | else: |
|
407 | else: | |
408 | hexfn = fm.hexfunc |
|
408 | hexfn = fm.hexfunc | |
409 | formatrev = formathex = str |
|
409 | formatrev = formathex = str | |
410 |
|
410 | |||
411 | opmap = [('user', ' ', lambda x: x[0].user(), ui.shortuser), |
|
411 | opmap = [('user', ' ', lambda x: x[0].user(), ui.shortuser), | |
412 | ('number', ' ', lambda x: x[0].rev(), formatrev), |
|
412 | ('number', ' ', lambda x: x[0].rev(), formatrev), | |
413 | ('changeset', ' ', lambda x: hexfn(x[0].node()), formathex), |
|
413 | ('changeset', ' ', lambda x: hexfn(x[0].node()), formathex), | |
414 | ('date', ' ', lambda x: x[0].date(), util.cachefunc(datefunc)), |
|
414 | ('date', ' ', lambda x: x[0].date(), util.cachefunc(datefunc)), | |
415 | ('file', ' ', lambda x: x[0].path(), str), |
|
415 | ('file', ' ', lambda x: x[0].path(), str), | |
416 | ('line_number', ':', lambda x: x[1], str), |
|
416 | ('line_number', ':', lambda x: x[1], str), | |
417 | ] |
|
417 | ] | |
418 | fieldnamemap = {'number': 'rev', 'changeset': 'node'} |
|
418 | fieldnamemap = {'number': 'rev', 'changeset': 'node'} | |
419 |
|
419 | |||
420 | if (not opts.get('user') and not opts.get('changeset') |
|
420 | if (not opts.get('user') and not opts.get('changeset') | |
421 | and not opts.get('date') and not opts.get('file')): |
|
421 | and not opts.get('date') and not opts.get('file')): | |
422 | opts['number'] = True |
|
422 | opts['number'] = True | |
423 |
|
423 | |||
424 | linenumber = opts.get('line_number') is not None |
|
424 | linenumber = opts.get('line_number') is not None | |
425 | if linenumber and (not opts.get('changeset')) and (not opts.get('number')): |
|
425 | if linenumber and (not opts.get('changeset')) and (not opts.get('number')): | |
426 | raise error.Abort(_('at least one of -n/-c is required for -l')) |
|
426 | raise error.Abort(_('at least one of -n/-c is required for -l')) | |
427 |
|
427 | |||
428 | ui.pager('annotate') |
|
428 | ui.pager('annotate') | |
429 |
|
429 | |||
430 | if fm.isplain(): |
|
430 | if fm.isplain(): | |
431 | def makefunc(get, fmt): |
|
431 | def makefunc(get, fmt): | |
432 | return lambda x: fmt(get(x)) |
|
432 | return lambda x: fmt(get(x)) | |
433 | else: |
|
433 | else: | |
434 | def makefunc(get, fmt): |
|
434 | def makefunc(get, fmt): | |
435 | return get |
|
435 | return get | |
436 | funcmap = [(makefunc(get, fmt), sep) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap |
|
436 | funcmap = [(makefunc(get, fmt), sep) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap | |
437 | if opts.get(op)] |
|
437 | if opts.get(op)] | |
438 | funcmap[0] = (funcmap[0][0], '') # no separator in front of first column |
|
438 | funcmap[0] = (funcmap[0][0], '') # no separator in front of first column | |
439 | fields = ' '.join(fieldnamemap.get(op, op) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap |
|
439 | fields = ' '.join(fieldnamemap.get(op, op) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap | |
440 | if opts.get(op)) |
|
440 | if opts.get(op)) | |
441 |
|
441 | |||
442 | def bad(x, y): |
|
442 | def bad(x, y): | |
443 | raise error.Abort("%s: %s" % (x, y)) |
|
443 | raise error.Abort("%s: %s" % (x, y)) | |
444 |
|
444 | |||
445 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, badfn=bad) |
|
445 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, badfn=bad) | |
446 |
|
446 | |||
447 | follow = not opts.get('no_follow') |
|
447 | follow = not opts.get('no_follow') | |
448 | diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(ui, opts, section='annotate', |
|
448 | diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(ui, opts, section='annotate', | |
449 | whitespace=True) |
|
449 | whitespace=True) | |
450 | for abs in ctx.walk(m): |
|
450 | for abs in ctx.walk(m): | |
451 | fctx = ctx[abs] |
|
451 | fctx = ctx[abs] | |
452 | if not opts.get('text') and util.binary(fctx.data()): |
|
452 | if not opts.get('text') and util.binary(fctx.data()): | |
453 | fm.plain(_("%s: binary file\n") % ((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs)) |
|
453 | fm.plain(_("%s: binary file\n") % ((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs)) | |
454 | continue |
|
454 | continue | |
455 |
|
455 | |||
456 | lines = fctx.annotate(follow=follow, linenumber=linenumber, |
|
456 | lines = fctx.annotate(follow=follow, linenumber=linenumber, | |
457 | diffopts=diffopts) |
|
457 | diffopts=diffopts) | |
458 | if not lines: |
|
458 | if not lines: | |
459 | continue |
|
459 | continue | |
460 | formats = [] |
|
460 | formats = [] | |
461 | pieces = [] |
|
461 | pieces = [] | |
462 |
|
462 | |||
463 | for f, sep in funcmap: |
|
463 | for f, sep in funcmap: | |
464 | l = [f(n) for n, dummy in lines] |
|
464 | l = [f(n) for n, dummy in lines] | |
465 | if fm.isplain(): |
|
465 | if fm.isplain(): | |
466 | sizes = [encoding.colwidth(x) for x in l] |
|
466 | sizes = [encoding.colwidth(x) for x in l] | |
467 | ml = max(sizes) |
|
467 | ml = max(sizes) | |
468 | formats.append([sep + ' ' * (ml - w) + '%s' for w in sizes]) |
|
468 | formats.append([sep + ' ' * (ml - w) + '%s' for w in sizes]) | |
469 | else: |
|
469 | else: | |
470 | formats.append(['%s' for x in l]) |
|
470 | formats.append(['%s' for x in l]) | |
471 | pieces.append(l) |
|
471 | pieces.append(l) | |
472 |
|
472 | |||
473 | for f, p, l in zip(zip(*formats), zip(*pieces), lines): |
|
473 | for f, p, l in zip(zip(*formats), zip(*pieces), lines): | |
474 | fm.startitem() |
|
474 | fm.startitem() | |
475 | fm.write(fields, "".join(f), *p) |
|
475 | fm.write(fields, "".join(f), *p) | |
476 | fm.write('line', ": %s", l[1]) |
|
476 | fm.write('line', ": %s", l[1]) | |
477 |
|
477 | |||
478 | if not lines[-1][1].endswith('\n'): |
|
478 | if not lines[-1][1].endswith('\n'): | |
479 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
479 | fm.plain('\n') | |
480 |
|
480 | |||
481 | fm.end() |
|
481 | fm.end() | |
482 |
|
482 | |||
483 | @command('archive', |
|
483 | @command('archive', | |
484 | [('', 'no-decode', None, _('do not pass files through decoders')), |
|
484 | [('', 'no-decode', None, _('do not pass files through decoders')), | |
485 | ('p', 'prefix', '', _('directory prefix for files in archive'), |
|
485 | ('p', 'prefix', '', _('directory prefix for files in archive'), | |
486 | _('PREFIX')), |
|
486 | _('PREFIX')), | |
487 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to distribute'), _('REV')), |
|
487 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to distribute'), _('REV')), | |
488 | ('t', 'type', '', _('type of distribution to create'), _('TYPE')), |
|
488 | ('t', 'type', '', _('type of distribution to create'), _('TYPE')), | |
489 | ] + subrepoopts + walkopts, |
|
489 | ] + subrepoopts + walkopts, | |
490 | _('[OPTION]... DEST')) |
|
490 | _('[OPTION]... DEST')) | |
491 | def archive(ui, repo, dest, **opts): |
|
491 | def archive(ui, repo, dest, **opts): | |
492 | '''create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
492 | '''create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
493 |
|
493 | |||
494 | By default, the revision used is the parent of the working |
|
494 | By default, the revision used is the parent of the working | |
495 | directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision. |
|
495 | directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision. | |
496 |
|
496 | |||
497 | The archive type is automatically detected based on file |
|
497 | The archive type is automatically detected based on file | |
498 | extension (to override, use -t/--type). |
|
498 | extension (to override, use -t/--type). | |
499 |
|
499 | |||
500 | .. container:: verbose |
|
500 | .. container:: verbose | |
501 |
|
501 | |||
502 | Examples: |
|
502 | Examples: | |
503 |
|
503 | |||
504 | - create a zip file containing the 1.0 release:: |
|
504 | - create a zip file containing the 1.0 release:: | |
505 |
|
505 | |||
506 | hg archive -r 1.0 project-1.0.zip |
|
506 | hg archive -r 1.0 project-1.0.zip | |
507 |
|
507 | |||
508 | - create a tarball excluding .hg files:: |
|
508 | - create a tarball excluding .hg files:: | |
509 |
|
509 | |||
510 | hg archive project.tar.gz -X ".hg*" |
|
510 | hg archive project.tar.gz -X ".hg*" | |
511 |
|
511 | |||
512 | Valid types are: |
|
512 | Valid types are: | |
513 |
|
513 | |||
514 | :``files``: a directory full of files (default) |
|
514 | :``files``: a directory full of files (default) | |
515 | :``tar``: tar archive, uncompressed |
|
515 | :``tar``: tar archive, uncompressed | |
516 | :``tbz2``: tar archive, compressed using bzip2 |
|
516 | :``tbz2``: tar archive, compressed using bzip2 | |
517 | :``tgz``: tar archive, compressed using gzip |
|
517 | :``tgz``: tar archive, compressed using gzip | |
518 | :``uzip``: zip archive, uncompressed |
|
518 | :``uzip``: zip archive, uncompressed | |
519 | :``zip``: zip archive, compressed using deflate |
|
519 | :``zip``: zip archive, compressed using deflate | |
520 |
|
520 | |||
521 | The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given |
|
521 | The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given | |
522 | using a format string; see :hg:`help export` for details. |
|
522 | using a format string; see :hg:`help export` for details. | |
523 |
|
523 | |||
524 | Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix |
|
524 | Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix | |
525 | prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the |
|
525 | prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the | |
526 | prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes |
|
526 | prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes | |
527 | removed. |
|
527 | removed. | |
528 |
|
528 | |||
529 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
529 | Returns 0 on success. | |
530 | ''' |
|
530 | ''' | |
531 |
|
531 | |||
532 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
532 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) | |
533 | if not ctx: |
|
533 | if not ctx: | |
534 | raise error.Abort(_('no working directory: please specify a revision')) |
|
534 | raise error.Abort(_('no working directory: please specify a revision')) | |
535 | node = ctx.node() |
|
535 | node = ctx.node() | |
536 | dest = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, dest, node) |
|
536 | dest = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, dest, node) | |
537 | if os.path.realpath(dest) == repo.root: |
|
537 | if os.path.realpath(dest) == repo.root: | |
538 | raise error.Abort(_('repository root cannot be destination')) |
|
538 | raise error.Abort(_('repository root cannot be destination')) | |
539 |
|
539 | |||
540 | kind = opts.get('type') or archival.guesskind(dest) or 'files' |
|
540 | kind = opts.get('type') or archival.guesskind(dest) or 'files' | |
541 | prefix = opts.get('prefix') |
|
541 | prefix = opts.get('prefix') | |
542 |
|
542 | |||
543 | if dest == '-': |
|
543 | if dest == '-': | |
544 | if kind == 'files': |
|
544 | if kind == 'files': | |
545 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot archive plain files to stdout')) |
|
545 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot archive plain files to stdout')) | |
546 | dest = cmdutil.makefileobj(repo, dest) |
|
546 | dest = cmdutil.makefileobj(repo, dest) | |
547 | if not prefix: |
|
547 | if not prefix: | |
548 | prefix = os.path.basename(repo.root) + '-%h' |
|
548 | prefix = os.path.basename(repo.root) + '-%h' | |
549 |
|
549 | |||
550 | prefix = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, prefix, node) |
|
550 | prefix = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, prefix, node) | |
551 | matchfn = scmutil.match(ctx, [], opts) |
|
551 | matchfn = scmutil.match(ctx, [], opts) | |
552 | archival.archive(repo, dest, node, kind, not opts.get('no_decode'), |
|
552 | archival.archive(repo, dest, node, kind, not opts.get('no_decode'), | |
553 | matchfn, prefix, subrepos=opts.get('subrepos')) |
|
553 | matchfn, prefix, subrepos=opts.get('subrepos')) | |
554 |
|
554 | |||
555 | @command('backout', |
|
555 | @command('backout', | |
556 | [('', 'merge', None, _('merge with old dirstate parent after backout')), |
|
556 | [('', 'merge', None, _('merge with old dirstate parent after backout')), | |
557 | ('', 'commit', None, |
|
557 | ('', 'commit', None, | |
558 | _('commit if no conflicts were encountered (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
558 | _('commit if no conflicts were encountered (DEPRECATED)')), | |
559 | ('', 'no-commit', None, _('do not commit')), |
|
559 | ('', 'no-commit', None, _('do not commit')), | |
560 | ('', 'parent', '', |
|
560 | ('', 'parent', '', | |
561 | _('parent to choose when backing out merge (DEPRECATED)'), _('REV')), |
|
561 | _('parent to choose when backing out merge (DEPRECATED)'), _('REV')), | |
562 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to backout'), _('REV')), |
|
562 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to backout'), _('REV')), | |
563 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
563 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), | |
564 | ] + mergetoolopts + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2, |
|
564 | ] + mergetoolopts + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2, | |
565 | _('[OPTION]... [-r] REV')) |
|
565 | _('[OPTION]... [-r] REV')) | |
566 | def backout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts): |
|
566 | def backout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts): | |
567 | '''reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
567 | '''reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
568 |
|
568 | |||
569 | Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the |
|
569 | Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the | |
570 | current working directory. If no conflicts were encountered, |
|
570 | current working directory. If no conflicts were encountered, | |
571 | it will be committed immediately. |
|
571 | it will be committed immediately. | |
572 |
|
572 | |||
573 | If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset |
|
573 | If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset | |
574 | is committed automatically (unless --no-commit is specified). |
|
574 | is committed automatically (unless --no-commit is specified). | |
575 |
|
575 | |||
576 | .. note:: |
|
576 | .. note:: | |
577 |
|
577 | |||
578 | :hg:`backout` cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or |
|
578 | :hg:`backout` cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or | |
579 | incorrect merge. |
|
579 | incorrect merge. | |
580 |
|
580 | |||
581 | .. container:: verbose |
|
581 | .. container:: verbose | |
582 |
|
582 | |||
583 | Examples: |
|
583 | Examples: | |
584 |
|
584 | |||
585 | - Reverse the effect of the parent of the working directory. |
|
585 | - Reverse the effect of the parent of the working directory. | |
586 | This backout will be committed immediately:: |
|
586 | This backout will be committed immediately:: | |
587 |
|
587 | |||
588 | hg backout -r . |
|
588 | hg backout -r . | |
589 |
|
589 | |||
590 | - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23:: |
|
590 | - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23:: | |
591 |
|
591 | |||
592 | hg backout -r 23 |
|
592 | hg backout -r 23 | |
593 |
|
593 | |||
594 | - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23 and |
|
594 | - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23 and | |
595 | leave changes uncommitted:: |
|
595 | leave changes uncommitted:: | |
596 |
|
596 | |||
597 | hg backout -r 23 --no-commit |
|
597 | hg backout -r 23 --no-commit | |
598 | hg commit -m "Backout revision 23" |
|
598 | hg commit -m "Backout revision 23" | |
599 |
|
599 | |||
600 | By default, the pending changeset will have one parent, |
|
600 | By default, the pending changeset will have one parent, | |
601 | maintaining a linear history. With --merge, the pending |
|
601 | maintaining a linear history. With --merge, the pending | |
602 | changeset will instead have two parents: the old parent of the |
|
602 | changeset will instead have two parents: the old parent of the | |
603 | working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV. |
|
603 | working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV. | |
604 |
|
604 | |||
605 | Before version 1.7, the behavior without --merge was equivalent |
|
605 | Before version 1.7, the behavior without --merge was equivalent | |
606 | to specifying --merge followed by :hg:`update --clean .` to |
|
606 | to specifying --merge followed by :hg:`update --clean .` to | |
607 | cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be |
|
607 | cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be | |
608 | merged separately. |
|
608 | merged separately. | |
609 |
|
609 | |||
610 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
610 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. | |
611 |
|
611 | |||
612 | See :hg:`help revert` for a way to restore files to the state |
|
612 | See :hg:`help revert` for a way to restore files to the state | |
613 | of another revision. |
|
613 | of another revision. | |
614 |
|
614 | |||
615 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to backout or there are unresolved |
|
615 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to backout or there are unresolved | |
616 | files. |
|
616 | files. | |
617 | ''' |
|
617 | ''' | |
618 | wlock = lock = None |
|
618 | wlock = lock = None | |
619 | try: |
|
619 | try: | |
620 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
620 | wlock = repo.wlock() | |
621 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
621 | lock = repo.lock() | |
622 | return _dobackout(ui, repo, node, rev, **opts) |
|
622 | return _dobackout(ui, repo, node, rev, **opts) | |
623 | finally: |
|
623 | finally: | |
624 | release(lock, wlock) |
|
624 | release(lock, wlock) | |
625 |
|
625 | |||
626 | def _dobackout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts): |
|
626 | def _dobackout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts): | |
627 | if opts.get('commit') and opts.get('no_commit'): |
|
627 | if opts.get('commit') and opts.get('no_commit'): | |
628 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --commit with --no-commit")) |
|
628 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --commit with --no-commit")) | |
629 | if opts.get('merge') and opts.get('no_commit'): |
|
629 | if opts.get('merge') and opts.get('no_commit'): | |
630 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --merge with --no-commit")) |
|
630 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --merge with --no-commit")) | |
631 |
|
631 | |||
632 | if rev and node: |
|
632 | if rev and node: | |
633 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
633 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) | |
634 |
|
634 | |||
635 | if not rev: |
|
635 | if not rev: | |
636 | rev = node |
|
636 | rev = node | |
637 |
|
637 | |||
638 | if not rev: |
|
638 | if not rev: | |
639 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify a revision to backout")) |
|
639 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify a revision to backout")) | |
640 |
|
640 | |||
641 | date = opts.get('date') |
|
641 | date = opts.get('date') | |
642 | if date: |
|
642 | if date: | |
643 | opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date) |
|
643 | opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date) | |
644 |
|
644 | |||
645 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
645 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) | |
646 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
646 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) | |
647 | node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node() |
|
647 | node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node() | |
648 |
|
648 | |||
649 | op1, op2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
649 | op1, op2 = repo.dirstate.parents() | |
650 | if not repo.changelog.isancestor(node, op1): |
|
650 | if not repo.changelog.isancestor(node, op1): | |
651 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout change that is not an ancestor')) |
|
651 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout change that is not an ancestor')) | |
652 |
|
652 | |||
653 | p1, p2 = repo.changelog.parents(node) |
|
653 | p1, p2 = repo.changelog.parents(node) | |
654 | if p1 == nullid: |
|
654 | if p1 == nullid: | |
655 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a change with no parents')) |
|
655 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a change with no parents')) | |
656 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
656 | if p2 != nullid: | |
657 | if not opts.get('parent'): |
|
657 | if not opts.get('parent'): | |
658 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a merge changeset')) |
|
658 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a merge changeset')) | |
659 | p = repo.lookup(opts['parent']) |
|
659 | p = repo.lookup(opts['parent']) | |
660 | if p not in (p1, p2): |
|
660 | if p not in (p1, p2): | |
661 | raise error.Abort(_('%s is not a parent of %s') % |
|
661 | raise error.Abort(_('%s is not a parent of %s') % | |
662 | (short(p), short(node))) |
|
662 | (short(p), short(node))) | |
663 | parent = p |
|
663 | parent = p | |
664 | else: |
|
664 | else: | |
665 | if opts.get('parent'): |
|
665 | if opts.get('parent'): | |
666 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset')) |
|
666 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset')) | |
667 | parent = p1 |
|
667 | parent = p1 | |
668 |
|
668 | |||
669 | # the backout should appear on the same branch |
|
669 | # the backout should appear on the same branch | |
670 | branch = repo.dirstate.branch() |
|
670 | branch = repo.dirstate.branch() | |
671 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) |
|
671 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) | |
672 | rctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, hex(parent)) |
|
672 | rctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, hex(parent)) | |
673 | if not opts.get('merge') and op1 != node: |
|
673 | if not opts.get('merge') and op1 != node: | |
674 | dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'backout') |
|
674 | dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'backout') | |
675 | try: |
|
675 | try: | |
676 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
676 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), | |
677 | 'backout') |
|
677 | 'backout') | |
678 | stats = mergemod.update(repo, parent, True, True, node, False) |
|
678 | stats = mergemod.update(repo, parent, True, True, node, False) | |
679 | repo.setparents(op1, op2) |
|
679 | repo.setparents(op1, op2) | |
680 | dsguard.close() |
|
680 | dsguard.close() | |
681 | hg._showstats(repo, stats) |
|
681 | hg._showstats(repo, stats) | |
682 | if stats[3]: |
|
682 | if stats[3]: | |
683 | repo.ui.status(_("use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved " |
|
683 | repo.ui.status(_("use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved " | |
684 | "file merges\n")) |
|
684 | "file merges\n")) | |
685 | return 1 |
|
685 | return 1 | |
686 | finally: |
|
686 | finally: | |
687 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '') |
|
687 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '') | |
688 | lockmod.release(dsguard) |
|
688 | lockmod.release(dsguard) | |
689 | else: |
|
689 | else: | |
690 | hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=False) |
|
690 | hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=False) | |
691 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(branch) |
|
691 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(branch) | |
692 | cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, rctx, repo.dirstate.parents()) |
|
692 | cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, rctx, repo.dirstate.parents()) | |
693 |
|
693 | |||
694 | if opts.get('no_commit'): |
|
694 | if opts.get('no_commit'): | |
695 | msg = _("changeset %s backed out, " |
|
695 | msg = _("changeset %s backed out, " | |
696 | "don't forget to commit.\n") |
|
696 | "don't forget to commit.\n") | |
697 | ui.status(msg % short(node)) |
|
697 | ui.status(msg % short(node)) | |
698 | return 0 |
|
698 | return 0 | |
699 |
|
699 | |||
700 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): |
|
700 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): | |
701 | editform = 'backout' |
|
701 | editform = 'backout' | |
702 | e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts) |
|
702 | e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts) | |
703 | if not message: |
|
703 | if not message: | |
704 | # we don't translate commit messages |
|
704 | # we don't translate commit messages | |
705 | message = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node) |
|
705 | message = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node) | |
706 | e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(edit=True, editform=editform) |
|
706 | e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(edit=True, editform=editform) | |
707 | return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'), |
|
707 | return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'), | |
708 | match, editor=e) |
|
708 | match, editor=e) | |
709 | newnode = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, [], opts) |
|
709 | newnode = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, [], opts) | |
710 | if not newnode: |
|
710 | if not newnode: | |
711 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) |
|
711 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) | |
712 | return 1 |
|
712 | return 1 | |
713 | cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, newnode, branch, bheads) |
|
713 | cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, newnode, branch, bheads) | |
714 |
|
714 | |||
715 | def nice(node): |
|
715 | def nice(node): | |
716 | return '%d:%s' % (repo.changelog.rev(node), short(node)) |
|
716 | return '%d:%s' % (repo.changelog.rev(node), short(node)) | |
717 | ui.status(_('changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n') % |
|
717 | ui.status(_('changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n') % | |
718 | (nice(repo.changelog.tip()), nice(node))) |
|
718 | (nice(repo.changelog.tip()), nice(node))) | |
719 | if opts.get('merge') and op1 != node: |
|
719 | if opts.get('merge') and op1 != node: | |
720 | hg.clean(repo, op1, show_stats=False) |
|
720 | hg.clean(repo, op1, show_stats=False) | |
721 | ui.status(_('merging with changeset %s\n') |
|
721 | ui.status(_('merging with changeset %s\n') | |
722 | % nice(repo.changelog.tip())) |
|
722 | % nice(repo.changelog.tip())) | |
723 | try: |
|
723 | try: | |
724 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
724 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), | |
725 | 'backout') |
|
725 | 'backout') | |
726 | return hg.merge(repo, hex(repo.changelog.tip())) |
|
726 | return hg.merge(repo, hex(repo.changelog.tip())) | |
727 | finally: |
|
727 | finally: | |
728 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '') |
|
728 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '') | |
729 | return 0 |
|
729 | return 0 | |
730 |
|
730 | |||
731 | @command('bisect', |
|
731 | @command('bisect', | |
732 | [('r', 'reset', False, _('reset bisect state')), |
|
732 | [('r', 'reset', False, _('reset bisect state')), | |
733 | ('g', 'good', False, _('mark changeset good')), |
|
733 | ('g', 'good', False, _('mark changeset good')), | |
734 | ('b', 'bad', False, _('mark changeset bad')), |
|
734 | ('b', 'bad', False, _('mark changeset bad')), | |
735 | ('s', 'skip', False, _('skip testing changeset')), |
|
735 | ('s', 'skip', False, _('skip testing changeset')), | |
736 | ('e', 'extend', False, _('extend the bisect range')), |
|
736 | ('e', 'extend', False, _('extend the bisect range')), | |
737 | ('c', 'command', '', _('use command to check changeset state'), _('CMD')), |
|
737 | ('c', 'command', '', _('use command to check changeset state'), _('CMD')), | |
738 | ('U', 'noupdate', False, _('do not update to target'))], |
|
738 | ('U', 'noupdate', False, _('do not update to target'))], | |
739 | _("[-gbsr] [-U] [-c CMD] [REV]")) |
|
739 | _("[-gbsr] [-U] [-c CMD] [REV]")) | |
740 | def bisect(ui, repo, rev=None, extra=None, command=None, |
|
740 | def bisect(ui, repo, rev=None, extra=None, command=None, | |
741 | reset=None, good=None, bad=None, skip=None, extend=None, |
|
741 | reset=None, good=None, bad=None, skip=None, extend=None, | |
742 | noupdate=None): |
|
742 | noupdate=None): | |
743 | """subdivision search of changesets |
|
743 | """subdivision search of changesets | |
744 |
|
744 | |||
745 | This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To |
|
745 | This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To | |
746 | use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as |
|
746 | use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as | |
747 | bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem |
|
747 | bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem | |
748 | as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision |
|
748 | as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision | |
749 | for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once |
|
749 | for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once | |
750 | you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or |
|
750 | you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or | |
751 | bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset |
|
751 | bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset | |
752 | or announce that it has found the bad revision. |
|
752 | or announce that it has found the bad revision. | |
753 |
|
753 | |||
754 | As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a |
|
754 | As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a | |
755 | revision as good or bad without checking it out first. |
|
755 | revision as good or bad without checking it out first. | |
756 |
|
756 | |||
757 | If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection. |
|
757 | If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection. | |
758 | The environment variable HG_NODE will contain the ID of the |
|
758 | The environment variable HG_NODE will contain the ID of the | |
759 | changeset being tested. The exit status of the command will be |
|
759 | changeset being tested. The exit status of the command will be | |
760 | used to mark revisions as good or bad: status 0 means good, 125 |
|
760 | used to mark revisions as good or bad: status 0 means good, 125 | |
761 | means to skip the revision, 127 (command not found) will abort the |
|
761 | means to skip the revision, 127 (command not found) will abort the | |
762 | bisection, and any other non-zero exit status means the revision |
|
762 | bisection, and any other non-zero exit status means the revision | |
763 | is bad. |
|
763 | is bad. | |
764 |
|
764 | |||
765 | .. container:: verbose |
|
765 | .. container:: verbose | |
766 |
|
766 | |||
767 | Some examples: |
|
767 | Some examples: | |
768 |
|
768 | |||
769 | - start a bisection with known bad revision 34, and good revision 12:: |
|
769 | - start a bisection with known bad revision 34, and good revision 12:: | |
770 |
|
770 | |||
771 | hg bisect --bad 34 |
|
771 | hg bisect --bad 34 | |
772 | hg bisect --good 12 |
|
772 | hg bisect --good 12 | |
773 |
|
773 | |||
774 | - advance the current bisection by marking current revision as good or |
|
774 | - advance the current bisection by marking current revision as good or | |
775 | bad:: |
|
775 | bad:: | |
776 |
|
776 | |||
777 | hg bisect --good |
|
777 | hg bisect --good | |
778 | hg bisect --bad |
|
778 | hg bisect --bad | |
779 |
|
779 | |||
780 | - mark the current revision, or a known revision, to be skipped (e.g. if |
|
780 | - mark the current revision, or a known revision, to be skipped (e.g. if | |
781 | that revision is not usable because of another issue):: |
|
781 | that revision is not usable because of another issue):: | |
782 |
|
782 | |||
783 | hg bisect --skip |
|
783 | hg bisect --skip | |
784 | hg bisect --skip 23 |
|
784 | hg bisect --skip 23 | |
785 |
|
785 | |||
786 | - skip all revisions that do not touch directories ``foo`` or ``bar``:: |
|
786 | - skip all revisions that do not touch directories ``foo`` or ``bar``:: | |
787 |
|
787 | |||
788 | hg bisect --skip "!( file('path:foo') & file('path:bar') )" |
|
788 | hg bisect --skip "!( file('path:foo') & file('path:bar') )" | |
789 |
|
789 | |||
790 | - forget the current bisection:: |
|
790 | - forget the current bisection:: | |
791 |
|
791 | |||
792 | hg bisect --reset |
|
792 | hg bisect --reset | |
793 |
|
793 | |||
794 | - use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken |
|
794 | - use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken | |
795 | revision:: |
|
795 | revision:: | |
796 |
|
796 | |||
797 | hg bisect --reset |
|
797 | hg bisect --reset | |
798 | hg bisect --bad 34 |
|
798 | hg bisect --bad 34 | |
799 | hg bisect --good 12 |
|
799 | hg bisect --good 12 | |
800 | hg bisect --command "make && make tests" |
|
800 | hg bisect --command "make && make tests" | |
801 |
|
801 | |||
802 | - see all changesets whose states are already known in the current |
|
802 | - see all changesets whose states are already known in the current | |
803 | bisection:: |
|
803 | bisection:: | |
804 |
|
804 | |||
805 | hg log -r "bisect(pruned)" |
|
805 | hg log -r "bisect(pruned)" | |
806 |
|
806 | |||
807 | - see the changeset currently being bisected (especially useful |
|
807 | - see the changeset currently being bisected (especially useful | |
808 | if running with -U/--noupdate):: |
|
808 | if running with -U/--noupdate):: | |
809 |
|
809 | |||
810 | hg log -r "bisect(current)" |
|
810 | hg log -r "bisect(current)" | |
811 |
|
811 | |||
812 | - see all changesets that took part in the current bisection:: |
|
812 | - see all changesets that took part in the current bisection:: | |
813 |
|
813 | |||
814 | hg log -r "bisect(range)" |
|
814 | hg log -r "bisect(range)" | |
815 |
|
815 | |||
816 | - you can even get a nice graph:: |
|
816 | - you can even get a nice graph:: | |
817 |
|
817 | |||
818 | hg log --graph -r "bisect(range)" |
|
818 | hg log --graph -r "bisect(range)" | |
819 |
|
819 | |||
820 | See :hg:`help revisions.bisect` for more about the `bisect()` predicate. |
|
820 | See :hg:`help revisions.bisect` for more about the `bisect()` predicate. | |
821 |
|
821 | |||
822 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
822 | Returns 0 on success. | |
823 | """ |
|
823 | """ | |
824 | # backward compatibility |
|
824 | # backward compatibility | |
825 | if rev in "good bad reset init".split(): |
|
825 | if rev in "good bad reset init".split(): | |
826 | ui.warn(_("(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n")) |
|
826 | ui.warn(_("(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n")) | |
827 | cmd, rev, extra = rev, extra, None |
|
827 | cmd, rev, extra = rev, extra, None | |
828 | if cmd == "good": |
|
828 | if cmd == "good": | |
829 | good = True |
|
829 | good = True | |
830 | elif cmd == "bad": |
|
830 | elif cmd == "bad": | |
831 | bad = True |
|
831 | bad = True | |
832 | else: |
|
832 | else: | |
833 | reset = True |
|
833 | reset = True | |
834 | elif extra or good + bad + skip + reset + extend + bool(command) > 1: |
|
834 | elif extra or good + bad + skip + reset + extend + bool(command) > 1: | |
835 | raise error.Abort(_('incompatible arguments')) |
|
835 | raise error.Abort(_('incompatible arguments')) | |
836 |
|
836 | |||
837 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
837 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) | |
838 |
|
838 | |||
839 | if reset: |
|
839 | if reset: | |
840 | hbisect.resetstate(repo) |
|
840 | hbisect.resetstate(repo) | |
841 | return |
|
841 | return | |
842 |
|
842 | |||
843 | state = hbisect.load_state(repo) |
|
843 | state = hbisect.load_state(repo) | |
844 |
|
844 | |||
845 | # update state |
|
845 | # update state | |
846 | if good or bad or skip: |
|
846 | if good or bad or skip: | |
847 | if rev: |
|
847 | if rev: | |
848 | nodes = [repo.lookup(i) for i in scmutil.revrange(repo, [rev])] |
|
848 | nodes = [repo.lookup(i) for i in scmutil.revrange(repo, [rev])] | |
849 | else: |
|
849 | else: | |
850 | nodes = [repo.lookup('.')] |
|
850 | nodes = [repo.lookup('.')] | |
851 | if good: |
|
851 | if good: | |
852 | state['good'] += nodes |
|
852 | state['good'] += nodes | |
853 | elif bad: |
|
853 | elif bad: | |
854 | state['bad'] += nodes |
|
854 | state['bad'] += nodes | |
855 | elif skip: |
|
855 | elif skip: | |
856 | state['skip'] += nodes |
|
856 | state['skip'] += nodes | |
857 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
857 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) | |
858 | if not (state['good'] and state['bad']): |
|
858 | if not (state['good'] and state['bad']): | |
859 | return |
|
859 | return | |
860 |
|
860 | |||
861 | def mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=True): |
|
861 | def mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=True): | |
862 | """common used update sequence""" |
|
862 | """common used update sequence""" | |
863 | if noupdate: |
|
863 | if noupdate: | |
864 | return |
|
864 | return | |
865 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
865 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) | |
866 | return hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=show_stats) |
|
866 | return hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=show_stats) | |
867 |
|
867 | |||
868 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, {}) |
|
868 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, {}) | |
869 |
|
869 | |||
870 | if command: |
|
870 | if command: | |
871 | changesets = 1 |
|
871 | changesets = 1 | |
872 | if noupdate: |
|
872 | if noupdate: | |
873 | try: |
|
873 | try: | |
874 | node = state['current'][0] |
|
874 | node = state['current'][0] | |
875 | except LookupError: |
|
875 | except LookupError: | |
876 | raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is unknown - ' |
|
876 | raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is unknown - ' | |
877 | 'start a new bisect to fix')) |
|
877 | 'start a new bisect to fix')) | |
878 | else: |
|
878 | else: | |
879 | node, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
879 | node, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() | |
880 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
880 | if p2 != nullid: | |
881 | raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is a merge')) |
|
881 | raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is a merge')) | |
882 | if rev: |
|
882 | if rev: | |
883 | node = repo[scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, node)].node() |
|
883 | node = repo[scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, node)].node() | |
884 | try: |
|
884 | try: | |
885 | while changesets: |
|
885 | while changesets: | |
886 | # update state |
|
886 | # update state | |
887 | state['current'] = [node] |
|
887 | state['current'] = [node] | |
888 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
888 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) | |
889 | status = ui.system(command, environ={'HG_NODE': hex(node)}, |
|
889 | status = ui.system(command, environ={'HG_NODE': hex(node)}, | |
890 | blockedtag='bisect_check') |
|
890 | blockedtag='bisect_check') | |
891 | if status == 125: |
|
891 | if status == 125: | |
892 | transition = "skip" |
|
892 | transition = "skip" | |
893 | elif status == 0: |
|
893 | elif status == 0: | |
894 | transition = "good" |
|
894 | transition = "good" | |
895 | # status < 0 means process was killed |
|
895 | # status < 0 means process was killed | |
896 | elif status == 127: |
|
896 | elif status == 127: | |
897 | raise error.Abort(_("failed to execute %s") % command) |
|
897 | raise error.Abort(_("failed to execute %s") % command) | |
898 | elif status < 0: |
|
898 | elif status < 0: | |
899 | raise error.Abort(_("%s killed") % command) |
|
899 | raise error.Abort(_("%s killed") % command) | |
900 | else: |
|
900 | else: | |
901 | transition = "bad" |
|
901 | transition = "bad" | |
902 | state[transition].append(node) |
|
902 | state[transition].append(node) | |
903 | ctx = repo[node] |
|
903 | ctx = repo[node] | |
904 | ui.status(_('changeset %d:%s: %s\n') % (ctx, ctx, transition)) |
|
904 | ui.status(_('changeset %d:%s: %s\n') % (ctx, ctx, transition)) | |
905 | hbisect.checkstate(state) |
|
905 | hbisect.checkstate(state) | |
906 | # bisect |
|
906 | # bisect | |
907 | nodes, changesets, bgood = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state) |
|
907 | nodes, changesets, bgood = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state) | |
908 | # update to next check |
|
908 | # update to next check | |
909 | node = nodes[0] |
|
909 | node = nodes[0] | |
910 | mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=False) |
|
910 | mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=False) | |
911 | finally: |
|
911 | finally: | |
912 | state['current'] = [node] |
|
912 | state['current'] = [node] | |
913 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
913 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) | |
914 | hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, bgood) |
|
914 | hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, bgood) | |
915 | return |
|
915 | return | |
916 |
|
916 | |||
917 | hbisect.checkstate(state) |
|
917 | hbisect.checkstate(state) | |
918 |
|
918 | |||
919 | # actually bisect |
|
919 | # actually bisect | |
920 | nodes, changesets, good = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state) |
|
920 | nodes, changesets, good = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state) | |
921 | if extend: |
|
921 | if extend: | |
922 | if not changesets: |
|
922 | if not changesets: | |
923 | extendnode = hbisect.extendrange(repo, state, nodes, good) |
|
923 | extendnode = hbisect.extendrange(repo, state, nodes, good) | |
924 | if extendnode is not None: |
|
924 | if extendnode is not None: | |
925 | ui.write(_("Extending search to changeset %d:%s\n") |
|
925 | ui.write(_("Extending search to changeset %d:%s\n") | |
926 | % (extendnode.rev(), extendnode)) |
|
926 | % (extendnode.rev(), extendnode)) | |
927 | state['current'] = [extendnode.node()] |
|
927 | state['current'] = [extendnode.node()] | |
928 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
928 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) | |
929 | return mayupdate(repo, extendnode.node()) |
|
929 | return mayupdate(repo, extendnode.node()) | |
930 | raise error.Abort(_("nothing to extend")) |
|
930 | raise error.Abort(_("nothing to extend")) | |
931 |
|
931 | |||
932 | if changesets == 0: |
|
932 | if changesets == 0: | |
933 | hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, good) |
|
933 | hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, good) | |
934 | else: |
|
934 | else: | |
935 | assert len(nodes) == 1 # only a single node can be tested next |
|
935 | assert len(nodes) == 1 # only a single node can be tested next | |
936 | node = nodes[0] |
|
936 | node = nodes[0] | |
937 | # compute the approximate number of remaining tests |
|
937 | # compute the approximate number of remaining tests | |
938 | tests, size = 0, 2 |
|
938 | tests, size = 0, 2 | |
939 | while size <= changesets: |
|
939 | while size <= changesets: | |
940 | tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2 |
|
940 | tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2 | |
941 | rev = repo.changelog.rev(node) |
|
941 | rev = repo.changelog.rev(node) | |
942 | ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s " |
|
942 | ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s " | |
943 | "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n") |
|
943 | "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n") | |
944 | % (rev, short(node), changesets, tests)) |
|
944 | % (rev, short(node), changesets, tests)) | |
945 | state['current'] = [node] |
|
945 | state['current'] = [node] | |
946 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
946 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) | |
947 | return mayupdate(repo, node) |
|
947 | return mayupdate(repo, node) | |
948 |
|
948 | |||
949 | @command('bookmarks|bookmark', |
|
949 | @command('bookmarks|bookmark', | |
950 | [('f', 'force', False, _('force')), |
|
950 | [('f', 'force', False, _('force')), | |
951 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision for bookmark action'), _('REV')), |
|
951 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision for bookmark action'), _('REV')), | |
952 | ('d', 'delete', False, _('delete a given bookmark')), |
|
952 | ('d', 'delete', False, _('delete a given bookmark')), | |
953 | ('m', 'rename', '', _('rename a given bookmark'), _('OLD')), |
|
953 | ('m', 'rename', '', _('rename a given bookmark'), _('OLD')), | |
954 | ('i', 'inactive', False, _('mark a bookmark inactive')), |
|
954 | ('i', 'inactive', False, _('mark a bookmark inactive')), | |
955 | ] + formatteropts, |
|
955 | ] + formatteropts, | |
956 | _('hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]...')) |
|
956 | _('hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]...')) | |
957 | def bookmark(ui, repo, *names, **opts): |
|
957 | def bookmark(ui, repo, *names, **opts): | |
958 | '''create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
958 | '''create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
959 |
|
959 | |||
960 | Bookmarks are labels on changesets to help track lines of development. |
|
960 | Bookmarks are labels on changesets to help track lines of development. | |
961 | Bookmarks are unversioned and can be moved, renamed and deleted. |
|
961 | Bookmarks are unversioned and can be moved, renamed and deleted. | |
962 | Deleting or moving a bookmark has no effect on the associated changesets. |
|
962 | Deleting or moving a bookmark has no effect on the associated changesets. | |
963 |
|
963 | |||
964 | Creating or updating to a bookmark causes it to be marked as 'active'. |
|
964 | Creating or updating to a bookmark causes it to be marked as 'active'. | |
965 | The active bookmark is indicated with a '*'. |
|
965 | The active bookmark is indicated with a '*'. | |
966 | When a commit is made, the active bookmark will advance to the new commit. |
|
966 | When a commit is made, the active bookmark will advance to the new commit. | |
967 | A plain :hg:`update` will also advance an active bookmark, if possible. |
|
967 | A plain :hg:`update` will also advance an active bookmark, if possible. | |
968 | Updating away from a bookmark will cause it to be deactivated. |
|
968 | Updating away from a bookmark will cause it to be deactivated. | |
969 |
|
969 | |||
970 | Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see |
|
970 | Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see | |
971 | :hg:`help push` and :hg:`help pull`). If a shared bookmark has |
|
971 | :hg:`help push` and :hg:`help pull`). If a shared bookmark has | |
972 | diverged, a new 'divergent bookmark' of the form 'name@path' will |
|
972 | diverged, a new 'divergent bookmark' of the form 'name@path' will | |
973 | be created. Using :hg:`merge` will resolve the divergence. |
|
973 | be created. Using :hg:`merge` will resolve the divergence. | |
974 |
|
974 | |||
975 | A bookmark named '@' has the special property that :hg:`clone` will |
|
975 | A bookmark named '@' has the special property that :hg:`clone` will | |
976 | check it out by default if it exists. |
|
976 | check it out by default if it exists. | |
977 |
|
977 | |||
978 | .. container:: verbose |
|
978 | .. container:: verbose | |
979 |
|
979 | |||
980 | Examples: |
|
980 | Examples: | |
981 |
|
981 | |||
982 | - create an active bookmark for a new line of development:: |
|
982 | - create an active bookmark for a new line of development:: | |
983 |
|
983 | |||
984 | hg book new-feature |
|
984 | hg book new-feature | |
985 |
|
985 | |||
986 | - create an inactive bookmark as a place marker:: |
|
986 | - create an inactive bookmark as a place marker:: | |
987 |
|
987 | |||
988 | hg book -i reviewed |
|
988 | hg book -i reviewed | |
989 |
|
989 | |||
990 | - create an inactive bookmark on another changeset:: |
|
990 | - create an inactive bookmark on another changeset:: | |
991 |
|
991 | |||
992 | hg book -r .^ tested |
|
992 | hg book -r .^ tested | |
993 |
|
993 | |||
994 | - rename bookmark turkey to dinner:: |
|
994 | - rename bookmark turkey to dinner:: | |
995 |
|
995 | |||
996 | hg book -m turkey dinner |
|
996 | hg book -m turkey dinner | |
997 |
|
997 | |||
998 | - move the '@' bookmark from another branch:: |
|
998 | - move the '@' bookmark from another branch:: | |
999 |
|
999 | |||
1000 | hg book -f @ |
|
1000 | hg book -f @ | |
1001 | ''' |
|
1001 | ''' | |
1002 | force = opts.get('force') |
|
1002 | force = opts.get('force') | |
1003 | rev = opts.get('rev') |
|
1003 | rev = opts.get('rev') | |
1004 | delete = opts.get('delete') |
|
1004 | delete = opts.get('delete') | |
1005 | rename = opts.get('rename') |
|
1005 | rename = opts.get('rename') | |
1006 | inactive = opts.get('inactive') |
|
1006 | inactive = opts.get('inactive') | |
1007 |
|
1007 | |||
1008 | def checkformat(mark): |
|
1008 | def checkformat(mark): | |
1009 | mark = mark.strip() |
|
1009 | mark = mark.strip() | |
1010 | if not mark: |
|
1010 | if not mark: | |
1011 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark names cannot consist entirely of " |
|
1011 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark names cannot consist entirely of " | |
1012 | "whitespace")) |
|
1012 | "whitespace")) | |
1013 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, mark, 'bookmark') |
|
1013 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, mark, 'bookmark') | |
1014 | return mark |
|
1014 | return mark | |
1015 |
|
1015 | |||
1016 | def checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force=False, target=None): |
|
1016 | def checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force=False, target=None): | |
1017 | if mark in marks and not force: |
|
1017 | if mark in marks and not force: | |
1018 | if target: |
|
1018 | if target: | |
1019 | if marks[mark] == target and target == cur: |
|
1019 | if marks[mark] == target and target == cur: | |
1020 | # re-activating a bookmark |
|
1020 | # re-activating a bookmark | |
1021 | return |
|
1021 | return | |
1022 | anc = repo.changelog.ancestors([repo[target].rev()]) |
|
1022 | anc = repo.changelog.ancestors([repo[target].rev()]) | |
1023 | bmctx = repo[marks[mark]] |
|
1023 | bmctx = repo[marks[mark]] | |
1024 | divs = [repo[b].node() for b in marks |
|
1024 | divs = [repo[b].node() for b in marks | |
1025 | if b.split('@', 1)[0] == mark.split('@', 1)[0]] |
|
1025 | if b.split('@', 1)[0] == mark.split('@', 1)[0]] | |
1026 |
|
1026 | |||
1027 | # allow resolving a single divergent bookmark even if moving |
|
1027 | # allow resolving a single divergent bookmark even if moving | |
1028 | # the bookmark across branches when a revision is specified |
|
1028 | # the bookmark across branches when a revision is specified | |
1029 | # that contains a divergent bookmark |
|
1029 | # that contains a divergent bookmark | |
1030 | if bmctx.rev() not in anc and target in divs: |
|
1030 | if bmctx.rev() not in anc and target in divs: | |
1031 | bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, [target], mark) |
|
1031 | bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, [target], mark) | |
1032 | return |
|
1032 | return | |
1033 |
|
1033 | |||
1034 | deletefrom = [b for b in divs |
|
1034 | deletefrom = [b for b in divs | |
1035 | if repo[b].rev() in anc or b == target] |
|
1035 | if repo[b].rev() in anc or b == target] | |
1036 | bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, deletefrom, mark) |
|
1036 | bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, deletefrom, mark) | |
1037 | if bookmarks.validdest(repo, bmctx, repo[target]): |
|
1037 | if bookmarks.validdest(repo, bmctx, repo[target]): | |
1038 | ui.status(_("moving bookmark '%s' forward from %s\n") % |
|
1038 | ui.status(_("moving bookmark '%s' forward from %s\n") % | |
1039 | (mark, short(bmctx.node()))) |
|
1039 | (mark, short(bmctx.node()))) | |
1040 | return |
|
1040 | return | |
1041 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' already exists " |
|
1041 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' already exists " | |
1042 | "(use -f to force)") % mark) |
|
1042 | "(use -f to force)") % mark) | |
1043 | if ((mark in repo.branchmap() or mark == repo.dirstate.branch()) |
|
1043 | if ((mark in repo.branchmap() or mark == repo.dirstate.branch()) | |
1044 | and not force): |
|
1044 | and not force): | |
1045 | raise error.Abort( |
|
1045 | raise error.Abort( | |
1046 | _("a bookmark cannot have the name of an existing branch")) |
|
1046 | _("a bookmark cannot have the name of an existing branch")) | |
1047 |
|
1047 | |||
1048 | if delete and rename: |
|
1048 | if delete and rename: | |
1049 | raise error.Abort(_("--delete and --rename are incompatible")) |
|
1049 | raise error.Abort(_("--delete and --rename are incompatible")) | |
1050 | if delete and rev: |
|
1050 | if delete and rev: | |
1051 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --delete")) |
|
1051 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --delete")) | |
1052 | if rename and rev: |
|
1052 | if rename and rev: | |
1053 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --rename")) |
|
1053 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --rename")) | |
1054 | if not names and (delete or rev): |
|
1054 | if not names and (delete or rev): | |
1055 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark name required")) |
|
1055 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark name required")) | |
1056 |
|
1056 | |||
1057 | if delete or rename or names or inactive: |
|
1057 | if delete or rename or names or inactive: | |
1058 | wlock = lock = tr = None |
|
1058 | wlock = lock = tr = None | |
1059 | try: |
|
1059 | try: | |
1060 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
1060 | wlock = repo.wlock() | |
1061 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
1061 | lock = repo.lock() | |
1062 | cur = repo.changectx('.').node() |
|
1062 | cur = repo.changectx('.').node() | |
1063 | marks = repo._bookmarks |
|
1063 | marks = repo._bookmarks | |
1064 | if delete: |
|
1064 | if delete: | |
1065 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') |
|
1065 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') | |
1066 | for mark in names: |
|
1066 | for mark in names: | |
1067 | if mark not in marks: |
|
1067 | if mark not in marks: | |
1068 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist") % |
|
1068 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist") % | |
1069 | mark) |
|
1069 | mark) | |
1070 | if mark == repo._activebookmark: |
|
1070 | if mark == repo._activebookmark: | |
1071 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1071 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) | |
1072 | del marks[mark] |
|
1072 | del marks[mark] | |
1073 |
|
1073 | |||
1074 | elif rename: |
|
1074 | elif rename: | |
1075 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') |
|
1075 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') | |
1076 | if not names: |
|
1076 | if not names: | |
1077 | raise error.Abort(_("new bookmark name required")) |
|
1077 | raise error.Abort(_("new bookmark name required")) | |
1078 | elif len(names) > 1: |
|
1078 | elif len(names) > 1: | |
1079 | raise error.Abort(_("only one new bookmark name allowed")) |
|
1079 | raise error.Abort(_("only one new bookmark name allowed")) | |
1080 | mark = checkformat(names[0]) |
|
1080 | mark = checkformat(names[0]) | |
1081 | if rename not in marks: |
|
1081 | if rename not in marks: | |
1082 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist") |
|
1082 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist") | |
1083 | % rename) |
|
1083 | % rename) | |
1084 | checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force) |
|
1084 | checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force) | |
1085 | marks[mark] = marks[rename] |
|
1085 | marks[mark] = marks[rename] | |
1086 | if repo._activebookmark == rename and not inactive: |
|
1086 | if repo._activebookmark == rename and not inactive: | |
1087 | bookmarks.activate(repo, mark) |
|
1087 | bookmarks.activate(repo, mark) | |
1088 | del marks[rename] |
|
1088 | del marks[rename] | |
1089 | elif names: |
|
1089 | elif names: | |
1090 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') |
|
1090 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') | |
1091 | newact = None |
|
1091 | newact = None | |
1092 | for mark in names: |
|
1092 | for mark in names: | |
1093 | mark = checkformat(mark) |
|
1093 | mark = checkformat(mark) | |
1094 | if newact is None: |
|
1094 | if newact is None: | |
1095 | newact = mark |
|
1095 | newact = mark | |
1096 | if inactive and mark == repo._activebookmark: |
|
1096 | if inactive and mark == repo._activebookmark: | |
1097 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1097 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) | |
1098 | return |
|
1098 | return | |
1099 | tgt = cur |
|
1099 | tgt = cur | |
1100 | if rev: |
|
1100 | if rev: | |
1101 | tgt = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node() |
|
1101 | tgt = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node() | |
1102 | checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force, tgt) |
|
1102 | checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force, tgt) | |
1103 | marks[mark] = tgt |
|
1103 | marks[mark] = tgt | |
1104 | if not inactive and cur == marks[newact] and not rev: |
|
1104 | if not inactive and cur == marks[newact] and not rev: | |
1105 | bookmarks.activate(repo, newact) |
|
1105 | bookmarks.activate(repo, newact) | |
1106 | elif cur != tgt and newact == repo._activebookmark: |
|
1106 | elif cur != tgt and newact == repo._activebookmark: | |
1107 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1107 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) | |
1108 | elif inactive: |
|
1108 | elif inactive: | |
1109 | if len(marks) == 0: |
|
1109 | if len(marks) == 0: | |
1110 | ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n")) |
|
1110 | ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n")) | |
1111 | elif not repo._activebookmark: |
|
1111 | elif not repo._activebookmark: | |
1112 | ui.status(_("no active bookmark\n")) |
|
1112 | ui.status(_("no active bookmark\n")) | |
1113 | else: |
|
1113 | else: | |
1114 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1114 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) | |
1115 | if tr is not None: |
|
1115 | if tr is not None: | |
1116 | marks.recordchange(tr) |
|
1116 | marks.recordchange(tr) | |
1117 | tr.close() |
|
1117 | tr.close() | |
1118 | finally: |
|
1118 | finally: | |
1119 | lockmod.release(tr, lock, wlock) |
|
1119 | lockmod.release(tr, lock, wlock) | |
1120 | else: # show bookmarks |
|
1120 | else: # show bookmarks | |
1121 | fm = ui.formatter('bookmarks', opts) |
|
1121 | fm = ui.formatter('bookmarks', opts) | |
1122 | hexfn = fm.hexfunc |
|
1122 | hexfn = fm.hexfunc | |
1123 | marks = repo._bookmarks |
|
1123 | marks = repo._bookmarks | |
1124 | if len(marks) == 0 and fm.isplain(): |
|
1124 | if len(marks) == 0 and fm.isplain(): | |
1125 | ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n")) |
|
1125 | ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n")) | |
1126 | for bmark, n in sorted(marks.iteritems()): |
|
1126 | for bmark, n in sorted(marks.iteritems()): | |
1127 | active = repo._activebookmark |
|
1127 | active = repo._activebookmark | |
1128 | if bmark == active: |
|
1128 | if bmark == active: | |
1129 | prefix, label = '*', activebookmarklabel |
|
1129 | prefix, label = '*', activebookmarklabel | |
1130 | else: |
|
1130 | else: | |
1131 | prefix, label = ' ', '' |
|
1131 | prefix, label = ' ', '' | |
1132 |
|
1132 | |||
1133 | fm.startitem() |
|
1133 | fm.startitem() | |
1134 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
1134 | if not ui.quiet: | |
1135 | fm.plain(' %s ' % prefix, label=label) |
|
1135 | fm.plain(' %s ' % prefix, label=label) | |
1136 | fm.write('bookmark', '%s', bmark, label=label) |
|
1136 | fm.write('bookmark', '%s', bmark, label=label) | |
1137 | pad = " " * (25 - encoding.colwidth(bmark)) |
|
1137 | pad = " " * (25 - encoding.colwidth(bmark)) | |
1138 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', pad + ' %d:%s', |
|
1138 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', pad + ' %d:%s', | |
1139 | repo.changelog.rev(n), hexfn(n), label=label) |
|
1139 | repo.changelog.rev(n), hexfn(n), label=label) | |
1140 | fm.data(active=(bmark == active)) |
|
1140 | fm.data(active=(bmark == active)) | |
1141 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
1141 | fm.plain('\n') | |
1142 | fm.end() |
|
1142 | fm.end() | |
1143 |
|
1143 | |||
1144 | @command('branch', |
|
1144 | @command('branch', | |
1145 | [('f', 'force', None, |
|
1145 | [('f', 'force', None, | |
1146 | _('set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch')), |
|
1146 | _('set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch')), | |
1147 | ('C', 'clean', None, _('reset branch name to parent branch name'))], |
|
1147 | ('C', 'clean', None, _('reset branch name to parent branch name'))], | |
1148 | _('[-fC] [NAME]')) |
|
1148 | _('[-fC] [NAME]')) | |
1149 | def branch(ui, repo, label=None, **opts): |
|
1149 | def branch(ui, repo, label=None, **opts): | |
1150 | """set or show the current branch name |
|
1150 | """set or show the current branch name | |
1151 |
|
1151 | |||
1152 | .. note:: |
|
1152 | .. note:: | |
1153 |
|
1153 | |||
1154 | Branch names are permanent and global. Use :hg:`bookmark` to create a |
|
1154 | Branch names are permanent and global. Use :hg:`bookmark` to create a | |
1155 | light-weight bookmark instead. See :hg:`help glossary` for more |
|
1155 | light-weight bookmark instead. See :hg:`help glossary` for more | |
1156 | information about named branches and bookmarks. |
|
1156 | information about named branches and bookmarks. | |
1157 |
|
1157 | |||
1158 | With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument, |
|
1158 | With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument, | |
1159 | set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist |
|
1159 | set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist | |
1160 | in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice |
|
1160 | in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice | |
1161 | recommends that primary development take place on the 'default' |
|
1161 | recommends that primary development take place on the 'default' | |
1162 | branch. |
|
1162 | branch. | |
1163 |
|
1163 | |||
1164 | Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a |
|
1164 | Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a | |
1165 | branch name that already exists. |
|
1165 | branch name that already exists. | |
1166 |
|
1166 | |||
1167 | Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of |
|
1167 | Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of | |
1168 | the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch |
|
1168 | the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch | |
1169 | change. |
|
1169 | change. | |
1170 |
|
1170 | |||
1171 | Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use |
|
1171 | Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use | |
1172 | :hg:`commit --close-branch` to mark this branch head as closed. |
|
1172 | :hg:`commit --close-branch` to mark this branch head as closed. | |
1173 | When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch will be |
|
1173 | When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch will be | |
1174 | considered closed. |
|
1174 | considered closed. | |
1175 |
|
1175 | |||
1176 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
1176 | Returns 0 on success. | |
1177 | """ |
|
1177 | """ | |
1178 | if label: |
|
1178 | if label: | |
1179 | label = label.strip() |
|
1179 | label = label.strip() | |
1180 |
|
1180 | |||
1181 | if not opts.get('clean') and not label: |
|
1181 | if not opts.get('clean') and not label: | |
1182 | ui.write("%s\n" % repo.dirstate.branch()) |
|
1182 | ui.write("%s\n" % repo.dirstate.branch()) | |
1183 | return |
|
1183 | return | |
1184 |
|
1184 | |||
1185 | with repo.wlock(): |
|
1185 | with repo.wlock(): | |
1186 | if opts.get('clean'): |
|
1186 | if opts.get('clean'): | |
1187 | label = repo[None].p1().branch() |
|
1187 | label = repo[None].p1().branch() | |
1188 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(label) |
|
1188 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(label) | |
1189 | ui.status(_('reset working directory to branch %s\n') % label) |
|
1189 | ui.status(_('reset working directory to branch %s\n') % label) | |
1190 | elif label: |
|
1190 | elif label: | |
1191 | if not opts.get('force') and label in repo.branchmap(): |
|
1191 | if not opts.get('force') and label in repo.branchmap(): | |
1192 | if label not in [p.branch() for p in repo[None].parents()]: |
|
1192 | if label not in [p.branch() for p in repo[None].parents()]: | |
1193 | raise error.Abort(_('a branch of the same name already' |
|
1193 | raise error.Abort(_('a branch of the same name already' | |
1194 | ' exists'), |
|
1194 | ' exists'), | |
1195 | # i18n: "it" refers to an existing branch |
|
1195 | # i18n: "it" refers to an existing branch | |
1196 | hint=_("use 'hg update' to switch to it")) |
|
1196 | hint=_("use 'hg update' to switch to it")) | |
1197 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, label, 'branch') |
|
1197 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, label, 'branch') | |
1198 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(label) |
|
1198 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(label) | |
1199 | ui.status(_('marked working directory as branch %s\n') % label) |
|
1199 | ui.status(_('marked working directory as branch %s\n') % label) | |
1200 |
|
1200 | |||
1201 | # find any open named branches aside from default |
|
1201 | # find any open named branches aside from default | |
1202 | others = [n for n, h, t, c in repo.branchmap().iterbranches() |
|
1202 | others = [n for n, h, t, c in repo.branchmap().iterbranches() | |
1203 | if n != "default" and not c] |
|
1203 | if n != "default" and not c] | |
1204 | if not others: |
|
1204 | if not others: | |
1205 | ui.status(_('(branches are permanent and global, ' |
|
1205 | ui.status(_('(branches are permanent and global, ' | |
1206 | 'did you want a bookmark?)\n')) |
|
1206 | 'did you want a bookmark?)\n')) | |
1207 |
|
1207 | |||
1208 | @command('branches', |
|
1208 | @command('branches', | |
1209 | [('a', 'active', False, |
|
1209 | [('a', 'active', False, | |
1210 | _('show only branches that have unmerged heads (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
1210 | _('show only branches that have unmerged heads (DEPRECATED)')), | |
1211 | ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branches')), |
|
1211 | ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branches')), | |
1212 | ] + formatteropts, |
|
1212 | ] + formatteropts, | |
1213 | _('[-c]')) |
|
1213 | _('[-c]')) | |
1214 | def branches(ui, repo, active=False, closed=False, **opts): |
|
1214 | def branches(ui, repo, active=False, closed=False, **opts): | |
1215 | """list repository named branches |
|
1215 | """list repository named branches | |
1216 |
|
1216 | |||
1217 | List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are |
|
1217 | List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are | |
1218 | inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have |
|
1218 | inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have | |
1219 | been marked closed (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`). |
|
1219 | been marked closed (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`). | |
1220 |
|
1220 | |||
1221 | Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. |
|
1221 | Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. | |
1222 |
|
1222 | |||
1223 | Returns 0. |
|
1223 | Returns 0. | |
1224 | """ |
|
1224 | """ | |
1225 |
|
1225 | |||
1226 | ui.pager('branches') |
|
1226 | ui.pager('branches') | |
1227 | fm = ui.formatter('branches', opts) |
|
1227 | fm = ui.formatter('branches', opts) | |
1228 | hexfunc = fm.hexfunc |
|
1228 | hexfunc = fm.hexfunc | |
1229 |
|
1229 | |||
1230 | allheads = set(repo.heads()) |
|
1230 | allheads = set(repo.heads()) | |
1231 | branches = [] |
|
1231 | branches = [] | |
1232 | for tag, heads, tip, isclosed in repo.branchmap().iterbranches(): |
|
1232 | for tag, heads, tip, isclosed in repo.branchmap().iterbranches(): | |
1233 | isactive = not isclosed and bool(set(heads) & allheads) |
|
1233 | isactive = not isclosed and bool(set(heads) & allheads) | |
1234 | branches.append((tag, repo[tip], isactive, not isclosed)) |
|
1234 | branches.append((tag, repo[tip], isactive, not isclosed)) | |
1235 | branches.sort(key=lambda i: (i[2], i[1].rev(), i[0], i[3]), |
|
1235 | branches.sort(key=lambda i: (i[2], i[1].rev(), i[0], i[3]), | |
1236 | reverse=True) |
|
1236 | reverse=True) | |
1237 |
|
1237 | |||
1238 | for tag, ctx, isactive, isopen in branches: |
|
1238 | for tag, ctx, isactive, isopen in branches: | |
1239 | if active and not isactive: |
|
1239 | if active and not isactive: | |
1240 | continue |
|
1240 | continue | |
1241 | if isactive: |
|
1241 | if isactive: | |
1242 | label = 'branches.active' |
|
1242 | label = 'branches.active' | |
1243 | notice = '' |
|
1243 | notice = '' | |
1244 | elif not isopen: |
|
1244 | elif not isopen: | |
1245 | if not closed: |
|
1245 | if not closed: | |
1246 | continue |
|
1246 | continue | |
1247 | label = 'branches.closed' |
|
1247 | label = 'branches.closed' | |
1248 | notice = _(' (closed)') |
|
1248 | notice = _(' (closed)') | |
1249 | else: |
|
1249 | else: | |
1250 | label = 'branches.inactive' |
|
1250 | label = 'branches.inactive' | |
1251 | notice = _(' (inactive)') |
|
1251 | notice = _(' (inactive)') | |
1252 | current = (tag == repo.dirstate.branch()) |
|
1252 | current = (tag == repo.dirstate.branch()) | |
1253 | if current: |
|
1253 | if current: | |
1254 | label = 'branches.current' |
|
1254 | label = 'branches.current' | |
1255 |
|
1255 | |||
1256 | fm.startitem() |
|
1256 | fm.startitem() | |
1257 | fm.write('branch', '%s', tag, label=label) |
|
1257 | fm.write('branch', '%s', tag, label=label) | |
1258 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
1258 | rev = ctx.rev() | |
1259 | padsize = max(31 - len(str(rev)) - encoding.colwidth(tag), 0) |
|
1259 | padsize = max(31 - len(str(rev)) - encoding.colwidth(tag), 0) | |
1260 | fmt = ' ' * padsize + ' %d:%s' |
|
1260 | fmt = ' ' * padsize + ' %d:%s' | |
1261 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, rev, hexfunc(ctx.node()), |
|
1261 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, rev, hexfunc(ctx.node()), | |
1262 | label='log.changeset changeset.%s' % ctx.phasestr()) |
|
1262 | label='log.changeset changeset.%s' % ctx.phasestr()) | |
1263 | fm.context(ctx=ctx) |
|
1263 | fm.context(ctx=ctx) | |
1264 | fm.data(active=isactive, closed=not isopen, current=current) |
|
1264 | fm.data(active=isactive, closed=not isopen, current=current) | |
1265 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
1265 | if not ui.quiet: | |
1266 | fm.plain(notice) |
|
1266 | fm.plain(notice) | |
1267 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
1267 | fm.plain('\n') | |
1268 | fm.end() |
|
1268 | fm.end() | |
1269 |
|
1269 | |||
1270 | @command('bundle', |
|
1270 | @command('bundle', | |
1271 | [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')), |
|
1271 | [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')), | |
1272 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a changeset intended to be added to the destination'), |
|
1272 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a changeset intended to be added to the destination'), | |
1273 | _('REV')), |
|
1273 | _('REV')), | |
1274 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to bundle'), |
|
1274 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to bundle'), | |
1275 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
1275 | _('BRANCH')), | |
1276 | ('', 'base', [], |
|
1276 | ('', 'base', [], | |
1277 | _('a base changeset assumed to be available at the destination'), |
|
1277 | _('a base changeset assumed to be available at the destination'), | |
1278 | _('REV')), |
|
1278 | _('REV')), | |
1279 | ('a', 'all', None, _('bundle all changesets in the repository')), |
|
1279 | ('a', 'all', None, _('bundle all changesets in the repository')), | |
1280 | ('t', 'type', 'bzip2', _('bundle compression type to use'), _('TYPE')), |
|
1280 | ('t', 'type', 'bzip2', _('bundle compression type to use'), _('TYPE')), | |
1281 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
1281 | ] + remoteopts, | |
1282 | _('[-f] [-t TYPE] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]')) |
|
1282 | _('[-f] [-t TYPE] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]')) | |
1283 | def bundle(ui, repo, fname, dest=None, **opts): |
|
1283 | def bundle(ui, repo, fname, dest=None, **opts): | |
1284 | """create a changegroup file |
|
1284 | """create a changegroup file | |
1285 |
|
1285 | |||
1286 | Generate a changegroup file collecting changesets to be added |
|
1286 | Generate a changegroup file collecting changesets to be added | |
1287 | to a repository. |
|
1287 | to a repository. | |
1288 |
|
1288 | |||
1289 | To create a bundle containing all changesets, use -a/--all |
|
1289 | To create a bundle containing all changesets, use -a/--all | |
1290 | (or --base null). Otherwise, hg assumes the destination will have |
|
1290 | (or --base null). Otherwise, hg assumes the destination will have | |
1291 | all the nodes you specify with --base parameters. Otherwise, hg |
|
1291 | all the nodes you specify with --base parameters. Otherwise, hg | |
1292 | will assume the repository has all the nodes in destination, or |
|
1292 | will assume the repository has all the nodes in destination, or | |
1293 | default-push/default if no destination is specified. |
|
1293 | default-push/default if no destination is specified. | |
1294 |
|
1294 | |||
1295 | You can change bundle format with the -t/--type option. You can |
|
1295 | You can change bundle format with the -t/--type option. You can | |
1296 | specify a compression, a bundle version or both using a dash |
|
1296 | specify a compression, a bundle version or both using a dash | |
1297 | (comp-version). The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, |
|
1297 | (comp-version). The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, | |
1298 | and gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2). The |
|
1298 | and gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2). The | |
1299 | available formats are: v1, v2 (default to most suitable). |
|
1299 | available formats are: v1, v2 (default to most suitable). | |
1300 |
|
1300 | |||
1301 | The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means |
|
1301 | The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means | |
1302 | and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull |
|
1302 | and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull | |
1303 | command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not |
|
1303 | command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not | |
1304 | available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable. |
|
1304 | available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable. | |
1305 |
|
1305 | |||
1306 | Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including |
|
1306 | Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including | |
1307 | permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history. |
|
1307 | permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history. | |
1308 |
|
1308 | |||
1309 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found. |
|
1309 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found. | |
1310 | """ |
|
1310 | """ | |
1311 | revs = None |
|
1311 | revs = None | |
1312 | if 'rev' in opts: |
|
1312 | if 'rev' in opts: | |
1313 | revstrings = opts['rev'] |
|
1313 | revstrings = opts['rev'] | |
1314 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revstrings) |
|
1314 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revstrings) | |
1315 | if revstrings and not revs: |
|
1315 | if revstrings and not revs: | |
1316 | raise error.Abort(_('no commits to bundle')) |
|
1316 | raise error.Abort(_('no commits to bundle')) | |
1317 |
|
1317 | |||
1318 | bundletype = opts.get('type', 'bzip2').lower() |
|
1318 | bundletype = opts.get('type', 'bzip2').lower() | |
1319 | try: |
|
1319 | try: | |
1320 | bcompression, cgversion, params = exchange.parsebundlespec( |
|
1320 | bcompression, cgversion, params = exchange.parsebundlespec( | |
1321 | repo, bundletype, strict=False) |
|
1321 | repo, bundletype, strict=False) | |
1322 | except error.UnsupportedBundleSpecification as e: |
|
1322 | except error.UnsupportedBundleSpecification as e: | |
1323 | raise error.Abort(str(e), |
|
1323 | raise error.Abort(str(e), | |
1324 | hint=_("see 'hg help bundle' for supported " |
|
1324 | hint=_("see 'hg help bundle' for supported " | |
1325 | "values for --type")) |
|
1325 | "values for --type")) | |
1326 |
|
1326 | |||
1327 | # Packed bundles are a pseudo bundle format for now. |
|
1327 | # Packed bundles are a pseudo bundle format for now. | |
1328 | if cgversion == 's1': |
|
1328 | if cgversion == 's1': | |
1329 | raise error.Abort(_('packed bundles cannot be produced by "hg bundle"'), |
|
1329 | raise error.Abort(_('packed bundles cannot be produced by "hg bundle"'), | |
1330 | hint=_("use 'hg debugcreatestreamclonebundle'")) |
|
1330 | hint=_("use 'hg debugcreatestreamclonebundle'")) | |
1331 |
|
1331 | |||
1332 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
1332 | if opts.get('all'): | |
1333 | if dest: |
|
1333 | if dest: | |
1334 | raise error.Abort(_("--all is incompatible with specifying " |
|
1334 | raise error.Abort(_("--all is incompatible with specifying " | |
1335 | "a destination")) |
|
1335 | "a destination")) | |
1336 | if opts.get('base'): |
|
1336 | if opts.get('base'): | |
1337 | ui.warn(_("ignoring --base because --all was specified\n")) |
|
1337 | ui.warn(_("ignoring --base because --all was specified\n")) | |
1338 | base = ['null'] |
|
1338 | base = ['null'] | |
1339 | else: |
|
1339 | else: | |
1340 | base = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('base')) |
|
1340 | base = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('base')) | |
1341 | # TODO: get desired bundlecaps from command line. |
|
1341 | # TODO: get desired bundlecaps from command line. | |
1342 | bundlecaps = None |
|
1342 | bundlecaps = None | |
1343 | if cgversion not in changegroup.supportedoutgoingversions(repo): |
|
1343 | if cgversion not in changegroup.supportedoutgoingversions(repo): | |
1344 | raise error.Abort(_("repository does not support bundle version %s") % |
|
1344 | raise error.Abort(_("repository does not support bundle version %s") % | |
1345 | cgversion) |
|
1345 | cgversion) | |
1346 |
|
1346 | |||
1347 | if base: |
|
1347 | if base: | |
1348 | if dest: |
|
1348 | if dest: | |
1349 | raise error.Abort(_("--base is incompatible with specifying " |
|
1349 | raise error.Abort(_("--base is incompatible with specifying " | |
1350 | "a destination")) |
|
1350 | "a destination")) | |
1351 | common = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in base] |
|
1351 | common = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in base] | |
1352 | heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or None |
|
1352 | heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or None | |
1353 | outgoing = discovery.outgoing(repo, common, heads) |
|
1353 | outgoing = discovery.outgoing(repo, common, heads) | |
1354 | cg = changegroup.getchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', outgoing, |
|
1354 | cg = changegroup.getchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', outgoing, | |
1355 | bundlecaps=bundlecaps, |
|
1355 | bundlecaps=bundlecaps, | |
1356 | version=cgversion) |
|
1356 | version=cgversion) | |
1357 | outgoing = None |
|
1357 | outgoing = None | |
1358 | else: |
|
1358 | else: | |
1359 | dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') |
|
1359 | dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') | |
1360 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch')) |
|
1360 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch')) | |
1361 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) |
|
1361 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) | |
1362 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, revs) |
|
1362 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, revs) | |
1363 | heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or revs |
|
1363 | heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or revs | |
1364 | outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, other, |
|
1364 | outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, other, | |
1365 | onlyheads=heads, |
|
1365 | onlyheads=heads, | |
1366 | force=opts.get('force'), |
|
1366 | force=opts.get('force'), | |
1367 | portable=True) |
|
1367 | portable=True) | |
1368 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', outgoing, |
|
1368 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', outgoing, | |
1369 | bundlecaps, version=cgversion) |
|
1369 | bundlecaps, version=cgversion) | |
1370 | if not cg: |
|
1370 | if not cg: | |
1371 | scmutil.nochangesfound(ui, repo, outgoing and outgoing.excluded) |
|
1371 | scmutil.nochangesfound(ui, repo, outgoing and outgoing.excluded) | |
1372 | return 1 |
|
1372 | return 1 | |
1373 |
|
1373 | |||
1374 | if cgversion == '01': #bundle1 |
|
1374 | if cgversion == '01': #bundle1 | |
1375 | if bcompression is None: |
|
1375 | if bcompression is None: | |
1376 | bcompression = 'UN' |
|
1376 | bcompression = 'UN' | |
1377 | bversion = 'HG10' + bcompression |
|
1377 | bversion = 'HG10' + bcompression | |
1378 | bcompression = None |
|
1378 | bcompression = None | |
1379 | else: |
|
1379 | else: | |
1380 | assert cgversion == '02' |
|
1380 | assert cgversion == '02' | |
1381 | bversion = 'HG20' |
|
1381 | bversion = 'HG20' | |
1382 |
|
1382 | |||
1383 | # TODO compression options should be derived from bundlespec parsing. |
|
1383 | # TODO compression options should be derived from bundlespec parsing. | |
1384 | # This is a temporary hack to allow adjusting bundle compression |
|
1384 | # This is a temporary hack to allow adjusting bundle compression | |
1385 | # level without a) formalizing the bundlespec changes to declare it |
|
1385 | # level without a) formalizing the bundlespec changes to declare it | |
1386 | # b) introducing a command flag. |
|
1386 | # b) introducing a command flag. | |
1387 | compopts = {} |
|
1387 | compopts = {} | |
1388 | complevel = ui.configint('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel') |
|
1388 | complevel = ui.configint('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel') | |
1389 | if complevel is not None: |
|
1389 | if complevel is not None: | |
1390 | compopts['level'] = complevel |
|
1390 | compopts['level'] = complevel | |
1391 |
|
1391 | |||
1392 | bundle2.writebundle(ui, cg, fname, bversion, compression=bcompression, |
|
1392 | bundle2.writebundle(ui, cg, fname, bversion, compression=bcompression, | |
1393 | compopts=compopts) |
|
1393 | compopts=compopts) | |
1394 |
|
1394 | |||
1395 | @command('cat', |
|
1395 | @command('cat', | |
1396 | [('o', 'output', '', |
|
1396 | [('o', 'output', '', | |
1397 | _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')), |
|
1397 | _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')), | |
1398 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('print the given revision'), _('REV')), |
|
1398 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('print the given revision'), _('REV')), | |
1399 | ('', 'decode', None, _('apply any matching decode filter')), |
|
1399 | ('', 'decode', None, _('apply any matching decode filter')), | |
1400 | ] + walkopts, |
|
1400 | ] + walkopts, | |
1401 | _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), |
|
1401 | _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), | |
1402 | inferrepo=True) |
|
1402 | inferrepo=True) | |
1403 | def cat(ui, repo, file1, *pats, **opts): |
|
1403 | def cat(ui, repo, file1, *pats, **opts): | |
1404 | """output the current or given revision of files |
|
1404 | """output the current or given revision of files | |
1405 |
|
1405 | |||
1406 | Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If |
|
1406 | Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If | |
1407 | no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used. |
|
1407 | no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used. | |
1408 |
|
1408 | |||
1409 | Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is |
|
1409 | Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is | |
1410 | given using a format string. The formatting rules as follows: |
|
1410 | given using a format string. The formatting rules as follows: | |
1411 |
|
1411 | |||
1412 | :``%%``: literal "%" character |
|
1412 | :``%%``: literal "%" character | |
1413 | :``%s``: basename of file being printed |
|
1413 | :``%s``: basename of file being printed | |
1414 | :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root |
|
1414 | :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root | |
1415 | :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed |
|
1415 | :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed | |
1416 | :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits) |
|
1416 | :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits) | |
1417 | :``%R``: changeset revision number |
|
1417 | :``%R``: changeset revision number | |
1418 | :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits) |
|
1418 | :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits) | |
1419 | :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number |
|
1419 | :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number | |
1420 | :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository |
|
1420 | :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository | |
1421 |
|
1421 | |||
1422 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
1422 | Returns 0 on success. | |
1423 | """ |
|
1423 | """ | |
1424 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
1424 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) | |
1425 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file1,) + pats, opts) |
|
1425 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file1,) + pats, opts) | |
1426 |
|
1426 | |||
1427 | ui.pager('cat') |
|
1427 | ui.pager('cat') | |
1428 | return cmdutil.cat(ui, repo, ctx, m, '', **opts) |
|
1428 | return cmdutil.cat(ui, repo, ctx, m, '', **opts) | |
1429 |
|
1429 | |||
1430 | @command('^clone', |
|
1430 | @command('^clone', | |
1431 | [('U', 'noupdate', None, _('the clone will include an empty working ' |
|
1431 | [('U', 'noupdate', None, _('the clone will include an empty working ' | |
1432 | 'directory (only a repository)')), |
|
1432 | 'directory (only a repository)')), | |
1433 | ('u', 'updaterev', '', _('revision, tag, or branch to check out'), |
|
1433 | ('u', 'updaterev', '', _('revision, tag, or branch to check out'), | |
1434 | _('REV')), |
|
1434 | _('REV')), | |
1435 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('include the specified changeset'), _('REV')), |
|
1435 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('include the specified changeset'), _('REV')), | |
1436 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('clone only the specified branch'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
1436 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('clone only the specified branch'), _('BRANCH')), | |
1437 | ('', 'pull', None, _('use pull protocol to copy metadata')), |
|
1437 | ('', 'pull', None, _('use pull protocol to copy metadata')), | |
1438 | ('', 'uncompressed', None, _('use uncompressed transfer (fast over LAN)')), |
|
1438 | ('', 'uncompressed', None, _('use uncompressed transfer (fast over LAN)')), | |
1439 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
1439 | ] + remoteopts, | |
1440 | _('[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]'), |
|
1440 | _('[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]'), | |
1441 | norepo=True) |
|
1441 | norepo=True) | |
1442 | def clone(ui, source, dest=None, **opts): |
|
1442 | def clone(ui, source, dest=None, **opts): | |
1443 | """make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1443 | """make a copy of an existing repository | |
1444 |
|
1444 | |||
1445 | Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory. |
|
1445 | Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory. | |
1446 |
|
1446 | |||
1447 | If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the |
|
1447 | If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the | |
1448 | basename of the source. |
|
1448 | basename of the source. | |
1449 |
|
1449 | |||
1450 | The location of the source is added to the new repository's |
|
1450 | The location of the source is added to the new repository's | |
1451 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file, as the default to be used for future pulls. |
|
1451 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file, as the default to be used for future pulls. | |
1452 |
|
1452 | |||
1453 | Only local paths and ``ssh://`` URLs are supported as |
|
1453 | Only local paths and ``ssh://`` URLs are supported as | |
1454 | destinations. For ``ssh://`` destinations, no working directory or |
|
1454 | destinations. For ``ssh://`` destinations, no working directory or | |
1455 | ``.hg/hgrc`` will be created on the remote side. |
|
1455 | ``.hg/hgrc`` will be created on the remote side. | |
1456 |
|
1456 | |||
1457 | If the source repository has a bookmark called '@' set, that |
|
1457 | If the source repository has a bookmark called '@' set, that | |
1458 | revision will be checked out in the new repository by default. |
|
1458 | revision will be checked out in the new repository by default. | |
1459 |
|
1459 | |||
1460 | To check out a particular version, use -u/--update, or |
|
1460 | To check out a particular version, use -u/--update, or | |
1461 | -U/--noupdate to create a clone with no working directory. |
|
1461 | -U/--noupdate to create a clone with no working directory. | |
1462 |
|
1462 | |||
1463 | To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions |
|
1463 | To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions | |
1464 | identifiers with -r/--rev or branches with -b/--branch. The |
|
1464 | identifiers with -r/--rev or branches with -b/--branch. The | |
1465 | resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and |
|
1465 | resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and | |
1466 | their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply |
|
1466 | their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply | |
1467 | --pull, even for local source repositories. |
|
1467 | --pull, even for local source repositories. | |
1468 |
|
1468 | |||
1469 | .. note:: |
|
1469 | .. note:: | |
1470 |
|
1470 | |||
1471 | Specifying a tag will include the tagged changeset but not the |
|
1471 | Specifying a tag will include the tagged changeset but not the | |
1472 | changeset containing the tag. |
|
1472 | changeset containing the tag. | |
1473 |
|
1473 | |||
1474 | .. container:: verbose |
|
1474 | .. container:: verbose | |
1475 |
|
1475 | |||
1476 | For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the |
|
1476 | For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the | |
1477 | source and destination are on the same filesystem (note this |
|
1477 | source and destination are on the same filesystem (note this | |
1478 | applies only to the repository data, not to the working |
|
1478 | applies only to the repository data, not to the working | |
1479 | directory). Some filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking |
|
1479 | directory). Some filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking | |
1480 | incorrectly, but do not report errors. In these cases, use the |
|
1480 | incorrectly, but do not report errors. In these cases, use the | |
1481 | --pull option to avoid hardlinking. |
|
1481 | --pull option to avoid hardlinking. | |
1482 |
|
1482 | |||
1483 | In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working |
|
1483 | In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working | |
1484 | directory using full hardlinks with :: |
|
1484 | directory using full hardlinks with :: | |
1485 |
|
1485 | |||
1486 | $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE |
|
1486 | $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE | |
1487 |
|
1487 | |||
1488 | This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The |
|
1488 | This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The | |
1489 | operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during |
|
1489 | operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during | |
1490 | the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your |
|
1490 | the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your | |
1491 | editor breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do |
|
1491 | editor breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do | |
1492 | so). Also, this is not compatible with certain extensions that |
|
1492 | so). Also, this is not compatible with certain extensions that | |
1493 | place their metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq. |
|
1493 | place their metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq. | |
1494 |
|
1494 | |||
1495 | Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable |
|
1495 | Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable | |
1496 | revision from this list: |
|
1496 | revision from this list: | |
1497 |
|
1497 | |||
1498 | a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets |
|
1498 | a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets | |
1499 | b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of |
|
1499 | b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of | |
1500 | the source repository's working directory |
|
1500 | the source repository's working directory | |
1501 | c) the changeset specified with -u (if a branch name, this means the |
|
1501 | c) the changeset specified with -u (if a branch name, this means the | |
1502 | latest head of that branch) |
|
1502 | latest head of that branch) | |
1503 | d) the changeset specified with -r |
|
1503 | d) the changeset specified with -r | |
1504 | e) the tipmost head specified with -b |
|
1504 | e) the tipmost head specified with -b | |
1505 | f) the tipmost head specified with the url#branch source syntax |
|
1505 | f) the tipmost head specified with the url#branch source syntax | |
1506 | g) the revision marked with the '@' bookmark, if present |
|
1506 | g) the revision marked with the '@' bookmark, if present | |
1507 | h) the tipmost head of the default branch |
|
1507 | h) the tipmost head of the default branch | |
1508 | i) tip |
|
1508 | i) tip | |
1509 |
|
1509 | |||
1510 | When cloning from servers that support it, Mercurial may fetch |
|
1510 | When cloning from servers that support it, Mercurial may fetch | |
1511 | pre-generated data from a server-advertised URL. When this is done, |
|
1511 | pre-generated data from a server-advertised URL. When this is done, | |
1512 | hooks operating on incoming changesets and changegroups may fire twice, |
|
1512 | hooks operating on incoming changesets and changegroups may fire twice, | |
1513 | once for the bundle fetched from the URL and another for any additional |
|
1513 | once for the bundle fetched from the URL and another for any additional | |
1514 | data not fetched from this URL. In addition, if an error occurs, the |
|
1514 | data not fetched from this URL. In addition, if an error occurs, the | |
1515 | repository may be rolled back to a partial clone. This behavior may |
|
1515 | repository may be rolled back to a partial clone. This behavior may | |
1516 | change in future releases. See :hg:`help -e clonebundles` for more. |
|
1516 | change in future releases. See :hg:`help -e clonebundles` for more. | |
1517 |
|
1517 | |||
1518 | Examples: |
|
1518 | Examples: | |
1519 |
|
1519 | |||
1520 | - clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/:: |
|
1520 | - clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/:: | |
1521 |
|
1521 | |||
1522 | hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/ |
|
1522 | hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/ | |
1523 |
|
1523 | |||
1524 | - create a lightweight local clone:: |
|
1524 | - create a lightweight local clone:: | |
1525 |
|
1525 | |||
1526 | hg clone project/ project-feature/ |
|
1526 | hg clone project/ project-feature/ | |
1527 |
|
1527 | |||
1528 | - clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double-slash):: |
|
1528 | - clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double-slash):: | |
1529 |
|
1529 | |||
1530 | hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/ |
|
1530 | hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/ | |
1531 |
|
1531 | |||
1532 | - do a high-speed clone over a LAN while checking out a |
|
1532 | - do a high-speed clone over a LAN while checking out a | |
1533 | specified version:: |
|
1533 | specified version:: | |
1534 |
|
1534 | |||
1535 | hg clone --uncompressed http://server/repo -u 1.5 |
|
1535 | hg clone --uncompressed http://server/repo -u 1.5 | |
1536 |
|
1536 | |||
1537 | - create a repository without changesets after a particular revision:: |
|
1537 | - create a repository without changesets after a particular revision:: | |
1538 |
|
1538 | |||
1539 | hg clone -r 04e544 experimental/ good/ |
|
1539 | hg clone -r 04e544 experimental/ good/ | |
1540 |
|
1540 | |||
1541 | - clone (and track) a particular named branch:: |
|
1541 | - clone (and track) a particular named branch:: | |
1542 |
|
1542 | |||
1543 | hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/#stable |
|
1543 | hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/#stable | |
1544 |
|
1544 | |||
1545 | See :hg:`help urls` for details on specifying URLs. |
|
1545 | See :hg:`help urls` for details on specifying URLs. | |
1546 |
|
1546 | |||
1547 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
1547 | Returns 0 on success. | |
1548 | """ |
|
1548 | """ | |
1549 | if opts.get('noupdate') and opts.get('updaterev'): |
|
1549 | if opts.get('noupdate') and opts.get('updaterev'): | |
1550 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev")) |
|
1550 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev")) | |
1551 |
|
1551 | |||
1552 | r = hg.clone(ui, opts, source, dest, |
|
1552 | r = hg.clone(ui, opts, source, dest, | |
1553 | pull=opts.get('pull'), |
|
1553 | pull=opts.get('pull'), | |
1554 | stream=opts.get('uncompressed'), |
|
1554 | stream=opts.get('uncompressed'), | |
1555 | rev=opts.get('rev'), |
|
1555 | rev=opts.get('rev'), | |
1556 | update=opts.get('updaterev') or not opts.get('noupdate'), |
|
1556 | update=opts.get('updaterev') or not opts.get('noupdate'), | |
1557 | branch=opts.get('branch'), |
|
1557 | branch=opts.get('branch'), | |
1558 | shareopts=opts.get('shareopts')) |
|
1558 | shareopts=opts.get('shareopts')) | |
1559 |
|
1559 | |||
1560 | return r is None |
|
1560 | return r is None | |
1561 |
|
1561 | |||
1562 | @command('^commit|ci', |
|
1562 | @command('^commit|ci', | |
1563 | [('A', 'addremove', None, |
|
1563 | [('A', 'addremove', None, | |
1564 | _('mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing')), |
|
1564 | _('mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing')), | |
1565 | ('', 'close-branch', None, |
|
1565 | ('', 'close-branch', None, | |
1566 | _('mark a branch head as closed')), |
|
1566 | _('mark a branch head as closed')), | |
1567 | ('', 'amend', None, _('amend the parent of the working directory')), |
|
1567 | ('', 'amend', None, _('amend the parent of the working directory')), | |
1568 | ('s', 'secret', None, _('use the secret phase for committing')), |
|
1568 | ('s', 'secret', None, _('use the secret phase for committing')), | |
1569 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
1569 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), | |
1570 | ('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')), |
|
1570 | ('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')), | |
1571 | ] + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2 + subrepoopts, |
|
1571 | ] + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2 + subrepoopts, | |
1572 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
1572 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), | |
1573 | inferrepo=True) |
|
1573 | inferrepo=True) | |
1574 | def commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
1574 | def commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
1575 | """commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
1575 | """commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
1576 |
|
1576 | |||
1577 | Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a |
|
1577 | Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a | |
1578 | centralized SCM, this operation is a local operation. See |
|
1578 | centralized SCM, this operation is a local operation. See | |
1579 | :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes. |
|
1579 | :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes. | |
1580 |
|
1580 | |||
1581 | If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status` |
|
1581 | If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status` | |
1582 | will be committed. |
|
1582 | will be committed. | |
1583 |
|
1583 | |||
1584 | If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any |
|
1584 | If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any | |
1585 | filenames or -I/-X filters. |
|
1585 | filenames or -I/-X filters. | |
1586 |
|
1586 | |||
1587 | If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your |
|
1587 | If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your | |
1588 | configured editor where you can enter a message. In case your |
|
1588 | configured editor where you can enter a message. In case your | |
1589 | commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in |
|
1589 | commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in | |
1590 | ``.hg/last-message.txt``. |
|
1590 | ``.hg/last-message.txt``. | |
1591 |
|
1591 | |||
1592 | The --close-branch flag can be used to mark the current branch |
|
1592 | The --close-branch flag can be used to mark the current branch | |
1593 | head closed. When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch |
|
1593 | head closed. When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch | |
1594 | will be considered closed and no longer listed. |
|
1594 | will be considered closed and no longer listed. | |
1595 |
|
1595 | |||
1596 | The --amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the |
|
1596 | The --amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the | |
1597 | working directory with a new commit that contains the changes |
|
1597 | working directory with a new commit that contains the changes | |
1598 | in the parent in addition to those currently reported by :hg:`status`, |
|
1598 | in the parent in addition to those currently reported by :hg:`status`, | |
1599 | if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in |
|
1599 | if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in | |
1600 | ``.hg/strip-backup`` (see :hg:`help bundle` and :hg:`help unbundle` |
|
1600 | ``.hg/strip-backup`` (see :hg:`help bundle` and :hg:`help unbundle` | |
1601 | on how to restore it). |
|
1601 | on how to restore it). | |
1602 |
|
1602 | |||
1603 | Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless |
|
1603 | Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless | |
1604 | specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line, |
|
1604 | specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line, | |
1605 | the editor will open with the message of the amended commit. |
|
1605 | the editor will open with the message of the amended commit. | |
1606 |
|
1606 | |||
1607 | It is not possible to amend public changesets (see :hg:`help phases`) |
|
1607 | It is not possible to amend public changesets (see :hg:`help phases`) | |
1608 | or changesets that have children. |
|
1608 | or changesets that have children. | |
1609 |
|
1609 | |||
1610 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
1610 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. | |
1611 |
|
1611 | |||
1612 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed. |
|
1612 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed. | |
1613 |
|
1613 | |||
1614 | .. container:: verbose |
|
1614 | .. container:: verbose | |
1615 |
|
1615 | |||
1616 | Examples: |
|
1616 | Examples: | |
1617 |
|
1617 | |||
1618 | - commit all files ending in .py:: |
|
1618 | - commit all files ending in .py:: | |
1619 |
|
1619 | |||
1620 | hg commit --include "set:**.py" |
|
1620 | hg commit --include "set:**.py" | |
1621 |
|
1621 | |||
1622 | - commit all non-binary files:: |
|
1622 | - commit all non-binary files:: | |
1623 |
|
1623 | |||
1624 | hg commit --exclude "set:binary()" |
|
1624 | hg commit --exclude "set:binary()" | |
1625 |
|
1625 | |||
1626 | - amend the current commit and set the date to now:: |
|
1626 | - amend the current commit and set the date to now:: | |
1627 |
|
1627 | |||
1628 | hg commit --amend --date now |
|
1628 | hg commit --amend --date now | |
1629 | """ |
|
1629 | """ | |
1630 | wlock = lock = None |
|
1630 | wlock = lock = None | |
1631 | try: |
|
1631 | try: | |
1632 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
1632 | wlock = repo.wlock() | |
1633 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
1633 | lock = repo.lock() | |
1634 | return _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts) |
|
1634 | return _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts) | |
1635 | finally: |
|
1635 | finally: | |
1636 | release(lock, wlock) |
|
1636 | release(lock, wlock) | |
1637 |
|
1637 | |||
1638 | def _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
1638 | def _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
1639 | opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts) |
|
1639 | opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts) | |
1640 | if opts.get('interactive'): |
|
1640 | if opts.get('interactive'): | |
1641 | opts.pop('interactive') |
|
1641 | opts.pop('interactive') | |
1642 | ret = cmdutil.dorecord(ui, repo, commit, None, False, |
|
1642 | ret = cmdutil.dorecord(ui, repo, commit, None, False, | |
1643 | cmdutil.recordfilter, *pats, |
|
1643 | cmdutil.recordfilter, *pats, | |
1644 | **pycompat.strkwargs(opts)) |
|
1644 | **pycompat.strkwargs(opts)) | |
1645 | # ret can be 0 (no changes to record) or the value returned by |
|
1645 | # ret can be 0 (no changes to record) or the value returned by | |
1646 | # commit(), 1 if nothing changed or None on success. |
|
1646 | # commit(), 1 if nothing changed or None on success. | |
1647 | return 1 if ret == 0 else ret |
|
1647 | return 1 if ret == 0 else ret | |
1648 |
|
1648 | |||
1649 | if opts.get('subrepos'): |
|
1649 | if opts.get('subrepos'): | |
1650 | if opts.get('amend'): |
|
1650 | if opts.get('amend'): | |
1651 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with --subrepos')) |
|
1651 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with --subrepos')) | |
1652 | # Let --subrepos on the command line override config setting. |
|
1652 | # Let --subrepos on the command line override config setting. | |
1653 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'commitsubrepos', True, 'commit') |
|
1653 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'commitsubrepos', True, 'commit') | |
1654 |
|
1654 | |||
1655 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo, commit=True) |
|
1655 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo, commit=True) | |
1656 |
|
1656 | |||
1657 | branch = repo[None].branch() |
|
1657 | branch = repo[None].branch() | |
1658 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) |
|
1658 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) | |
1659 |
|
1659 | |||
1660 | extra = {} |
|
1660 | extra = {} | |
1661 | if opts.get('close_branch'): |
|
1661 | if opts.get('close_branch'): | |
1662 | extra['close'] = 1 |
|
1662 | extra['close'] = 1 | |
1663 |
|
1663 | |||
1664 | if not bheads: |
|
1664 | if not bheads: | |
1665 | raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads')) |
|
1665 | raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads')) | |
1666 | elif opts.get('amend'): |
|
1666 | elif opts.get('amend'): | |
1667 | if repo[None].parents()[0].p1().branch() != branch and \ |
|
1667 | if repo[None].parents()[0].p1().branch() != branch and \ | |
1668 | repo[None].parents()[0].p2().branch() != branch: |
|
1668 | repo[None].parents()[0].p2().branch() != branch: | |
1669 | raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads')) |
|
1669 | raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads')) | |
1670 |
|
1670 | |||
1671 | if opts.get('amend'): |
|
1671 | if opts.get('amend'): | |
1672 | if ui.configbool('ui', 'commitsubrepos'): |
|
1672 | if ui.configbool('ui', 'commitsubrepos'): | |
1673 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with ui.commitsubrepos enabled')) |
|
1673 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with ui.commitsubrepos enabled')) | |
1674 |
|
1674 | |||
1675 | old = repo['.'] |
|
1675 | old = repo['.'] | |
1676 | if not old.mutable(): |
|
1676 | if not old.mutable(): | |
1677 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend public changesets')) |
|
1677 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend public changesets')) | |
1678 | if len(repo[None].parents()) > 1: |
|
1678 | if len(repo[None].parents()) > 1: | |
1679 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend while merging')) |
|
1679 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend while merging')) | |
1680 | allowunstable = obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.allowunstableopt) |
|
1680 | allowunstable = obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.allowunstableopt) | |
1681 | if not allowunstable and old.children(): |
|
1681 | if not allowunstable and old.children(): | |
1682 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend changeset with children')) |
|
1682 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend changeset with children')) | |
1683 |
|
1683 | |||
1684 | # Currently histedit gets confused if an amend happens while histedit |
|
1684 | # Currently histedit gets confused if an amend happens while histedit | |
1685 | # is in progress. Since we have a checkunfinished command, we are |
|
1685 | # is in progress. Since we have a checkunfinished command, we are | |
1686 | # temporarily honoring it. |
|
1686 | # temporarily honoring it. | |
1687 | # |
|
1687 | # | |
1688 | # Note: eventually this guard will be removed. Please do not expect |
|
1688 | # Note: eventually this guard will be removed. Please do not expect | |
1689 | # this behavior to remain. |
|
1689 | # this behavior to remain. | |
1690 | if not obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt): |
|
1690 | if not obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt): | |
1691 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
1691 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) | |
1692 |
|
1692 | |||
1693 | # commitfunc is used only for temporary amend commit by cmdutil.amend |
|
1693 | # commitfunc is used only for temporary amend commit by cmdutil.amend | |
1694 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): |
|
1694 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): | |
1695 | return repo.commit(message, |
|
1695 | return repo.commit(message, | |
1696 | opts.get('user') or old.user(), |
|
1696 | opts.get('user') or old.user(), | |
1697 | opts.get('date') or old.date(), |
|
1697 | opts.get('date') or old.date(), | |
1698 | match, |
|
1698 | match, | |
1699 | extra=extra) |
|
1699 | extra=extra) | |
1700 |
|
1700 | |||
1701 | node = cmdutil.amend(ui, repo, commitfunc, old, extra, pats, opts) |
|
1701 | node = cmdutil.amend(ui, repo, commitfunc, old, extra, pats, opts) | |
1702 | if node == old.node(): |
|
1702 | if node == old.node(): | |
1703 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) |
|
1703 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) | |
1704 | return 1 |
|
1704 | return 1 | |
1705 | else: |
|
1705 | else: | |
1706 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): |
|
1706 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): | |
1707 | overrides = {} |
|
1707 | overrides = {} | |
1708 | if opts.get('secret'): |
|
1708 | if opts.get('secret'): | |
1709 | overrides[('phases', 'new-commit')] = 'secret' |
|
1709 | overrides[('phases', 'new-commit')] = 'secret' | |
1710 |
|
1710 | |||
1711 | baseui = repo.baseui |
|
1711 | baseui = repo.baseui | |
1712 | with baseui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'): |
|
1712 | with baseui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'): | |
1713 | with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'): |
|
1713 | with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'): | |
1714 | editform = cmdutil.mergeeditform(repo[None], |
|
1714 | editform = cmdutil.mergeeditform(repo[None], | |
1715 | 'commit.normal') |
|
1715 | 'commit.normal') | |
1716 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor( |
|
1716 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor( | |
1717 | editform=editform, **pycompat.strkwargs(opts)) |
|
1717 | editform=editform, **pycompat.strkwargs(opts)) | |
1718 | return repo.commit(message, |
|
1718 | return repo.commit(message, | |
1719 | opts.get('user'), |
|
1719 | opts.get('user'), | |
1720 | opts.get('date'), |
|
1720 | opts.get('date'), | |
1721 | match, |
|
1721 | match, | |
1722 | editor=editor, |
|
1722 | editor=editor, | |
1723 | extra=extra) |
|
1723 | extra=extra) | |
1724 |
|
1724 | |||
1725 | node = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts) |
|
1725 | node = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts) | |
1726 |
|
1726 | |||
1727 | if not node: |
|
1727 | if not node: | |
1728 | stat = cmdutil.postcommitstatus(repo, pats, opts) |
|
1728 | stat = cmdutil.postcommitstatus(repo, pats, opts) | |
1729 | if stat[3]: |
|
1729 | if stat[3]: | |
1730 | ui.status(_("nothing changed (%d missing files, see " |
|
1730 | ui.status(_("nothing changed (%d missing files, see " | |
1731 | "'hg status')\n") % len(stat[3])) |
|
1731 | "'hg status')\n") % len(stat[3])) | |
1732 | else: |
|
1732 | else: | |
1733 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) |
|
1733 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) | |
1734 | return 1 |
|
1734 | return 1 | |
1735 |
|
1735 | |||
1736 | cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, node, branch, bheads, opts) |
|
1736 | cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, node, branch, bheads, opts) | |
1737 |
|
1737 | |||
1738 | @command('config|showconfig|debugconfig', |
|
1738 | @command('config|showconfig|debugconfig', | |
1739 | [('u', 'untrusted', None, _('show untrusted configuration options')), |
|
1739 | [('u', 'untrusted', None, _('show untrusted configuration options')), | |
1740 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('edit user config')), |
|
1740 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('edit user config')), | |
1741 | ('l', 'local', None, _('edit repository config')), |
|
1741 | ('l', 'local', None, _('edit repository config')), | |
1742 | ('g', 'global', None, _('edit global config'))] + formatteropts, |
|
1742 | ('g', 'global', None, _('edit global config'))] + formatteropts, | |
1743 | _('[-u] [NAME]...'), |
|
1743 | _('[-u] [NAME]...'), | |
1744 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
1744 | optionalrepo=True) | |
1745 | def config(ui, repo, *values, **opts): |
|
1745 | def config(ui, repo, *values, **opts): | |
1746 | """show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
1746 | """show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
1747 |
|
1747 | |||
1748 | With no arguments, print names and values of all config items. |
|
1748 | With no arguments, print names and values of all config items. | |
1749 |
|
1749 | |||
1750 | With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value |
|
1750 | With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value | |
1751 | of that config item. |
|
1751 | of that config item. | |
1752 |
|
1752 | |||
1753 | With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config |
|
1753 | With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config | |
1754 | items with matching section names. |
|
1754 | items with matching section names. | |
1755 |
|
1755 | |||
1756 | With --edit, start an editor on the user-level config file. With |
|
1756 | With --edit, start an editor on the user-level config file. With | |
1757 | --global, edit the system-wide config file. With --local, edit the |
|
1757 | --global, edit the system-wide config file. With --local, edit the | |
1758 | repository-level config file. |
|
1758 | repository-level config file. | |
1759 |
|
1759 | |||
1760 | With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed |
|
1760 | With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed | |
1761 | for each config item. |
|
1761 | for each config item. | |
1762 |
|
1762 | |||
1763 | See :hg:`help config` for more information about config files. |
|
1763 | See :hg:`help config` for more information about config files. | |
1764 |
|
1764 | |||
1765 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if NAME does not exist. |
|
1765 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if NAME does not exist. | |
1766 |
|
1766 | |||
1767 | """ |
|
1767 | """ | |
1768 |
|
1768 | |||
1769 | if opts.get('edit') or opts.get('local') or opts.get('global'): |
|
1769 | if opts.get('edit') or opts.get('local') or opts.get('global'): | |
1770 | if opts.get('local') and opts.get('global'): |
|
1770 | if opts.get('local') and opts.get('global'): | |
1771 | raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local and --global together")) |
|
1771 | raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local and --global together")) | |
1772 |
|
1772 | |||
1773 | if opts.get('local'): |
|
1773 | if opts.get('local'): | |
1774 | if not repo: |
|
1774 | if not repo: | |
1775 | raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local outside a repository")) |
|
1775 | raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local outside a repository")) | |
1776 | paths = [repo.vfs.join('hgrc')] |
|
1776 | paths = [repo.vfs.join('hgrc')] | |
1777 | elif opts.get('global'): |
|
1777 | elif opts.get('global'): | |
1778 | paths = scmutil.systemrcpath() |
|
1778 | paths = scmutil.systemrcpath() | |
1779 | else: |
|
1779 | else: | |
1780 | paths = scmutil.userrcpath() |
|
1780 | paths = scmutil.userrcpath() | |
1781 |
|
1781 | |||
1782 | for f in paths: |
|
1782 | for f in paths: | |
1783 | if os.path.exists(f): |
|
1783 | if os.path.exists(f): | |
1784 | break |
|
1784 | break | |
1785 | else: |
|
1785 | else: | |
1786 | if opts.get('global'): |
|
1786 | if opts.get('global'): | |
1787 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['global'] |
|
1787 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['global'] | |
1788 | elif opts.get('local'): |
|
1788 | elif opts.get('local'): | |
1789 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['local'] |
|
1789 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['local'] | |
1790 | else: |
|
1790 | else: | |
1791 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['user'] |
|
1791 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['user'] | |
1792 |
|
1792 | |||
1793 | f = paths[0] |
|
1793 | f = paths[0] | |
1794 | fp = open(f, "w") |
|
1794 | fp = open(f, "w") | |
1795 | fp.write(samplehgrc) |
|
1795 | fp.write(samplehgrc) | |
1796 | fp.close() |
|
1796 | fp.close() | |
1797 |
|
1797 | |||
1798 | editor = ui.geteditor() |
|
1798 | editor = ui.geteditor() | |
1799 | ui.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, f), |
|
1799 | ui.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, f), | |
1800 | onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed"), |
|
1800 | onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed"), | |
1801 | blockedtag='config_edit') |
|
1801 | blockedtag='config_edit') | |
1802 | return |
|
1802 | return | |
1803 | ui.pager('config') |
|
1803 | ui.pager('config') | |
1804 | fm = ui.formatter('config', opts) |
|
1804 | fm = ui.formatter('config', opts) | |
1805 | for f in scmutil.rcpath(): |
|
1805 | for f in scmutil.rcpath(): | |
1806 | ui.debug('read config from: %s\n' % f) |
|
1806 | ui.debug('read config from: %s\n' % f) | |
1807 | untrusted = bool(opts.get('untrusted')) |
|
1807 | untrusted = bool(opts.get('untrusted')) | |
1808 | if values: |
|
1808 | if values: | |
1809 | sections = [v for v in values if '.' not in v] |
|
1809 | sections = [v for v in values if '.' not in v] | |
1810 | items = [v for v in values if '.' in v] |
|
1810 | items = [v for v in values if '.' in v] | |
1811 | if len(items) > 1 or items and sections: |
|
1811 | if len(items) > 1 or items and sections: | |
1812 | raise error.Abort(_('only one config item permitted')) |
|
1812 | raise error.Abort(_('only one config item permitted')) | |
1813 | matched = False |
|
1813 | matched = False | |
1814 | for section, name, value in ui.walkconfig(untrusted=untrusted): |
|
1814 | for section, name, value in ui.walkconfig(untrusted=untrusted): | |
1815 | source = ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted) |
|
1815 | source = ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted) | |
1816 | value = pycompat.bytestr(value) |
|
1816 | value = pycompat.bytestr(value) | |
1817 | if fm.isplain(): |
|
1817 | if fm.isplain(): | |
1818 | source = source or 'none' |
|
1818 | source = source or 'none' | |
1819 | value = value.replace('\n', '\\n') |
|
1819 | value = value.replace('\n', '\\n') | |
1820 | entryname = section + '.' + name |
|
1820 | entryname = section + '.' + name | |
1821 | if values: |
|
1821 | if values: | |
1822 | for v in values: |
|
1822 | for v in values: | |
1823 | if v == section: |
|
1823 | if v == section: | |
1824 | fm.startitem() |
|
1824 | fm.startitem() | |
1825 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source) |
|
1825 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source) | |
1826 | fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value) |
|
1826 | fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value) | |
1827 | matched = True |
|
1827 | matched = True | |
1828 | elif v == entryname: |
|
1828 | elif v == entryname: | |
1829 | fm.startitem() |
|
1829 | fm.startitem() | |
1830 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source) |
|
1830 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source) | |
1831 | fm.write('value', '%s\n', value) |
|
1831 | fm.write('value', '%s\n', value) | |
1832 | fm.data(name=entryname) |
|
1832 | fm.data(name=entryname) | |
1833 | matched = True |
|
1833 | matched = True | |
1834 | else: |
|
1834 | else: | |
1835 | fm.startitem() |
|
1835 | fm.startitem() | |
1836 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source) |
|
1836 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source) | |
1837 | fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value) |
|
1837 | fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value) | |
1838 | matched = True |
|
1838 | matched = True | |
1839 | fm.end() |
|
1839 | fm.end() | |
1840 | if matched: |
|
1840 | if matched: | |
1841 | return 0 |
|
1841 | return 0 | |
1842 | return 1 |
|
1842 | return 1 | |
1843 |
|
1843 | |||
1844 | @command('copy|cp', |
|
1844 | @command('copy|cp', | |
1845 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record a copy that has already occurred')), |
|
1845 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record a copy that has already occurred')), | |
1846 | ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')), |
|
1846 | ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')), | |
1847 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
1847 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, | |
1848 | _('[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST')) |
|
1848 | _('[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST')) | |
1849 | def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
1849 | def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
1850 | """mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
1850 | """mark files as copied for the next commit | |
1851 |
|
1851 | |||
1852 | Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a |
|
1852 | Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a | |
1853 | directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file, |
|
1853 | directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file, | |
1854 | the source must be a single file. |
|
1854 | the source must be a single file. | |
1855 |
|
1855 | |||
1856 | By default, this command copies the contents of files as they |
|
1856 | By default, this command copies the contents of files as they | |
1857 | exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the |
|
1857 | exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the | |
1858 | operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
|
1858 | operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. | |
1859 |
|
1859 | |||
1860 | This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy |
|
1860 | This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy | |
1861 | before that, see :hg:`revert`. |
|
1861 | before that, see :hg:`revert`. | |
1862 |
|
1862 | |||
1863 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
1863 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. | |
1864 | """ |
|
1864 | """ | |
1865 | with repo.wlock(False): |
|
1865 | with repo.wlock(False): | |
1866 | return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts) |
|
1866 | return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts) | |
1867 |
|
1867 | |||
1868 | @command('^diff', |
|
1868 | @command('^diff', | |
1869 | [('r', 'rev', [], _('revision'), _('REV')), |
|
1869 | [('r', 'rev', [], _('revision'), _('REV')), | |
1870 | ('c', 'change', '', _('change made by revision'), _('REV')) |
|
1870 | ('c', 'change', '', _('change made by revision'), _('REV')) | |
1871 | ] + diffopts + diffopts2 + walkopts + subrepoopts, |
|
1871 | ] + diffopts + diffopts2 + walkopts + subrepoopts, | |
1872 | _('[OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...'), |
|
1872 | _('[OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...'), | |
1873 | inferrepo=True) |
|
1873 | inferrepo=True) | |
1874 | def diff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
1874 | def diff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
1875 | """diff repository (or selected files) |
|
1875 | """diff repository (or selected files) | |
1876 |
|
1876 | |||
1877 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
|
1877 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. | |
1878 |
|
1878 | |||
1879 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. |
|
1879 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. | |
1880 |
|
1880 | |||
1881 | .. note:: |
|
1881 | .. note:: | |
1882 |
|
1882 | |||
1883 | :hg:`diff` may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will |
|
1883 | :hg:`diff` may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will | |
1884 | default to comparing against the working directory's first |
|
1884 | default to comparing against the working directory's first | |
1885 | parent changeset if no revisions are specified. |
|
1885 | parent changeset if no revisions are specified. | |
1886 |
|
1886 | |||
1887 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown |
|
1887 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown | |
1888 | between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then |
|
1888 | between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then | |
1889 | that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no |
|
1889 | that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no | |
1890 | revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared |
|
1890 | revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared | |
1891 | to its first parent. |
|
1891 | to its first parent. | |
1892 |
|
1892 | |||
1893 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see |
|
1893 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see | |
1894 | the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. |
|
1894 | the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. | |
1895 |
|
1895 | |||
1896 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of |
|
1896 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of | |
1897 | files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff |
|
1897 | files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff | |
1898 | anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
|
1898 | anyway, probably with undesirable results. | |
1899 |
|
1899 | |||
1900 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
|
1900 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff | |
1901 | format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`. |
|
1901 | format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`. | |
1902 |
|
1902 | |||
1903 | .. container:: verbose |
|
1903 | .. container:: verbose | |
1904 |
|
1904 | |||
1905 | Examples: |
|
1905 | Examples: | |
1906 |
|
1906 | |||
1907 | - compare a file in the current working directory to its parent:: |
|
1907 | - compare a file in the current working directory to its parent:: | |
1908 |
|
1908 | |||
1909 | hg diff foo.c |
|
1909 | hg diff foo.c | |
1910 |
|
1910 | |||
1911 | - compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info:: |
|
1911 | - compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info:: | |
1912 |
|
1912 | |||
1913 | hg diff --git -r 1.0:1.2 lib/ |
|
1913 | hg diff --git -r 1.0:1.2 lib/ | |
1914 |
|
1914 | |||
1915 | - get change stats relative to the last change on some date:: |
|
1915 | - get change stats relative to the last change on some date:: | |
1916 |
|
1916 | |||
1917 | hg diff --stat -r "date('may 2')" |
|
1917 | hg diff --stat -r "date('may 2')" | |
1918 |
|
1918 | |||
1919 | - diff all newly-added files that contain a keyword:: |
|
1919 | - diff all newly-added files that contain a keyword:: | |
1920 |
|
1920 | |||
1921 | hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)" |
|
1921 | hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)" | |
1922 |
|
1922 | |||
1923 | - compare a revision and its parents:: |
|
1923 | - compare a revision and its parents:: | |
1924 |
|
1924 | |||
1925 | hg diff -c 9353 # compare against first parent |
|
1925 | hg diff -c 9353 # compare against first parent | |
1926 | hg diff -r 9353^:9353 # same using revset syntax |
|
1926 | hg diff -r 9353^:9353 # same using revset syntax | |
1927 | hg diff -r 9353^2:9353 # compare against the second parent |
|
1927 | hg diff -r 9353^2:9353 # compare against the second parent | |
1928 |
|
1928 | |||
1929 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
1929 | Returns 0 on success. | |
1930 | """ |
|
1930 | """ | |
1931 |
|
1931 | |||
1932 | revs = opts.get('rev') |
|
1932 | revs = opts.get('rev') | |
1933 | change = opts.get('change') |
|
1933 | change = opts.get('change') | |
1934 | stat = opts.get('stat') |
|
1934 | stat = opts.get('stat') | |
1935 | reverse = opts.get('reverse') |
|
1935 | reverse = opts.get('reverse') | |
1936 |
|
1936 | |||
1937 | if revs and change: |
|
1937 | if revs and change: | |
1938 | msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time') |
|
1938 | msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time') | |
1939 | raise error.Abort(msg) |
|
1939 | raise error.Abort(msg) | |
1940 | elif change: |
|
1940 | elif change: | |
1941 | node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node() |
|
1941 | node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node() | |
1942 | node1 = repo[node2].p1().node() |
|
1942 | node1 = repo[node2].p1().node() | |
1943 | else: |
|
1943 | else: | |
1944 | node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs) |
|
1944 | node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs) | |
1945 |
|
1945 | |||
1946 | if reverse: |
|
1946 | if reverse: | |
1947 | node1, node2 = node2, node1 |
|
1947 | node1, node2 = node2, node1 | |
1948 |
|
1948 | |||
1949 | diffopts = patch.diffallopts(ui, opts) |
|
1949 | diffopts = patch.diffallopts(ui, opts) | |
1950 | m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts) |
|
1950 | m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts) | |
1951 | ui.pager('diff') |
|
1951 | ui.pager('diff') | |
1952 | cmdutil.diffordiffstat(ui, repo, diffopts, node1, node2, m, stat=stat, |
|
1952 | cmdutil.diffordiffstat(ui, repo, diffopts, node1, node2, m, stat=stat, | |
1953 | listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'), |
|
1953 | listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'), | |
1954 | root=opts.get('root')) |
|
1954 | root=opts.get('root')) | |
1955 |
|
1955 | |||
1956 | @command('^export', |
|
1956 | @command('^export', | |
1957 | [('o', 'output', '', |
|
1957 | [('o', 'output', '', | |
1958 | _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')), |
|
1958 | _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')), | |
1959 | ('', 'switch-parent', None, _('diff against the second parent')), |
|
1959 | ('', 'switch-parent', None, _('diff against the second parent')), | |
1960 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to export'), _('REV')), |
|
1960 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to export'), _('REV')), | |
1961 | ] + diffopts, |
|
1961 | ] + diffopts, | |
1962 | _('[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] [-r] [REV]...')) |
|
1962 | _('[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] [-r] [REV]...')) | |
1963 | def export(ui, repo, *changesets, **opts): |
|
1963 | def export(ui, repo, *changesets, **opts): | |
1964 | """dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
1964 | """dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
1965 |
|
1965 | |||
1966 | Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions. |
|
1966 | Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions. | |
1967 | If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used. |
|
1967 | If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used. | |
1968 |
|
1968 | |||
1969 | The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date, |
|
1969 | The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date, | |
1970 | branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit |
|
1970 | branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit | |
1971 | comment. |
|
1971 | comment. | |
1972 |
|
1972 | |||
1973 | .. note:: |
|
1973 | .. note:: | |
1974 |
|
1974 | |||
1975 | :hg:`export` may generate unexpected diff output for merge |
|
1975 | :hg:`export` may generate unexpected diff output for merge | |
1976 | changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its |
|
1976 | changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its | |
1977 | first parent only. |
|
1977 | first parent only. | |
1978 |
|
1978 | |||
1979 | Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is |
|
1979 | Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is | |
1980 | given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows: |
|
1980 | given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows: | |
1981 |
|
1981 | |||
1982 | :``%%``: literal "%" character |
|
1982 | :``%%``: literal "%" character | |
1983 | :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits) |
|
1983 | :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits) | |
1984 | :``%N``: number of patches being generated |
|
1984 | :``%N``: number of patches being generated | |
1985 | :``%R``: changeset revision number |
|
1985 | :``%R``: changeset revision number | |
1986 | :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository |
|
1986 | :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository | |
1987 | :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits) |
|
1987 | :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits) | |
1988 | :``%m``: first line of the commit message (only alphanumeric characters) |
|
1988 | :``%m``: first line of the commit message (only alphanumeric characters) | |
1989 | :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1 |
|
1989 | :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1 | |
1990 | :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number |
|
1990 | :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number | |
1991 |
|
1991 | |||
1992 | Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs |
|
1992 | Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs | |
1993 | of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a |
|
1993 | of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a | |
1994 | diff anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
|
1994 | diff anyway, probably with undesirable results. | |
1995 |
|
1995 | |||
1996 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
|
1996 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff | |
1997 | format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information. |
|
1997 | format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information. | |
1998 |
|
1998 | |||
1999 | With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the |
|
1999 | With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the | |
2000 | second parent. It can be useful to review a merge. |
|
2000 | second parent. It can be useful to review a merge. | |
2001 |
|
2001 | |||
2002 | .. container:: verbose |
|
2002 | .. container:: verbose | |
2003 |
|
2003 | |||
2004 | Examples: |
|
2004 | Examples: | |
2005 |
|
2005 | |||
2006 | - use export and import to transplant a bugfix to the current |
|
2006 | - use export and import to transplant a bugfix to the current | |
2007 | branch:: |
|
2007 | branch:: | |
2008 |
|
2008 | |||
2009 | hg export -r 9353 | hg import - |
|
2009 | hg export -r 9353 | hg import - | |
2010 |
|
2010 | |||
2011 | - export all the changesets between two revisions to a file with |
|
2011 | - export all the changesets between two revisions to a file with | |
2012 | rename information:: |
|
2012 | rename information:: | |
2013 |
|
2013 | |||
2014 | hg export --git -r 123:150 > changes.txt |
|
2014 | hg export --git -r 123:150 > changes.txt | |
2015 |
|
2015 | |||
2016 | - split outgoing changes into a series of patches with |
|
2016 | - split outgoing changes into a series of patches with | |
2017 | descriptive names:: |
|
2017 | descriptive names:: | |
2018 |
|
2018 | |||
2019 | hg export -r "outgoing()" -o "%n-%m.patch" |
|
2019 | hg export -r "outgoing()" -o "%n-%m.patch" | |
2020 |
|
2020 | |||
2021 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
2021 | Returns 0 on success. | |
2022 | """ |
|
2022 | """ | |
2023 | changesets += tuple(opts.get('rev', [])) |
|
2023 | changesets += tuple(opts.get('rev', [])) | |
2024 | if not changesets: |
|
2024 | if not changesets: | |
2025 | changesets = ['.'] |
|
2025 | changesets = ['.'] | |
2026 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, changesets) |
|
2026 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, changesets) | |
2027 | if not revs: |
|
2027 | if not revs: | |
2028 | raise error.Abort(_("export requires at least one changeset")) |
|
2028 | raise error.Abort(_("export requires at least one changeset")) | |
2029 | if len(revs) > 1: |
|
2029 | if len(revs) > 1: | |
2030 | ui.note(_('exporting patches:\n')) |
|
2030 | ui.note(_('exporting patches:\n')) | |
2031 | else: |
|
2031 | else: | |
2032 | ui.note(_('exporting patch:\n')) |
|
2032 | ui.note(_('exporting patch:\n')) | |
2033 | ui.pager('export') |
|
2033 | ui.pager('export') | |
2034 | cmdutil.export(repo, revs, template=opts.get('output'), |
|
2034 | cmdutil.export(repo, revs, template=opts.get('output'), | |
2035 | switch_parent=opts.get('switch_parent'), |
|
2035 | switch_parent=opts.get('switch_parent'), | |
2036 | opts=patch.diffallopts(ui, opts)) |
|
2036 | opts=patch.diffallopts(ui, opts)) | |
2037 |
|
2037 | |||
2038 | @command('files', |
|
2038 | @command('files', | |
2039 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')), |
|
2039 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')), | |
2040 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), |
|
2040 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), | |
2041 | ] + walkopts + formatteropts + subrepoopts, |
|
2041 | ] + walkopts + formatteropts + subrepoopts, | |
2042 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...')) |
|
2042 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...')) | |
2043 | def files(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
2043 | def files(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
2044 | """list tracked files |
|
2044 | """list tracked files | |
2045 |
|
2045 | |||
2046 | Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory or |
|
2046 | Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory or | |
2047 | specified revision for given files (excluding removed files). |
|
2047 | specified revision for given files (excluding removed files). | |
2048 | Files can be specified as filenames or filesets. |
|
2048 | Files can be specified as filenames or filesets. | |
2049 |
|
2049 | |||
2050 | If no files are given to match, this command prints the names |
|
2050 | If no files are given to match, this command prints the names | |
2051 | of all files under Mercurial control. |
|
2051 | of all files under Mercurial control. | |
2052 |
|
2052 | |||
2053 | .. container:: verbose |
|
2053 | .. container:: verbose | |
2054 |
|
2054 | |||
2055 | Examples: |
|
2055 | Examples: | |
2056 |
|
2056 | |||
2057 | - list all files under the current directory:: |
|
2057 | - list all files under the current directory:: | |
2058 |
|
2058 | |||
2059 | hg files . |
|
2059 | hg files . | |
2060 |
|
2060 | |||
2061 | - shows sizes and flags for current revision:: |
|
2061 | - shows sizes and flags for current revision:: | |
2062 |
|
2062 | |||
2063 | hg files -vr . |
|
2063 | hg files -vr . | |
2064 |
|
2064 | |||
2065 | - list all files named README:: |
|
2065 | - list all files named README:: | |
2066 |
|
2066 | |||
2067 | hg files -I "**/README" |
|
2067 | hg files -I "**/README" | |
2068 |
|
2068 | |||
2069 | - list all binary files:: |
|
2069 | - list all binary files:: | |
2070 |
|
2070 | |||
2071 | hg files "set:binary()" |
|
2071 | hg files "set:binary()" | |
2072 |
|
2072 | |||
2073 | - find files containing a regular expression:: |
|
2073 | - find files containing a regular expression:: | |
2074 |
|
2074 | |||
2075 | hg files "set:grep('bob')" |
|
2075 | hg files "set:grep('bob')" | |
2076 |
|
2076 | |||
2077 | - search tracked file contents with xargs and grep:: |
|
2077 | - search tracked file contents with xargs and grep:: | |
2078 |
|
2078 | |||
2079 | hg files -0 | xargs -0 grep foo |
|
2079 | hg files -0 | xargs -0 grep foo | |
2080 |
|
2080 | |||
2081 | See :hg:`help patterns` and :hg:`help filesets` for more information |
|
2081 | See :hg:`help patterns` and :hg:`help filesets` for more information | |
2082 | on specifying file patterns. |
|
2082 | on specifying file patterns. | |
2083 |
|
2083 | |||
2084 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. |
|
2084 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. | |
2085 |
|
2085 | |||
2086 | """ |
|
2086 | """ | |
2087 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get(r'rev'), None) |
|
2087 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get(r'rev'), None) | |
2088 |
|
2088 | |||
2089 | end = '\n' |
|
2089 | end = '\n' | |
2090 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
2090 | if opts.get('print0'): | |
2091 | end = '\0' |
|
2091 | end = '\0' | |
2092 | fmt = '%s' + end |
|
2092 | fmt = '%s' + end | |
2093 |
|
2093 | |||
2094 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts) |
|
2094 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts) | |
2095 | ui.pager('files') |
|
2095 | ui.pager('files') | |
2096 | with ui.formatter('files', opts) as fm: |
|
2096 | with ui.formatter('files', opts) as fm: | |
2097 | return cmdutil.files(ui, ctx, m, fm, fmt, opts.get('subrepos')) |
|
2097 | return cmdutil.files(ui, ctx, m, fm, fmt, opts.get('subrepos')) | |
2098 |
|
2098 | |||
2099 | @command('^forget', walkopts, _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), inferrepo=True) |
|
2099 | @command('^forget', walkopts, _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), inferrepo=True) | |
2100 | def forget(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
2100 | def forget(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
2101 | """forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
2101 | """forget the specified files on the next commit | |
2102 |
|
2102 | |||
2103 | Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked |
|
2103 | Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked | |
2104 | after the next commit. |
|
2104 | after the next commit. | |
2105 |
|
2105 | |||
2106 | This only removes files from the current branch, not from the |
|
2106 | This only removes files from the current branch, not from the | |
2107 | entire project history, and it does not delete them from the |
|
2107 | entire project history, and it does not delete them from the | |
2108 | working directory. |
|
2108 | working directory. | |
2109 |
|
2109 | |||
2110 | To delete the file from the working directory, see :hg:`remove`. |
|
2110 | To delete the file from the working directory, see :hg:`remove`. | |
2111 |
|
2111 | |||
2112 | To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`. |
|
2112 | To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`. | |
2113 |
|
2113 | |||
2114 | .. container:: verbose |
|
2114 | .. container:: verbose | |
2115 |
|
2115 | |||
2116 | Examples: |
|
2116 | Examples: | |
2117 |
|
2117 | |||
2118 | - forget newly-added binary files:: |
|
2118 | - forget newly-added binary files:: | |
2119 |
|
2119 | |||
2120 | hg forget "set:added() and binary()" |
|
2120 | hg forget "set:added() and binary()" | |
2121 |
|
2121 | |||
2122 | - forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore:: |
|
2122 | - forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore:: | |
2123 |
|
2123 | |||
2124 | hg forget "set:hgignore()" |
|
2124 | hg forget "set:hgignore()" | |
2125 |
|
2125 | |||
2126 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
2126 | Returns 0 on success. | |
2127 | """ |
|
2127 | """ | |
2128 |
|
2128 | |||
2129 | if not pats: |
|
2129 | if not pats: | |
2130 | raise error.Abort(_('no files specified')) |
|
2130 | raise error.Abort(_('no files specified')) | |
2131 |
|
2131 | |||
2132 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
2132 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) | |
2133 | rejected = cmdutil.forget(ui, repo, m, prefix="", explicitonly=False)[0] |
|
2133 | rejected = cmdutil.forget(ui, repo, m, prefix="", explicitonly=False)[0] | |
2134 | return rejected and 1 or 0 |
|
2134 | return rejected and 1 or 0 | |
2135 |
|
2135 | |||
2136 | @command( |
|
2136 | @command( | |
2137 | 'graft', |
|
2137 | 'graft', | |
2138 | [('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to graft'), _('REV')), |
|
2138 | [('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to graft'), _('REV')), | |
2139 | ('c', 'continue', False, _('resume interrupted graft')), |
|
2139 | ('c', 'continue', False, _('resume interrupted graft')), | |
2140 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
2140 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), | |
2141 | ('', 'log', None, _('append graft info to log message')), |
|
2141 | ('', 'log', None, _('append graft info to log message')), | |
2142 | ('f', 'force', False, _('force graft')), |
|
2142 | ('f', 'force', False, _('force graft')), | |
2143 | ('D', 'currentdate', False, |
|
2143 | ('D', 'currentdate', False, | |
2144 | _('record the current date as commit date')), |
|
2144 | _('record the current date as commit date')), | |
2145 | ('U', 'currentuser', False, |
|
2145 | ('U', 'currentuser', False, | |
2146 | _('record the current user as committer'), _('DATE'))] |
|
2146 | _('record the current user as committer'), _('DATE'))] | |
2147 | + commitopts2 + mergetoolopts + dryrunopts, |
|
2147 | + commitopts2 + mergetoolopts + dryrunopts, | |
2148 | _('[OPTION]... [-r REV]... REV...')) |
|
2148 | _('[OPTION]... [-r REV]... REV...')) | |
2149 | def graft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): |
|
2149 | def graft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): | |
2150 | '''copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
2150 | '''copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
2151 |
|
2151 | |||
2152 | This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual |
|
2152 | This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual | |
2153 | changes from other branches without merging branches in the |
|
2153 | changes from other branches without merging branches in the | |
2154 | history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or |
|
2154 | history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or | |
2155 | 'cherry-picking'. By default, graft will copy user, date, and |
|
2155 | 'cherry-picking'. By default, graft will copy user, date, and | |
2156 | description from the source changesets. |
|
2156 | description from the source changesets. | |
2157 |
|
2157 | |||
2158 | Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have |
|
2158 | Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have | |
2159 | already been grafted, or that are merges will be skipped. |
|
2159 | already been grafted, or that are merges will be skipped. | |
2160 |
|
2160 | |||
2161 | If --log is specified, log messages will have a comment appended |
|
2161 | If --log is specified, log messages will have a comment appended | |
2162 | of the form:: |
|
2162 | of the form:: | |
2163 |
|
2163 | |||
2164 | (grafted from CHANGESETHASH) |
|
2164 | (grafted from CHANGESETHASH) | |
2165 |
|
2165 | |||
2166 | If --force is specified, revisions will be grafted even if they |
|
2166 | If --force is specified, revisions will be grafted even if they | |
2167 | are already ancestors of or have been grafted to the destination. |
|
2167 | are already ancestors of or have been grafted to the destination. | |
2168 | This is useful when the revisions have since been backed out. |
|
2168 | This is useful when the revisions have since been backed out. | |
2169 |
|
2169 | |||
2170 | If a graft merge results in conflicts, the graft process is |
|
2170 | If a graft merge results in conflicts, the graft process is | |
2171 | interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved. |
|
2171 | interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved. | |
2172 | Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be |
|
2172 | Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be | |
2173 | continued with the -c/--continue option. |
|
2173 | continued with the -c/--continue option. | |
2174 |
|
2174 | |||
2175 | .. note:: |
|
2175 | .. note:: | |
2176 |
|
2176 | |||
2177 | The -c/--continue option does not reapply earlier options, except |
|
2177 | The -c/--continue option does not reapply earlier options, except | |
2178 | for --force. |
|
2178 | for --force. | |
2179 |
|
2179 | |||
2180 | .. container:: verbose |
|
2180 | .. container:: verbose | |
2181 |
|
2181 | |||
2182 | Examples: |
|
2182 | Examples: | |
2183 |
|
2183 | |||
2184 | - copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description:: |
|
2184 | - copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description:: | |
2185 |
|
2185 | |||
2186 | hg update stable |
|
2186 | hg update stable | |
2187 | hg graft --edit 9393 |
|
2187 | hg graft --edit 9393 | |
2188 |
|
2188 | |||
2189 | - graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates:: |
|
2189 | - graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates:: | |
2190 |
|
2190 | |||
2191 | hg graft -D "2085::2093 and not 2091" |
|
2191 | hg graft -D "2085::2093 and not 2091" | |
2192 |
|
2192 | |||
2193 | - continue a graft after resolving conflicts:: |
|
2193 | - continue a graft after resolving conflicts:: | |
2194 |
|
2194 | |||
2195 | hg graft -c |
|
2195 | hg graft -c | |
2196 |
|
2196 | |||
2197 | - show the source of a grafted changeset:: |
|
2197 | - show the source of a grafted changeset:: | |
2198 |
|
2198 | |||
2199 | hg log --debug -r . |
|
2199 | hg log --debug -r . | |
2200 |
|
2200 | |||
2201 | - show revisions sorted by date:: |
|
2201 | - show revisions sorted by date:: | |
2202 |
|
2202 | |||
2203 | hg log -r "sort(all(), date)" |
|
2203 | hg log -r "sort(all(), date)" | |
2204 |
|
2204 | |||
2205 | See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying revisions. |
|
2205 | See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying revisions. | |
2206 |
|
2206 | |||
2207 | Returns 0 on successful completion. |
|
2207 | Returns 0 on successful completion. | |
2208 | ''' |
|
2208 | ''' | |
2209 | with repo.wlock(): |
|
2209 | with repo.wlock(): | |
2210 | return _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts) |
|
2210 | return _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts) | |
2211 |
|
2211 | |||
2212 | def _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): |
|
2212 | def _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): | |
2213 | if revs and opts.get('rev'): |
|
2213 | if revs and opts.get('rev'): | |
2214 | ui.warn(_('warning: inconsistent use of --rev might give unexpected ' |
|
2214 | ui.warn(_('warning: inconsistent use of --rev might give unexpected ' | |
2215 | 'revision ordering!\n')) |
|
2215 | 'revision ordering!\n')) | |
2216 |
|
2216 | |||
2217 | revs = list(revs) |
|
2217 | revs = list(revs) | |
2218 | revs.extend(opts.get('rev')) |
|
2218 | revs.extend(opts.get('rev')) | |
2219 |
|
2219 | |||
2220 | if not opts.get('user') and opts.get('currentuser'): |
|
2220 | if not opts.get('user') and opts.get('currentuser'): | |
2221 | opts['user'] = ui.username() |
|
2221 | opts['user'] = ui.username() | |
2222 | if not opts.get('date') and opts.get('currentdate'): |
|
2222 | if not opts.get('date') and opts.get('currentdate'): | |
2223 | opts['date'] = "%d %d" % util.makedate() |
|
2223 | opts['date'] = "%d %d" % util.makedate() | |
2224 |
|
2224 | |||
2225 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform='graft', **opts) |
|
2225 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform='graft', **opts) | |
2226 |
|
2226 | |||
2227 | cont = False |
|
2227 | cont = False | |
2228 | if opts.get('continue'): |
|
2228 | if opts.get('continue'): | |
2229 | cont = True |
|
2229 | cont = True | |
2230 | if revs: |
|
2230 | if revs: | |
2231 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --continue and revisions")) |
|
2231 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --continue and revisions")) | |
2232 | # read in unfinished revisions |
|
2232 | # read in unfinished revisions | |
2233 | try: |
|
2233 | try: | |
2234 | nodes = repo.vfs.read('graftstate').splitlines() |
|
2234 | nodes = repo.vfs.read('graftstate').splitlines() | |
2235 | revs = [repo[node].rev() for node in nodes] |
|
2235 | revs = [repo[node].rev() for node in nodes] | |
2236 | except IOError as inst: |
|
2236 | except IOError as inst: | |
2237 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
2237 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: | |
2238 | raise |
|
2238 | raise | |
2239 | cmdutil.wrongtooltocontinue(repo, _('graft')) |
|
2239 | cmdutil.wrongtooltocontinue(repo, _('graft')) | |
2240 | else: |
|
2240 | else: | |
2241 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
2241 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) | |
2242 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
2242 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) | |
2243 | if not revs: |
|
2243 | if not revs: | |
2244 | raise error.Abort(_('no revisions specified')) |
|
2244 | raise error.Abort(_('no revisions specified')) | |
2245 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs) |
|
2245 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs) | |
2246 |
|
2246 | |||
2247 | skipped = set() |
|
2247 | skipped = set() | |
2248 | # check for merges |
|
2248 | # check for merges | |
2249 | for rev in repo.revs('%ld and merge()', revs): |
|
2249 | for rev in repo.revs('%ld and merge()', revs): | |
2250 | ui.warn(_('skipping ungraftable merge revision %s\n') % rev) |
|
2250 | ui.warn(_('skipping ungraftable merge revision %s\n') % rev) | |
2251 | skipped.add(rev) |
|
2251 | skipped.add(rev) | |
2252 | revs = [r for r in revs if r not in skipped] |
|
2252 | revs = [r for r in revs if r not in skipped] | |
2253 | if not revs: |
|
2253 | if not revs: | |
2254 | return -1 |
|
2254 | return -1 | |
2255 |
|
2255 | |||
2256 | # Don't check in the --continue case, in effect retaining --force across |
|
2256 | # Don't check in the --continue case, in effect retaining --force across | |
2257 | # --continues. That's because without --force, any revisions we decided to |
|
2257 | # --continues. That's because without --force, any revisions we decided to | |
2258 | # skip would have been filtered out here, so they wouldn't have made their |
|
2258 | # skip would have been filtered out here, so they wouldn't have made their | |
2259 | # way to the graftstate. With --force, any revisions we would have otherwise |
|
2259 | # way to the graftstate. With --force, any revisions we would have otherwise | |
2260 | # skipped would not have been filtered out, and if they hadn't been applied |
|
2260 | # skipped would not have been filtered out, and if they hadn't been applied | |
2261 | # already, they'd have been in the graftstate. |
|
2261 | # already, they'd have been in the graftstate. | |
2262 | if not (cont or opts.get('force')): |
|
2262 | if not (cont or opts.get('force')): | |
2263 | # check for ancestors of dest branch |
|
2263 | # check for ancestors of dest branch | |
2264 | crev = repo['.'].rev() |
|
2264 | crev = repo['.'].rev() | |
2265 | ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors([crev], inclusive=True) |
|
2265 | ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors([crev], inclusive=True) | |
2266 | # XXX make this lazy in the future |
|
2266 | # XXX make this lazy in the future | |
2267 | # don't mutate while iterating, create a copy |
|
2267 | # don't mutate while iterating, create a copy | |
2268 | for rev in list(revs): |
|
2268 | for rev in list(revs): | |
2269 | if rev in ancestors: |
|
2269 | if rev in ancestors: | |
2270 | ui.warn(_('skipping ancestor revision %d:%s\n') % |
|
2270 | ui.warn(_('skipping ancestor revision %d:%s\n') % | |
2271 | (rev, repo[rev])) |
|
2271 | (rev, repo[rev])) | |
2272 | # XXX remove on list is slow |
|
2272 | # XXX remove on list is slow | |
2273 | revs.remove(rev) |
|
2273 | revs.remove(rev) | |
2274 | if not revs: |
|
2274 | if not revs: | |
2275 | return -1 |
|
2275 | return -1 | |
2276 |
|
2276 | |||
2277 | # analyze revs for earlier grafts |
|
2277 | # analyze revs for earlier grafts | |
2278 | ids = {} |
|
2278 | ids = {} | |
2279 | for ctx in repo.set("%ld", revs): |
|
2279 | for ctx in repo.set("%ld", revs): | |
2280 | ids[ctx.hex()] = ctx.rev() |
|
2280 | ids[ctx.hex()] = ctx.rev() | |
2281 | n = ctx.extra().get('source') |
|
2281 | n = ctx.extra().get('source') | |
2282 | if n: |
|
2282 | if n: | |
2283 | ids[n] = ctx.rev() |
|
2283 | ids[n] = ctx.rev() | |
2284 |
|
2284 | |||
2285 | # check ancestors for earlier grafts |
|
2285 | # check ancestors for earlier grafts | |
2286 | ui.debug('scanning for duplicate grafts\n') |
|
2286 | ui.debug('scanning for duplicate grafts\n') | |
2287 |
|
2287 | |||
2288 | for rev in repo.changelog.findmissingrevs(revs, [crev]): |
|
2288 | for rev in repo.changelog.findmissingrevs(revs, [crev]): | |
2289 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
2289 | ctx = repo[rev] | |
2290 | n = ctx.extra().get('source') |
|
2290 | n = ctx.extra().get('source') | |
2291 | if n in ids: |
|
2291 | if n in ids: | |
2292 | try: |
|
2292 | try: | |
2293 | r = repo[n].rev() |
|
2293 | r = repo[n].rev() | |
2294 | except error.RepoLookupError: |
|
2294 | except error.RepoLookupError: | |
2295 | r = None |
|
2295 | r = None | |
2296 | if r in revs: |
|
2296 | if r in revs: | |
2297 | ui.warn(_('skipping revision %d:%s ' |
|
2297 | ui.warn(_('skipping revision %d:%s ' | |
2298 | '(already grafted to %d:%s)\n') |
|
2298 | '(already grafted to %d:%s)\n') | |
2299 | % (r, repo[r], rev, ctx)) |
|
2299 | % (r, repo[r], rev, ctx)) | |
2300 | revs.remove(r) |
|
2300 | revs.remove(r) | |
2301 | elif ids[n] in revs: |
|
2301 | elif ids[n] in revs: | |
2302 | if r is None: |
|
2302 | if r is None: | |
2303 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' |
|
2303 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' | |
2304 | '(%d:%s also has unknown origin %s)\n') |
|
2304 | '(%d:%s also has unknown origin %s)\n') | |
2305 | % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, n[:12])) |
|
2305 | % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, n[:12])) | |
2306 | else: |
|
2306 | else: | |
2307 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' |
|
2307 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' | |
2308 | '(%d:%s also has origin %d:%s)\n') |
|
2308 | '(%d:%s also has origin %d:%s)\n') | |
2309 | % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, r, n[:12])) |
|
2309 | % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, r, n[:12])) | |
2310 | revs.remove(ids[n]) |
|
2310 | revs.remove(ids[n]) | |
2311 | elif ctx.hex() in ids: |
|
2311 | elif ctx.hex() in ids: | |
2312 | r = ids[ctx.hex()] |
|
2312 | r = ids[ctx.hex()] | |
2313 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' |
|
2313 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' | |
2314 | '(was grafted from %d:%s)\n') % |
|
2314 | '(was grafted from %d:%s)\n') % | |
2315 | (r, repo[r], rev, ctx)) |
|
2315 | (r, repo[r], rev, ctx)) | |
2316 | revs.remove(r) |
|
2316 | revs.remove(r) | |
2317 | if not revs: |
|
2317 | if not revs: | |
2318 | return -1 |
|
2318 | return -1 | |
2319 |
|
2319 | |||
2320 | for pos, ctx in enumerate(repo.set("%ld", revs)): |
|
2320 | for pos, ctx in enumerate(repo.set("%ld", revs)): | |
2321 | desc = '%d:%s "%s"' % (ctx.rev(), ctx, |
|
2321 | desc = '%d:%s "%s"' % (ctx.rev(), ctx, | |
2322 | ctx.description().split('\n', 1)[0]) |
|
2322 | ctx.description().split('\n', 1)[0]) | |
2323 | names = repo.nodetags(ctx.node()) + repo.nodebookmarks(ctx.node()) |
|
2323 | names = repo.nodetags(ctx.node()) + repo.nodebookmarks(ctx.node()) | |
2324 | if names: |
|
2324 | if names: | |
2325 | desc += ' (%s)' % ' '.join(names) |
|
2325 | desc += ' (%s)' % ' '.join(names) | |
2326 | ui.status(_('grafting %s\n') % desc) |
|
2326 | ui.status(_('grafting %s\n') % desc) | |
2327 | if opts.get('dry_run'): |
|
2327 | if opts.get('dry_run'): | |
2328 | continue |
|
2328 | continue | |
2329 |
|
2329 | |||
2330 | source = ctx.extra().get('source') |
|
2330 | source = ctx.extra().get('source') | |
2331 | extra = {} |
|
2331 | extra = {} | |
2332 | if source: |
|
2332 | if source: | |
2333 | extra['source'] = source |
|
2333 | extra['source'] = source | |
2334 | extra['intermediate-source'] = ctx.hex() |
|
2334 | extra['intermediate-source'] = ctx.hex() | |
2335 | else: |
|
2335 | else: | |
2336 | extra['source'] = ctx.hex() |
|
2336 | extra['source'] = ctx.hex() | |
2337 | user = ctx.user() |
|
2337 | user = ctx.user() | |
2338 | if opts.get('user'): |
|
2338 | if opts.get('user'): | |
2339 | user = opts['user'] |
|
2339 | user = opts['user'] | |
2340 | date = ctx.date() |
|
2340 | date = ctx.date() | |
2341 | if opts.get('date'): |
|
2341 | if opts.get('date'): | |
2342 | date = opts['date'] |
|
2342 | date = opts['date'] | |
2343 | message = ctx.description() |
|
2343 | message = ctx.description() | |
2344 | if opts.get('log'): |
|
2344 | if opts.get('log'): | |
2345 | message += '\n(grafted from %s)' % ctx.hex() |
|
2345 | message += '\n(grafted from %s)' % ctx.hex() | |
2346 |
|
2346 | |||
2347 | # we don't merge the first commit when continuing |
|
2347 | # we don't merge the first commit when continuing | |
2348 | if not cont: |
|
2348 | if not cont: | |
2349 | # perform the graft merge with p1(rev) as 'ancestor' |
|
2349 | # perform the graft merge with p1(rev) as 'ancestor' | |
2350 | try: |
|
2350 | try: | |
2351 | # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document |
|
2351 | # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document | |
2352 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
2352 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), | |
2353 | 'graft') |
|
2353 | 'graft') | |
2354 | stats = mergemod.graft(repo, ctx, ctx.p1(), |
|
2354 | stats = mergemod.graft(repo, ctx, ctx.p1(), | |
2355 | ['local', 'graft']) |
|
2355 | ['local', 'graft']) | |
2356 | finally: |
|
2356 | finally: | |
2357 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'graft') |
|
2357 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'graft') | |
2358 | # report any conflicts |
|
2358 | # report any conflicts | |
2359 | if stats and stats[3] > 0: |
|
2359 | if stats and stats[3] > 0: | |
2360 | # write out state for --continue |
|
2360 | # write out state for --continue | |
2361 | nodelines = [repo[rev].hex() + "\n" for rev in revs[pos:]] |
|
2361 | nodelines = [repo[rev].hex() + "\n" for rev in revs[pos:]] | |
2362 | repo.vfs.write('graftstate', ''.join(nodelines)) |
|
2362 | repo.vfs.write('graftstate', ''.join(nodelines)) | |
2363 | extra = '' |
|
2363 | extra = '' | |
2364 | if opts.get('user'): |
|
2364 | if opts.get('user'): | |
2365 | extra += ' --user %s' % util.shellquote(opts['user']) |
|
2365 | extra += ' --user %s' % util.shellquote(opts['user']) | |
2366 | if opts.get('date'): |
|
2366 | if opts.get('date'): | |
2367 | extra += ' --date %s' % util.shellquote(opts['date']) |
|
2367 | extra += ' --date %s' % util.shellquote(opts['date']) | |
2368 | if opts.get('log'): |
|
2368 | if opts.get('log'): | |
2369 | extra += ' --log' |
|
2369 | extra += ' --log' | |
2370 | hint=_("use 'hg resolve' and 'hg graft --continue%s'") % extra |
|
2370 | hint=_("use 'hg resolve' and 'hg graft --continue%s'") % extra | |
2371 | raise error.Abort( |
|
2371 | raise error.Abort( | |
2372 | _("unresolved conflicts, can't continue"), |
|
2372 | _("unresolved conflicts, can't continue"), | |
2373 | hint=hint) |
|
2373 | hint=hint) | |
2374 | else: |
|
2374 | else: | |
2375 | cont = False |
|
2375 | cont = False | |
2376 |
|
2376 | |||
2377 | # commit |
|
2377 | # commit | |
2378 | node = repo.commit(text=message, user=user, |
|
2378 | node = repo.commit(text=message, user=user, | |
2379 | date=date, extra=extra, editor=editor) |
|
2379 | date=date, extra=extra, editor=editor) | |
2380 | if node is None: |
|
2380 | if node is None: | |
2381 | ui.warn( |
|
2381 | ui.warn( | |
2382 | _('note: graft of %d:%s created no changes to commit\n') % |
|
2382 | _('note: graft of %d:%s created no changes to commit\n') % | |
2383 | (ctx.rev(), ctx)) |
|
2383 | (ctx.rev(), ctx)) | |
2384 |
|
2384 | |||
2385 | # remove state when we complete successfully |
|
2385 | # remove state when we complete successfully | |
2386 | if not opts.get('dry_run'): |
|
2386 | if not opts.get('dry_run'): | |
2387 | repo.vfs.unlinkpath('graftstate', ignoremissing=True) |
|
2387 | repo.vfs.unlinkpath('graftstate', ignoremissing=True) | |
2388 |
|
2388 | |||
2389 | return 0 |
|
2389 | return 0 | |
2390 |
|
2390 | |||
2391 | @command('grep', |
|
2391 | @command('grep', | |
2392 | [('0', 'print0', None, _('end fields with NUL')), |
|
2392 | [('0', 'print0', None, _('end fields with NUL')), | |
2393 | ('', 'all', None, _('print all revisions that match')), |
|
2393 | ('', 'all', None, _('print all revisions that match')), | |
2394 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), |
|
2394 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), | |
2395 | ('f', 'follow', None, |
|
2395 | ('f', 'follow', None, | |
2396 | _('follow changeset history,' |
|
2396 | _('follow changeset history,' | |
2397 | ' or file history across copies and renames')), |
|
2397 | ' or file history across copies and renames')), | |
2398 | ('i', 'ignore-case', None, _('ignore case when matching')), |
|
2398 | ('i', 'ignore-case', None, _('ignore case when matching')), | |
2399 | ('l', 'files-with-matches', None, |
|
2399 | ('l', 'files-with-matches', None, | |
2400 | _('print only filenames and revisions that match')), |
|
2400 | _('print only filenames and revisions that match')), | |
2401 | ('n', 'line-number', None, _('print matching line numbers')), |
|
2401 | ('n', 'line-number', None, _('print matching line numbers')), | |
2402 | ('r', 'rev', [], |
|
2402 | ('r', 'rev', [], | |
2403 | _('only search files changed within revision range'), _('REV')), |
|
2403 | _('only search files changed within revision range'), _('REV')), | |
2404 | ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')), |
|
2404 | ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')), | |
2405 | ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')), |
|
2405 | ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')), | |
2406 | ] + formatteropts + walkopts, |
|
2406 | ] + formatteropts + walkopts, | |
2407 | _('[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]...'), |
|
2407 | _('[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]...'), | |
2408 | inferrepo=True) |
|
2408 | inferrepo=True) | |
2409 | def grep(ui, repo, pattern, *pats, **opts): |
|
2409 | def grep(ui, repo, pattern, *pats, **opts): | |
2410 | """search revision history for a pattern in specified files |
|
2410 | """search revision history for a pattern in specified files | |
2411 |
|
2411 | |||
2412 | Search revision history for a regular expression in the specified |
|
2412 | Search revision history for a regular expression in the specified | |
2413 | files or the entire project. |
|
2413 | files or the entire project. | |
2414 |
|
2414 | |||
2415 | By default, grep prints the most recent revision number for each |
|
2415 | By default, grep prints the most recent revision number for each | |
2416 | file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision |
|
2416 | file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision | |
2417 | that contains a change in match status ("-" for a match that becomes |
|
2417 | that contains a change in match status ("-" for a match that becomes | |
2418 | a non-match, or "+" for a non-match that becomes a match), use the |
|
2418 | a non-match, or "+" for a non-match that becomes a match), use the | |
2419 | --all flag. |
|
2419 | --all flag. | |
2420 |
|
2420 | |||
2421 | PATTERN can be any Python (roughly Perl-compatible) regular |
|
2421 | PATTERN can be any Python (roughly Perl-compatible) regular | |
2422 | expression. |
|
2422 | expression. | |
2423 |
|
2423 | |||
2424 | If no FILEs are specified (and -f/--follow isn't set), all files in |
|
2424 | If no FILEs are specified (and -f/--follow isn't set), all files in | |
2425 | the repository are searched, including those that don't exist in the |
|
2425 | the repository are searched, including those that don't exist in the | |
2426 | current branch or have been deleted in a prior changeset. |
|
2426 | current branch or have been deleted in a prior changeset. | |
2427 |
|
2427 | |||
2428 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. |
|
2428 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. | |
2429 | """ |
|
2429 | """ | |
2430 | reflags = re.M |
|
2430 | reflags = re.M | |
2431 | if opts.get('ignore_case'): |
|
2431 | if opts.get('ignore_case'): | |
2432 | reflags |= re.I |
|
2432 | reflags |= re.I | |
2433 | try: |
|
2433 | try: | |
2434 | regexp = util.re.compile(pattern, reflags) |
|
2434 | regexp = util.re.compile(pattern, reflags) | |
2435 | except re.error as inst: |
|
2435 | except re.error as inst: | |
2436 | ui.warn(_("grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n") % inst) |
|
2436 | ui.warn(_("grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n") % inst) | |
2437 | return 1 |
|
2437 | return 1 | |
2438 | sep, eol = ':', '\n' |
|
2438 | sep, eol = ':', '\n' | |
2439 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
2439 | if opts.get('print0'): | |
2440 | sep = eol = '\0' |
|
2440 | sep = eol = '\0' | |
2441 |
|
2441 | |||
2442 | getfile = util.lrucachefunc(repo.file) |
|
2442 | getfile = util.lrucachefunc(repo.file) | |
2443 |
|
2443 | |||
2444 | def matchlines(body): |
|
2444 | def matchlines(body): | |
2445 | begin = 0 |
|
2445 | begin = 0 | |
2446 | linenum = 0 |
|
2446 | linenum = 0 | |
2447 | while begin < len(body): |
|
2447 | while begin < len(body): | |
2448 | match = regexp.search(body, begin) |
|
2448 | match = regexp.search(body, begin) | |
2449 | if not match: |
|
2449 | if not match: | |
2450 | break |
|
2450 | break | |
2451 | mstart, mend = match.span() |
|
2451 | mstart, mend = match.span() | |
2452 | linenum += body.count('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 |
|
2452 | linenum += body.count('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 | |
2453 | lstart = body.rfind('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 or begin |
|
2453 | lstart = body.rfind('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 or begin | |
2454 | begin = body.find('\n', mend) + 1 or len(body) + 1 |
|
2454 | begin = body.find('\n', mend) + 1 or len(body) + 1 | |
2455 | lend = begin - 1 |
|
2455 | lend = begin - 1 | |
2456 | yield linenum, mstart - lstart, mend - lstart, body[lstart:lend] |
|
2456 | yield linenum, mstart - lstart, mend - lstart, body[lstart:lend] | |
2457 |
|
2457 | |||
2458 | class linestate(object): |
|
2458 | class linestate(object): | |
2459 | def __init__(self, line, linenum, colstart, colend): |
|
2459 | def __init__(self, line, linenum, colstart, colend): | |
2460 | self.line = line |
|
2460 | self.line = line | |
2461 | self.linenum = linenum |
|
2461 | self.linenum = linenum | |
2462 | self.colstart = colstart |
|
2462 | self.colstart = colstart | |
2463 | self.colend = colend |
|
2463 | self.colend = colend | |
2464 |
|
2464 | |||
2465 | def __hash__(self): |
|
2465 | def __hash__(self): | |
2466 | return hash((self.linenum, self.line)) |
|
2466 | return hash((self.linenum, self.line)) | |
2467 |
|
2467 | |||
2468 | def __eq__(self, other): |
|
2468 | def __eq__(self, other): | |
2469 | return self.line == other.line |
|
2469 | return self.line == other.line | |
2470 |
|
2470 | |||
2471 | def findpos(self): |
|
2471 | def findpos(self): | |
2472 | """Iterate all (start, end) indices of matches""" |
|
2472 | """Iterate all (start, end) indices of matches""" | |
2473 | yield self.colstart, self.colend |
|
2473 | yield self.colstart, self.colend | |
2474 | p = self.colend |
|
2474 | p = self.colend | |
2475 | while p < len(self.line): |
|
2475 | while p < len(self.line): | |
2476 | m = regexp.search(self.line, p) |
|
2476 | m = regexp.search(self.line, p) | |
2477 | if not m: |
|
2477 | if not m: | |
2478 | break |
|
2478 | break | |
2479 | yield m.span() |
|
2479 | yield m.span() | |
2480 | p = m.end() |
|
2480 | p = m.end() | |
2481 |
|
2481 | |||
2482 | matches = {} |
|
2482 | matches = {} | |
2483 | copies = {} |
|
2483 | copies = {} | |
2484 | def grepbody(fn, rev, body): |
|
2484 | def grepbody(fn, rev, body): | |
2485 | matches[rev].setdefault(fn, []) |
|
2485 | matches[rev].setdefault(fn, []) | |
2486 | m = matches[rev][fn] |
|
2486 | m = matches[rev][fn] | |
2487 | for lnum, cstart, cend, line in matchlines(body): |
|
2487 | for lnum, cstart, cend, line in matchlines(body): | |
2488 | s = linestate(line, lnum, cstart, cend) |
|
2488 | s = linestate(line, lnum, cstart, cend) | |
2489 | m.append(s) |
|
2489 | m.append(s) | |
2490 |
|
2490 | |||
2491 | def difflinestates(a, b): |
|
2491 | def difflinestates(a, b): | |
2492 | sm = difflib.SequenceMatcher(None, a, b) |
|
2492 | sm = difflib.SequenceMatcher(None, a, b) | |
2493 | for tag, alo, ahi, blo, bhi in sm.get_opcodes(): |
|
2493 | for tag, alo, ahi, blo, bhi in sm.get_opcodes(): | |
2494 | if tag == 'insert': |
|
2494 | if tag == 'insert': | |
2495 | for i in xrange(blo, bhi): |
|
2495 | for i in xrange(blo, bhi): | |
2496 | yield ('+', b[i]) |
|
2496 | yield ('+', b[i]) | |
2497 | elif tag == 'delete': |
|
2497 | elif tag == 'delete': | |
2498 | for i in xrange(alo, ahi): |
|
2498 | for i in xrange(alo, ahi): | |
2499 | yield ('-', a[i]) |
|
2499 | yield ('-', a[i]) | |
2500 | elif tag == 'replace': |
|
2500 | elif tag == 'replace': | |
2501 | for i in xrange(alo, ahi): |
|
2501 | for i in xrange(alo, ahi): | |
2502 | yield ('-', a[i]) |
|
2502 | yield ('-', a[i]) | |
2503 | for i in xrange(blo, bhi): |
|
2503 | for i in xrange(blo, bhi): | |
2504 | yield ('+', b[i]) |
|
2504 | yield ('+', b[i]) | |
2505 |
|
2505 | |||
2506 | def display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states): |
|
2506 | def display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states): | |
2507 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
2507 | rev = ctx.rev() | |
2508 | if fm.isplain(): |
|
2508 | if fm.isplain(): | |
2509 | formatuser = ui.shortuser |
|
2509 | formatuser = ui.shortuser | |
2510 | else: |
|
2510 | else: | |
2511 | formatuser = str |
|
2511 | formatuser = str | |
2512 | if ui.quiet: |
|
2512 | if ui.quiet: | |
2513 | datefmt = '%Y-%m-%d' |
|
2513 | datefmt = '%Y-%m-%d' | |
2514 | else: |
|
2514 | else: | |
2515 | datefmt = '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y %1%2' |
|
2515 | datefmt = '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y %1%2' | |
2516 | found = False |
|
2516 | found = False | |
2517 | @util.cachefunc |
|
2517 | @util.cachefunc | |
2518 | def binary(): |
|
2518 | def binary(): | |
2519 | flog = getfile(fn) |
|
2519 | flog = getfile(fn) | |
2520 | return util.binary(flog.read(ctx.filenode(fn))) |
|
2520 | return util.binary(flog.read(ctx.filenode(fn))) | |
2521 |
|
2521 | |||
2522 | fieldnamemap = {'filename': 'file', 'linenumber': 'line_number'} |
|
2522 | fieldnamemap = {'filename': 'file', 'linenumber': 'line_number'} | |
2523 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
2523 | if opts.get('all'): | |
2524 | iter = difflinestates(pstates, states) |
|
2524 | iter = difflinestates(pstates, states) | |
2525 | else: |
|
2525 | else: | |
2526 | iter = [('', l) for l in states] |
|
2526 | iter = [('', l) for l in states] | |
2527 | for change, l in iter: |
|
2527 | for change, l in iter: | |
2528 | fm.startitem() |
|
2528 | fm.startitem() | |
2529 | fm.data(node=fm.hexfunc(ctx.node())) |
|
2529 | fm.data(node=fm.hexfunc(ctx.node())) | |
2530 | cols = [ |
|
2530 | cols = [ | |
2531 | ('filename', fn, True), |
|
2531 | ('filename', fn, True), | |
2532 | ('rev', rev, True), |
|
2532 | ('rev', rev, True), | |
2533 | ('linenumber', l.linenum, opts.get('line_number')), |
|
2533 | ('linenumber', l.linenum, opts.get('line_number')), | |
2534 | ] |
|
2534 | ] | |
2535 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
2535 | if opts.get('all'): | |
2536 | cols.append(('change', change, True)) |
|
2536 | cols.append(('change', change, True)) | |
2537 | cols.extend([ |
|
2537 | cols.extend([ | |
2538 | ('user', formatuser(ctx.user()), opts.get('user')), |
|
2538 | ('user', formatuser(ctx.user()), opts.get('user')), | |
2539 | ('date', fm.formatdate(ctx.date(), datefmt), opts.get('date')), |
|
2539 | ('date', fm.formatdate(ctx.date(), datefmt), opts.get('date')), | |
2540 | ]) |
|
2540 | ]) | |
2541 | lastcol = next(name for name, data, cond in reversed(cols) if cond) |
|
2541 | lastcol = next(name for name, data, cond in reversed(cols) if cond) | |
2542 | for name, data, cond in cols: |
|
2542 | for name, data, cond in cols: | |
2543 | field = fieldnamemap.get(name, name) |
|
2543 | field = fieldnamemap.get(name, name) | |
2544 | fm.condwrite(cond, field, '%s', data, label='grep.%s' % name) |
|
2544 | fm.condwrite(cond, field, '%s', data, label='grep.%s' % name) | |
2545 | if cond and name != lastcol: |
|
2545 | if cond and name != lastcol: | |
2546 | fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep') |
|
2546 | fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep') | |
2547 | if not opts.get('files_with_matches'): |
|
2547 | if not opts.get('files_with_matches'): | |
2548 | fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep') |
|
2548 | fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep') | |
2549 | if not opts.get('text') and binary(): |
|
2549 | if not opts.get('text') and binary(): | |
2550 | fm.plain(_(" Binary file matches")) |
|
2550 | fm.plain(_(" Binary file matches")) | |
2551 | else: |
|
2551 | else: | |
2552 | displaymatches(fm.nested('texts'), l) |
|
2552 | displaymatches(fm.nested('texts'), l) | |
2553 | fm.plain(eol) |
|
2553 | fm.plain(eol) | |
2554 | found = True |
|
2554 | found = True | |
2555 | if opts.get('files_with_matches'): |
|
2555 | if opts.get('files_with_matches'): | |
2556 | break |
|
2556 | break | |
2557 | return found |
|
2557 | return found | |
2558 |
|
2558 | |||
2559 | def displaymatches(fm, l): |
|
2559 | def displaymatches(fm, l): | |
2560 | p = 0 |
|
2560 | p = 0 | |
2561 | for s, e in l.findpos(): |
|
2561 | for s, e in l.findpos(): | |
2562 | if p < s: |
|
2562 | if p < s: | |
2563 | fm.startitem() |
|
2563 | fm.startitem() | |
2564 | fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:s]) |
|
2564 | fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:s]) | |
2565 | fm.data(matched=False) |
|
2565 | fm.data(matched=False) | |
2566 | fm.startitem() |
|
2566 | fm.startitem() | |
2567 | fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[s:e], label='grep.match') |
|
2567 | fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[s:e], label='grep.match') | |
2568 | fm.data(matched=True) |
|
2568 | fm.data(matched=True) | |
2569 | p = e |
|
2569 | p = e | |
2570 | if p < len(l.line): |
|
2570 | if p < len(l.line): | |
2571 | fm.startitem() |
|
2571 | fm.startitem() | |
2572 | fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:]) |
|
2572 | fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:]) | |
2573 | fm.data(matched=False) |
|
2573 | fm.data(matched=False) | |
2574 | fm.end() |
|
2574 | fm.end() | |
2575 |
|
2575 | |||
2576 | skip = {} |
|
2576 | skip = {} | |
2577 | revfiles = {} |
|
2577 | revfiles = {} | |
2578 | matchfn = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
2578 | matchfn = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) | |
2579 | found = False |
|
2579 | found = False | |
2580 | follow = opts.get('follow') |
|
2580 | follow = opts.get('follow') | |
2581 |
|
2581 | |||
2582 | def prep(ctx, fns): |
|
2582 | def prep(ctx, fns): | |
2583 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
2583 | rev = ctx.rev() | |
2584 | pctx = ctx.p1() |
|
2584 | pctx = ctx.p1() | |
2585 | parent = pctx.rev() |
|
2585 | parent = pctx.rev() | |
2586 | matches.setdefault(rev, {}) |
|
2586 | matches.setdefault(rev, {}) | |
2587 | matches.setdefault(parent, {}) |
|
2587 | matches.setdefault(parent, {}) | |
2588 | files = revfiles.setdefault(rev, []) |
|
2588 | files = revfiles.setdefault(rev, []) | |
2589 | for fn in fns: |
|
2589 | for fn in fns: | |
2590 | flog = getfile(fn) |
|
2590 | flog = getfile(fn) | |
2591 | try: |
|
2591 | try: | |
2592 | fnode = ctx.filenode(fn) |
|
2592 | fnode = ctx.filenode(fn) | |
2593 | except error.LookupError: |
|
2593 | except error.LookupError: | |
2594 | continue |
|
2594 | continue | |
2595 |
|
2595 | |||
2596 | copied = flog.renamed(fnode) |
|
2596 | copied = flog.renamed(fnode) | |
2597 | copy = follow and copied and copied[0] |
|
2597 | copy = follow and copied and copied[0] | |
2598 | if copy: |
|
2598 | if copy: | |
2599 | copies.setdefault(rev, {})[fn] = copy |
|
2599 | copies.setdefault(rev, {})[fn] = copy | |
2600 | if fn in skip: |
|
2600 | if fn in skip: | |
2601 | if copy: |
|
2601 | if copy: | |
2602 | skip[copy] = True |
|
2602 | skip[copy] = True | |
2603 | continue |
|
2603 | continue | |
2604 | files.append(fn) |
|
2604 | files.append(fn) | |
2605 |
|
2605 | |||
2606 | if fn not in matches[rev]: |
|
2606 | if fn not in matches[rev]: | |
2607 | grepbody(fn, rev, flog.read(fnode)) |
|
2607 | grepbody(fn, rev, flog.read(fnode)) | |
2608 |
|
2608 | |||
2609 | pfn = copy or fn |
|
2609 | pfn = copy or fn | |
2610 | if pfn not in matches[parent]: |
|
2610 | if pfn not in matches[parent]: | |
2611 | try: |
|
2611 | try: | |
2612 | fnode = pctx.filenode(pfn) |
|
2612 | fnode = pctx.filenode(pfn) | |
2613 | grepbody(pfn, parent, flog.read(fnode)) |
|
2613 | grepbody(pfn, parent, flog.read(fnode)) | |
2614 | except error.LookupError: |
|
2614 | except error.LookupError: | |
2615 | pass |
|
2615 | pass | |
2616 |
|
2616 | |||
2617 | ui.pager('grep') |
|
2617 | ui.pager('grep') | |
2618 | fm = ui.formatter('grep', opts) |
|
2618 | fm = ui.formatter('grep', opts) | |
2619 | for ctx in cmdutil.walkchangerevs(repo, matchfn, opts, prep): |
|
2619 | for ctx in cmdutil.walkchangerevs(repo, matchfn, opts, prep): | |
2620 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
2620 | rev = ctx.rev() | |
2621 | parent = ctx.p1().rev() |
|
2621 | parent = ctx.p1().rev() | |
2622 | for fn in sorted(revfiles.get(rev, [])): |
|
2622 | for fn in sorted(revfiles.get(rev, [])): | |
2623 | states = matches[rev][fn] |
|
2623 | states = matches[rev][fn] | |
2624 | copy = copies.get(rev, {}).get(fn) |
|
2624 | copy = copies.get(rev, {}).get(fn) | |
2625 | if fn in skip: |
|
2625 | if fn in skip: | |
2626 | if copy: |
|
2626 | if copy: | |
2627 | skip[copy] = True |
|
2627 | skip[copy] = True | |
2628 | continue |
|
2628 | continue | |
2629 | pstates = matches.get(parent, {}).get(copy or fn, []) |
|
2629 | pstates = matches.get(parent, {}).get(copy or fn, []) | |
2630 | if pstates or states: |
|
2630 | if pstates or states: | |
2631 | r = display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states) |
|
2631 | r = display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states) | |
2632 | found = found or r |
|
2632 | found = found or r | |
2633 | if r and not opts.get('all'): |
|
2633 | if r and not opts.get('all'): | |
2634 | skip[fn] = True |
|
2634 | skip[fn] = True | |
2635 | if copy: |
|
2635 | if copy: | |
2636 | skip[copy] = True |
|
2636 | skip[copy] = True | |
2637 | del matches[rev] |
|
2637 | del matches[rev] | |
2638 | del revfiles[rev] |
|
2638 | del revfiles[rev] | |
2639 | fm.end() |
|
2639 | fm.end() | |
2640 |
|
2640 | |||
2641 | return not found |
|
2641 | return not found | |
2642 |
|
2642 | |||
2643 | @command('heads', |
|
2643 | @command('heads', | |
2644 | [('r', 'rev', '', |
|
2644 | [('r', 'rev', '', | |
2645 | _('show only heads which are descendants of STARTREV'), _('STARTREV')), |
|
2645 | _('show only heads which are descendants of STARTREV'), _('STARTREV')), | |
2646 | ('t', 'topo', False, _('show topological heads only')), |
|
2646 | ('t', 'topo', False, _('show topological heads only')), | |
2647 | ('a', 'active', False, _('show active branchheads only (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
2647 | ('a', 'active', False, _('show active branchheads only (DEPRECATED)')), | |
2648 | ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branch heads')), |
|
2648 | ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branch heads')), | |
2649 | ] + templateopts, |
|
2649 | ] + templateopts, | |
2650 | _('[-ct] [-r STARTREV] [REV]...')) |
|
2650 | _('[-ct] [-r STARTREV] [REV]...')) | |
2651 | def heads(ui, repo, *branchrevs, **opts): |
|
2651 | def heads(ui, repo, *branchrevs, **opts): | |
2652 | """show branch heads |
|
2652 | """show branch heads | |
2653 |
|
2653 | |||
2654 | With no arguments, show all open branch heads in the repository. |
|
2654 | With no arguments, show all open branch heads in the repository. | |
2655 | Branch heads are changesets that have no descendants on the |
|
2655 | Branch heads are changesets that have no descendants on the | |
2656 | same branch. They are where development generally takes place and |
|
2656 | same branch. They are where development generally takes place and | |
2657 | are the usual targets for update and merge operations. |
|
2657 | are the usual targets for update and merge operations. | |
2658 |
|
2658 | |||
2659 | If one or more REVs are given, only open branch heads on the |
|
2659 | If one or more REVs are given, only open branch heads on the | |
2660 | branches associated with the specified changesets are shown. This |
|
2660 | branches associated with the specified changesets are shown. This | |
2661 | means that you can use :hg:`heads .` to see the heads on the |
|
2661 | means that you can use :hg:`heads .` to see the heads on the | |
2662 | currently checked-out branch. |
|
2662 | currently checked-out branch. | |
2663 |
|
2663 | |||
2664 | If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed |
|
2664 | If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed | |
2665 | (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`). |
|
2665 | (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`). | |
2666 |
|
2666 | |||
2667 | If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of |
|
2667 | If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of | |
2668 | STARTREV will be displayed. |
|
2668 | STARTREV will be displayed. | |
2669 |
|
2669 | |||
2670 | If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and only |
|
2670 | If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and only | |
2671 | topological heads (changesets with no children) will be shown. |
|
2671 | topological heads (changesets with no children) will be shown. | |
2672 |
|
2672 | |||
2673 | Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not. |
|
2673 | Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not. | |
2674 | """ |
|
2674 | """ | |
2675 |
|
2675 | |||
2676 | start = None |
|
2676 | start = None | |
2677 | if 'rev' in opts: |
|
2677 | if 'rev' in opts: | |
2678 | start = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts['rev'], None).node() |
|
2678 | start = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts['rev'], None).node() | |
2679 |
|
2679 | |||
2680 | if opts.get('topo'): |
|
2680 | if opts.get('topo'): | |
2681 | heads = [repo[h] for h in repo.heads(start)] |
|
2681 | heads = [repo[h] for h in repo.heads(start)] | |
2682 | else: |
|
2682 | else: | |
2683 | heads = [] |
|
2683 | heads = [] | |
2684 | for branch in repo.branchmap(): |
|
2684 | for branch in repo.branchmap(): | |
2685 | heads += repo.branchheads(branch, start, opts.get('closed')) |
|
2685 | heads += repo.branchheads(branch, start, opts.get('closed')) | |
2686 | heads = [repo[h] for h in heads] |
|
2686 | heads = [repo[h] for h in heads] | |
2687 |
|
2687 | |||
2688 | if branchrevs: |
|
2688 | if branchrevs: | |
2689 | branches = set(repo[br].branch() for br in branchrevs) |
|
2689 | branches = set(repo[br].branch() for br in branchrevs) | |
2690 | heads = [h for h in heads if h.branch() in branches] |
|
2690 | heads = [h for h in heads if h.branch() in branches] | |
2691 |
|
2691 | |||
2692 | if opts.get('active') and branchrevs: |
|
2692 | if opts.get('active') and branchrevs: | |
2693 | dagheads = repo.heads(start) |
|
2693 | dagheads = repo.heads(start) | |
2694 | heads = [h for h in heads if h.node() in dagheads] |
|
2694 | heads = [h for h in heads if h.node() in dagheads] | |
2695 |
|
2695 | |||
2696 | if branchrevs: |
|
2696 | if branchrevs: | |
2697 | haveheads = set(h.branch() for h in heads) |
|
2697 | haveheads = set(h.branch() for h in heads) | |
2698 | if branches - haveheads: |
|
2698 | if branches - haveheads: | |
2699 | headless = ', '.join(b for b in branches - haveheads) |
|
2699 | headless = ', '.join(b for b in branches - haveheads) | |
2700 | msg = _('no open branch heads found on branches %s') |
|
2700 | msg = _('no open branch heads found on branches %s') | |
2701 | if opts.get('rev'): |
|
2701 | if opts.get('rev'): | |
2702 | msg += _(' (started at %s)') % opts['rev'] |
|
2702 | msg += _(' (started at %s)') % opts['rev'] | |
2703 | ui.warn((msg + '\n') % headless) |
|
2703 | ui.warn((msg + '\n') % headless) | |
2704 |
|
2704 | |||
2705 | if not heads: |
|
2705 | if not heads: | |
2706 | return 1 |
|
2706 | return 1 | |
2707 |
|
2707 | |||
2708 | ui.pager('heads') |
|
2708 | ui.pager('heads') | |
2709 | heads = sorted(heads, key=lambda x: -x.rev()) |
|
2709 | heads = sorted(heads, key=lambda x: -x.rev()) | |
2710 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
2710 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) | |
2711 | for ctx in heads: |
|
2711 | for ctx in heads: | |
2712 | displayer.show(ctx) |
|
2712 | displayer.show(ctx) | |
2713 | displayer.close() |
|
2713 | displayer.close() | |
2714 |
|
2714 | |||
2715 | @command('help', |
|
2715 | @command('help', | |
2716 | [('e', 'extension', None, _('show only help for extensions')), |
|
2716 | [('e', 'extension', None, _('show only help for extensions')), | |
2717 | ('c', 'command', None, _('show only help for commands')), |
|
2717 | ('c', 'command', None, _('show only help for commands')), | |
2718 | ('k', 'keyword', None, _('show topics matching keyword')), |
|
2718 | ('k', 'keyword', None, _('show topics matching keyword')), | |
2719 | ('s', 'system', [], _('show help for specific platform(s)')), |
|
2719 | ('s', 'system', [], _('show help for specific platform(s)')), | |
2720 | ], |
|
2720 | ], | |
2721 | _('[-ecks] [TOPIC]'), |
|
2721 | _('[-ecks] [TOPIC]'), | |
2722 | norepo=True) |
|
2722 | norepo=True) | |
2723 | def help_(ui, name=None, **opts): |
|
2723 | def help_(ui, name=None, **opts): | |
2724 | """show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
2724 | """show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
2725 |
|
2725 | |||
2726 | With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages. |
|
2726 | With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages. | |
2727 |
|
2727 | |||
2728 | Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that |
|
2728 | Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that | |
2729 | topic. |
|
2729 | topic. | |
2730 |
|
2730 | |||
2731 | Returns 0 if successful. |
|
2731 | Returns 0 if successful. | |
2732 | """ |
|
2732 | """ | |
2733 |
|
2733 | |||
2734 | keep = opts.get('system') or [] |
|
2734 | keep = opts.get('system') or [] | |
2735 | if len(keep) == 0: |
|
2735 | if len(keep) == 0: | |
2736 | if pycompat.sysplatform.startswith('win'): |
|
2736 | if pycompat.sysplatform.startswith('win'): | |
2737 | keep.append('windows') |
|
2737 | keep.append('windows') | |
2738 | elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'OpenVMS': |
|
2738 | elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'OpenVMS': | |
2739 | keep.append('vms') |
|
2739 | keep.append('vms') | |
2740 | elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'plan9': |
|
2740 | elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'plan9': | |
2741 | keep.append('plan9') |
|
2741 | keep.append('plan9') | |
2742 | else: |
|
2742 | else: | |
2743 | keep.append('unix') |
|
2743 | keep.append('unix') | |
2744 | keep.append(pycompat.sysplatform.lower()) |
|
2744 | keep.append(pycompat.sysplatform.lower()) | |
2745 | if ui.verbose: |
|
2745 | if ui.verbose: | |
2746 | keep.append('verbose') |
|
2746 | keep.append('verbose') | |
2747 |
|
2747 | |||
2748 | formatted = help.formattedhelp(ui, name, keep=keep, **opts) |
|
2748 | formatted = help.formattedhelp(ui, name, keep=keep, **opts) | |
2749 | ui.pager('help') |
|
2749 | ui.pager('help') | |
2750 | ui.write(formatted) |
|
2750 | ui.write(formatted) | |
2751 |
|
2751 | |||
2752 |
|
2752 | |||
2753 | @command('identify|id', |
|
2753 | @command('identify|id', | |
2754 | [('r', 'rev', '', |
|
2754 | [('r', 'rev', '', | |
2755 | _('identify the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
2755 | _('identify the specified revision'), _('REV')), | |
2756 | ('n', 'num', None, _('show local revision number')), |
|
2756 | ('n', 'num', None, _('show local revision number')), | |
2757 | ('i', 'id', None, _('show global revision id')), |
|
2757 | ('i', 'id', None, _('show global revision id')), | |
2758 | ('b', 'branch', None, _('show branch')), |
|
2758 | ('b', 'branch', None, _('show branch')), | |
2759 | ('t', 'tags', None, _('show tags')), |
|
2759 | ('t', 'tags', None, _('show tags')), | |
2760 | ('B', 'bookmarks', None, _('show bookmarks')), |
|
2760 | ('B', 'bookmarks', None, _('show bookmarks')), | |
2761 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
2761 | ] + remoteopts, | |
2762 | _('[-nibtB] [-r REV] [SOURCE]'), |
|
2762 | _('[-nibtB] [-r REV] [SOURCE]'), | |
2763 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
2763 | optionalrepo=True) | |
2764 | def identify(ui, repo, source=None, rev=None, |
|
2764 | def identify(ui, repo, source=None, rev=None, | |
2765 | num=None, id=None, branch=None, tags=None, bookmarks=None, **opts): |
|
2765 | num=None, id=None, branch=None, tags=None, bookmarks=None, **opts): | |
2766 | """identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
2766 | """identify the working directory or specified revision | |
2767 |
|
2767 | |||
2768 | Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or |
|
2768 | Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or | |
2769 | two parent hash identifiers, followed by a "+" if the working |
|
2769 | two parent hash identifiers, followed by a "+" if the working | |
2770 | directory has uncommitted changes, the branch name (if not default), |
|
2770 | directory has uncommitted changes, the branch name (if not default), | |
2771 | a list of tags, and a list of bookmarks. |
|
2771 | a list of tags, and a list of bookmarks. | |
2772 |
|
2772 | |||
2773 | When REV is not given, print a summary of the current state of the |
|
2773 | When REV is not given, print a summary of the current state of the | |
2774 | repository. |
|
2774 | repository. | |
2775 |
|
2775 | |||
2776 | Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will |
|
2776 | Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will | |
2777 | cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle. |
|
2777 | cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle. | |
2778 |
|
2778 | |||
2779 | .. container:: verbose |
|
2779 | .. container:: verbose | |
2780 |
|
2780 | |||
2781 | Examples: |
|
2781 | Examples: | |
2782 |
|
2782 | |||
2783 | - generate a build identifier for the working directory:: |
|
2783 | - generate a build identifier for the working directory:: | |
2784 |
|
2784 | |||
2785 | hg id --id > build-id.dat |
|
2785 | hg id --id > build-id.dat | |
2786 |
|
2786 | |||
2787 | - find the revision corresponding to a tag:: |
|
2787 | - find the revision corresponding to a tag:: | |
2788 |
|
2788 | |||
2789 | hg id -n -r 1.3 |
|
2789 | hg id -n -r 1.3 | |
2790 |
|
2790 | |||
2791 | - check the most recent revision of a remote repository:: |
|
2791 | - check the most recent revision of a remote repository:: | |
2792 |
|
2792 | |||
2793 | hg id -r tip https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/ |
|
2793 | hg id -r tip https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/ | |
2794 |
|
2794 | |||
2795 | See :hg:`log` for generating more information about specific revisions, |
|
2795 | See :hg:`log` for generating more information about specific revisions, | |
2796 | including full hash identifiers. |
|
2796 | including full hash identifiers. | |
2797 |
|
2797 | |||
2798 | Returns 0 if successful. |
|
2798 | Returns 0 if successful. | |
2799 | """ |
|
2799 | """ | |
2800 |
|
2800 | |||
2801 | if not repo and not source: |
|
2801 | if not repo and not source: | |
2802 | raise error.Abort(_("there is no Mercurial repository here " |
|
2802 | raise error.Abort(_("there is no Mercurial repository here " | |
2803 | "(.hg not found)")) |
|
2803 | "(.hg not found)")) | |
2804 |
|
2804 | |||
2805 | if ui.debugflag: |
|
2805 | if ui.debugflag: | |
2806 | hexfunc = hex |
|
2806 | hexfunc = hex | |
2807 | else: |
|
2807 | else: | |
2808 | hexfunc = short |
|
2808 | hexfunc = short | |
2809 | default = not (num or id or branch or tags or bookmarks) |
|
2809 | default = not (num or id or branch or tags or bookmarks) | |
2810 | output = [] |
|
2810 | output = [] | |
2811 | revs = [] |
|
2811 | revs = [] | |
2812 |
|
2812 | |||
2813 | if source: |
|
2813 | if source: | |
2814 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source)) |
|
2814 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source)) | |
2815 | peer = hg.peer(repo or ui, opts, source) # only pass ui when no repo |
|
2815 | peer = hg.peer(repo or ui, opts, source) # only pass ui when no repo | |
2816 | repo = peer.local() |
|
2816 | repo = peer.local() | |
2817 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, peer, branches, None) |
|
2817 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, peer, branches, None) | |
2818 |
|
2818 | |||
2819 | if not repo: |
|
2819 | if not repo: | |
2820 | if num or branch or tags: |
|
2820 | if num or branch or tags: | |
2821 | raise error.Abort( |
|
2821 | raise error.Abort( | |
2822 | _("can't query remote revision number, branch, or tags")) |
|
2822 | _("can't query remote revision number, branch, or tags")) | |
2823 | if not rev and revs: |
|
2823 | if not rev and revs: | |
2824 | rev = revs[0] |
|
2824 | rev = revs[0] | |
2825 | if not rev: |
|
2825 | if not rev: | |
2826 | rev = "tip" |
|
2826 | rev = "tip" | |
2827 |
|
2827 | |||
2828 | remoterev = peer.lookup(rev) |
|
2828 | remoterev = peer.lookup(rev) | |
2829 | if default or id: |
|
2829 | if default or id: | |
2830 | output = [hexfunc(remoterev)] |
|
2830 | output = [hexfunc(remoterev)] | |
2831 |
|
2831 | |||
2832 | def getbms(): |
|
2832 | def getbms(): | |
2833 | bms = [] |
|
2833 | bms = [] | |
2834 |
|
2834 | |||
2835 | if 'bookmarks' in peer.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
2835 | if 'bookmarks' in peer.listkeys('namespaces'): | |
2836 | hexremoterev = hex(remoterev) |
|
2836 | hexremoterev = hex(remoterev) | |
2837 | bms = [bm for bm, bmr in peer.listkeys('bookmarks').iteritems() |
|
2837 | bms = [bm for bm, bmr in peer.listkeys('bookmarks').iteritems() | |
2838 | if bmr == hexremoterev] |
|
2838 | if bmr == hexremoterev] | |
2839 |
|
2839 | |||
2840 | return sorted(bms) |
|
2840 | return sorted(bms) | |
2841 |
|
2841 | |||
2842 | if bookmarks: |
|
2842 | if bookmarks: | |
2843 | output.extend(getbms()) |
|
2843 | output.extend(getbms()) | |
2844 | elif default and not ui.quiet: |
|
2844 | elif default and not ui.quiet: | |
2845 | # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/' |
|
2845 | # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/' | |
2846 | bm = '/'.join(getbms()) |
|
2846 | bm = '/'.join(getbms()) | |
2847 | if bm: |
|
2847 | if bm: | |
2848 | output.append(bm) |
|
2848 | output.append(bm) | |
2849 | else: |
|
2849 | else: | |
2850 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None) |
|
2850 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None) | |
2851 |
|
2851 | |||
2852 | if ctx.rev() is None: |
|
2852 | if ctx.rev() is None: | |
2853 | ctx = repo[None] |
|
2853 | ctx = repo[None] | |
2854 | parents = ctx.parents() |
|
2854 | parents = ctx.parents() | |
2855 | taglist = [] |
|
2855 | taglist = [] | |
2856 | for p in parents: |
|
2856 | for p in parents: | |
2857 | taglist.extend(p.tags()) |
|
2857 | taglist.extend(p.tags()) | |
2858 |
|
2858 | |||
2859 | changed = "" |
|
2859 | changed = "" | |
2860 | if default or id or num: |
|
2860 | if default or id or num: | |
2861 | if (any(repo.status()) |
|
2861 | if (any(repo.status()) | |
2862 | or any(ctx.sub(s).dirty() for s in ctx.substate)): |
|
2862 | or any(ctx.sub(s).dirty() for s in ctx.substate)): | |
2863 | changed = '+' |
|
2863 | changed = '+' | |
2864 | if default or id: |
|
2864 | if default or id: | |
2865 | output = ["%s%s" % |
|
2865 | output = ["%s%s" % | |
2866 | ('+'.join([hexfunc(p.node()) for p in parents]), changed)] |
|
2866 | ('+'.join([hexfunc(p.node()) for p in parents]), changed)] | |
2867 | if num: |
|
2867 | if num: | |
2868 | output.append("%s%s" % |
|
2868 | output.append("%s%s" % | |
2869 | ('+'.join([str(p.rev()) for p in parents]), changed)) |
|
2869 | ('+'.join([str(p.rev()) for p in parents]), changed)) | |
2870 | else: |
|
2870 | else: | |
2871 | if default or id: |
|
2871 | if default or id: | |
2872 | output = [hexfunc(ctx.node())] |
|
2872 | output = [hexfunc(ctx.node())] | |
2873 | if num: |
|
2873 | if num: | |
2874 | output.append(str(ctx.rev())) |
|
2874 | output.append(str(ctx.rev())) | |
2875 | taglist = ctx.tags() |
|
2875 | taglist = ctx.tags() | |
2876 |
|
2876 | |||
2877 | if default and not ui.quiet: |
|
2877 | if default and not ui.quiet: | |
2878 | b = ctx.branch() |
|
2878 | b = ctx.branch() | |
2879 | if b != 'default': |
|
2879 | if b != 'default': | |
2880 | output.append("(%s)" % b) |
|
2880 | output.append("(%s)" % b) | |
2881 |
|
2881 | |||
2882 | # multiple tags for a single parent separated by '/' |
|
2882 | # multiple tags for a single parent separated by '/' | |
2883 | t = '/'.join(taglist) |
|
2883 | t = '/'.join(taglist) | |
2884 | if t: |
|
2884 | if t: | |
2885 | output.append(t) |
|
2885 | output.append(t) | |
2886 |
|
2886 | |||
2887 | # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/' |
|
2887 | # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/' | |
2888 | bm = '/'.join(ctx.bookmarks()) |
|
2888 | bm = '/'.join(ctx.bookmarks()) | |
2889 | if bm: |
|
2889 | if bm: | |
2890 | output.append(bm) |
|
2890 | output.append(bm) | |
2891 | else: |
|
2891 | else: | |
2892 | if branch: |
|
2892 | if branch: | |
2893 | output.append(ctx.branch()) |
|
2893 | output.append(ctx.branch()) | |
2894 |
|
2894 | |||
2895 | if tags: |
|
2895 | if tags: | |
2896 | output.extend(taglist) |
|
2896 | output.extend(taglist) | |
2897 |
|
2897 | |||
2898 | if bookmarks: |
|
2898 | if bookmarks: | |
2899 | output.extend(ctx.bookmarks()) |
|
2899 | output.extend(ctx.bookmarks()) | |
2900 |
|
2900 | |||
2901 | ui.write("%s\n" % ' '.join(output)) |
|
2901 | ui.write("%s\n" % ' '.join(output)) | |
2902 |
|
2902 | |||
2903 | @command('import|patch', |
|
2903 | @command('import|patch', | |
2904 | [('p', 'strip', 1, |
|
2904 | [('p', 'strip', 1, | |
2905 | _('directory strip option for patch. This has the same ' |
|
2905 | _('directory strip option for patch. This has the same ' | |
2906 | 'meaning as the corresponding patch option'), _('NUM')), |
|
2906 | 'meaning as the corresponding patch option'), _('NUM')), | |
2907 | ('b', 'base', '', _('base path (DEPRECATED)'), _('PATH')), |
|
2907 | ('b', 'base', '', _('base path (DEPRECATED)'), _('PATH')), | |
2908 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
2908 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), | |
2909 | ('f', 'force', None, |
|
2909 | ('f', 'force', None, | |
2910 | _('skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
2910 | _('skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes (DEPRECATED)')), | |
2911 | ('', 'no-commit', None, |
|
2911 | ('', 'no-commit', None, | |
2912 | _("don't commit, just update the working directory")), |
|
2912 | _("don't commit, just update the working directory")), | |
2913 | ('', 'bypass', None, |
|
2913 | ('', 'bypass', None, | |
2914 | _("apply patch without touching the working directory")), |
|
2914 | _("apply patch without touching the working directory")), | |
2915 | ('', 'partial', None, |
|
2915 | ('', 'partial', None, | |
2916 | _('commit even if some hunks fail')), |
|
2916 | _('commit even if some hunks fail')), | |
2917 | ('', 'exact', None, |
|
2917 | ('', 'exact', None, | |
2918 | _('abort if patch would apply lossily')), |
|
2918 | _('abort if patch would apply lossily')), | |
2919 | ('', 'prefix', '', |
|
2919 | ('', 'prefix', '', | |
2920 | _('apply patch to subdirectory'), _('DIR')), |
|
2920 | _('apply patch to subdirectory'), _('DIR')), | |
2921 | ('', 'import-branch', None, |
|
2921 | ('', 'import-branch', None, | |
2922 | _('use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)'))] + |
|
2922 | _('use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)'))] + | |
2923 | commitopts + commitopts2 + similarityopts, |
|
2923 | commitopts + commitopts2 + similarityopts, | |
2924 | _('[OPTION]... PATCH...')) |
|
2924 | _('[OPTION]... PATCH...')) | |
2925 | def import_(ui, repo, patch1=None, *patches, **opts): |
|
2925 | def import_(ui, repo, patch1=None, *patches, **opts): | |
2926 | """import an ordered set of patches |
|
2926 | """import an ordered set of patches | |
2927 |
|
2927 | |||
2928 | Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless |
|
2928 | Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless | |
2929 | --no-commit is specified). |
|
2929 | --no-commit is specified). | |
2930 |
|
2930 | |||
2931 | To read a patch from standard input (stdin), use "-" as the patch |
|
2931 | To read a patch from standard input (stdin), use "-" as the patch | |
2932 | name. If a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from |
|
2932 | name. If a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from | |
2933 | there. |
|
2933 | there. | |
2934 |
|
2934 | |||
2935 | Import first applies changes to the working directory (unless |
|
2935 | Import first applies changes to the working directory (unless | |
2936 | --bypass is specified), import will abort if there are outstanding |
|
2936 | --bypass is specified), import will abort if there are outstanding | |
2937 | changes. |
|
2937 | changes. | |
2938 |
|
2938 | |||
2939 | Use --bypass to apply and commit patches directly to the |
|
2939 | Use --bypass to apply and commit patches directly to the | |
2940 | repository, without affecting the working directory. Without |
|
2940 | repository, without affecting the working directory. Without | |
2941 | --exact, patches will be applied on top of the working directory |
|
2941 | --exact, patches will be applied on top of the working directory | |
2942 | parent revision. |
|
2942 | parent revision. | |
2943 |
|
2943 | |||
2944 | You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches |
|
2944 | You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches | |
2945 | as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type |
|
2945 | as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type | |
2946 | text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email |
|
2946 | text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email | |
2947 | message are used as default committer and commit message. All |
|
2947 | message are used as default committer and commit message. All | |
2948 | text/plain body parts before first diff are added to the commit |
|
2948 | text/plain body parts before first diff are added to the commit | |
2949 | message. |
|
2949 | message. | |
2950 |
|
2950 | |||
2951 | If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and |
|
2951 | If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and | |
2952 | description from patch override values from message headers and |
|
2952 | description from patch override values from message headers and | |
2953 | body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user |
|
2953 | body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user | |
2954 | override these. |
|
2954 | override these. | |
2955 |
|
2955 | |||
2956 | If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to |
|
2956 | If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to | |
2957 | the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the |
|
2957 | the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the | |
2958 | resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in |
|
2958 | resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in | |
2959 | the patch. This will guard against various ways that portable |
|
2959 | the patch. This will guard against various ways that portable | |
2960 | patch formats and mail systems might fail to transfer Mercurial |
|
2960 | patch formats and mail systems might fail to transfer Mercurial | |
2961 | data or metadata. See :hg:`bundle` for lossless transmission. |
|
2961 | data or metadata. See :hg:`bundle` for lossless transmission. | |
2962 |
|
2962 | |||
2963 | Use --partial to ensure a changeset will be created from the patch |
|
2963 | Use --partial to ensure a changeset will be created from the patch | |
2964 | even if some hunks fail to apply. Hunks that fail to apply will be |
|
2964 | even if some hunks fail to apply. Hunks that fail to apply will be | |
2965 | written to a <target-file>.rej file. Conflicts can then be resolved |
|
2965 | written to a <target-file>.rej file. Conflicts can then be resolved | |
2966 | by hand before :hg:`commit --amend` is run to update the created |
|
2966 | by hand before :hg:`commit --amend` is run to update the created | |
2967 | changeset. This flag exists to let people import patches that |
|
2967 | changeset. This flag exists to let people import patches that | |
2968 | partially apply without losing the associated metadata (author, |
|
2968 | partially apply without losing the associated metadata (author, | |
2969 | date, description, ...). |
|
2969 | date, description, ...). | |
2970 |
|
2970 | |||
2971 | .. note:: |
|
2971 | .. note:: | |
2972 |
|
2972 | |||
2973 | When no hunks apply cleanly, :hg:`import --partial` will create |
|
2973 | When no hunks apply cleanly, :hg:`import --partial` will create | |
2974 | an empty changeset, importing only the patch metadata. |
|
2974 | an empty changeset, importing only the patch metadata. | |
2975 |
|
2975 | |||
2976 | With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and |
|
2976 | With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and | |
2977 | copies in the patch in the same way as :hg:`addremove`. |
|
2977 | copies in the patch in the same way as :hg:`addremove`. | |
2978 |
|
2978 | |||
2979 | It is possible to use external patch programs to perform the patch |
|
2979 | It is possible to use external patch programs to perform the patch | |
2980 | by setting the ``ui.patch`` configuration option. For the default |
|
2980 | by setting the ``ui.patch`` configuration option. For the default | |
2981 | internal tool, the fuzz can also be configured via ``patch.fuzz``. |
|
2981 | internal tool, the fuzz can also be configured via ``patch.fuzz``. | |
2982 | See :hg:`help config` for more information about configuration |
|
2982 | See :hg:`help config` for more information about configuration | |
2983 | files and how to use these options. |
|
2983 | files and how to use these options. | |
2984 |
|
2984 | |||
2985 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
2985 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. | |
2986 |
|
2986 | |||
2987 | .. container:: verbose |
|
2987 | .. container:: verbose | |
2988 |
|
2988 | |||
2989 | Examples: |
|
2989 | Examples: | |
2990 |
|
2990 | |||
2991 | - import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames:: |
|
2991 | - import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames:: | |
2992 |
|
2992 | |||
2993 | hg import -s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch |
|
2993 | hg import -s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch | |
2994 |
|
2994 | |||
2995 | - import a changeset from an hgweb server:: |
|
2995 | - import a changeset from an hgweb server:: | |
2996 |
|
2996 | |||
2997 | hg import https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa |
|
2997 | hg import https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa | |
2998 |
|
2998 | |||
2999 | - import all the patches in an Unix-style mbox:: |
|
2999 | - import all the patches in an Unix-style mbox:: | |
3000 |
|
3000 | |||
3001 | hg import incoming-patches.mbox |
|
3001 | hg import incoming-patches.mbox | |
3002 |
|
3002 | |||
3003 | - import patches from stdin:: |
|
3003 | - import patches from stdin:: | |
3004 |
|
3004 | |||
3005 | hg import - |
|
3005 | hg import - | |
3006 |
|
3006 | |||
3007 | - attempt to exactly restore an exported changeset (not always |
|
3007 | - attempt to exactly restore an exported changeset (not always | |
3008 | possible):: |
|
3008 | possible):: | |
3009 |
|
3009 | |||
3010 | hg import --exact proposed-fix.patch |
|
3010 | hg import --exact proposed-fix.patch | |
3011 |
|
3011 | |||
3012 | - use an external tool to apply a patch which is too fuzzy for |
|
3012 | - use an external tool to apply a patch which is too fuzzy for | |
3013 | the default internal tool. |
|
3013 | the default internal tool. | |
3014 |
|
3014 | |||
3015 | hg import --config ui.patch="patch --merge" fuzzy.patch |
|
3015 | hg import --config ui.patch="patch --merge" fuzzy.patch | |
3016 |
|
3016 | |||
3017 | - change the default fuzzing from 2 to a less strict 7 |
|
3017 | - change the default fuzzing from 2 to a less strict 7 | |
3018 |
|
3018 | |||
3019 | hg import --config ui.fuzz=7 fuzz.patch |
|
3019 | hg import --config ui.fuzz=7 fuzz.patch | |
3020 |
|
3020 | |||
3021 | Returns 0 on success, 1 on partial success (see --partial). |
|
3021 | Returns 0 on success, 1 on partial success (see --partial). | |
3022 | """ |
|
3022 | """ | |
3023 |
|
3023 | |||
3024 | if not patch1: |
|
3024 | if not patch1: | |
3025 | raise error.Abort(_('need at least one patch to import')) |
|
3025 | raise error.Abort(_('need at least one patch to import')) | |
3026 |
|
3026 | |||
3027 | patches = (patch1,) + patches |
|
3027 | patches = (patch1,) + patches | |
3028 |
|
3028 | |||
3029 | date = opts.get('date') |
|
3029 | date = opts.get('date') | |
3030 | if date: |
|
3030 | if date: | |
3031 | opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date) |
|
3031 | opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date) | |
3032 |
|
3032 | |||
3033 | exact = opts.get('exact') |
|
3033 | exact = opts.get('exact') | |
3034 | update = not opts.get('bypass') |
|
3034 | update = not opts.get('bypass') | |
3035 | if not update and opts.get('no_commit'): |
|
3035 | if not update and opts.get('no_commit'): | |
3036 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --no-commit with --bypass')) |
|
3036 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --no-commit with --bypass')) | |
3037 | try: |
|
3037 | try: | |
3038 | sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0) |
|
3038 | sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0) | |
3039 | except ValueError: |
|
3039 | except ValueError: | |
3040 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number')) |
|
3040 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number')) | |
3041 | if sim < 0 or sim > 100: |
|
3041 | if sim < 0 or sim > 100: | |
3042 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100')) |
|
3042 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100')) | |
3043 | if sim and not update: |
|
3043 | if sim and not update: | |
3044 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --similarity with --bypass')) |
|
3044 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --similarity with --bypass')) | |
3045 | if exact: |
|
3045 | if exact: | |
3046 | if opts.get('edit'): |
|
3046 | if opts.get('edit'): | |
3047 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --edit')) |
|
3047 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --edit')) | |
3048 | if opts.get('prefix'): |
|
3048 | if opts.get('prefix'): | |
3049 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --prefix')) |
|
3049 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --prefix')) | |
3050 |
|
3050 | |||
3051 | base = opts["base"] |
|
3051 | base = opts["base"] | |
3052 | wlock = dsguard = lock = tr = None |
|
3052 | wlock = dsguard = lock = tr = None | |
3053 | msgs = [] |
|
3053 | msgs = [] | |
3054 | ret = 0 |
|
3054 | ret = 0 | |
3055 |
|
3055 | |||
3056 |
|
3056 | |||
3057 | try: |
|
3057 | try: | |
3058 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
3058 | wlock = repo.wlock() | |
3059 |
|
3059 | |||
3060 | if update: |
|
3060 | if update: | |
3061 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
3061 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) | |
3062 | if (exact or not opts.get('force')): |
|
3062 | if (exact or not opts.get('force')): | |
3063 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
3063 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) | |
3064 |
|
3064 | |||
3065 | if not opts.get('no_commit'): |
|
3065 | if not opts.get('no_commit'): | |
3066 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
3066 | lock = repo.lock() | |
3067 | tr = repo.transaction('import') |
|
3067 | tr = repo.transaction('import') | |
3068 | else: |
|
3068 | else: | |
3069 | dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'import') |
|
3069 | dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'import') | |
3070 | parents = repo[None].parents() |
|
3070 | parents = repo[None].parents() | |
3071 | for patchurl in patches: |
|
3071 | for patchurl in patches: | |
3072 | if patchurl == '-': |
|
3072 | if patchurl == '-': | |
3073 | ui.status(_('applying patch from stdin\n')) |
|
3073 | ui.status(_('applying patch from stdin\n')) | |
3074 | patchfile = ui.fin |
|
3074 | patchfile = ui.fin | |
3075 | patchurl = 'stdin' # for error message |
|
3075 | patchurl = 'stdin' # for error message | |
3076 | else: |
|
3076 | else: | |
3077 | patchurl = os.path.join(base, patchurl) |
|
3077 | patchurl = os.path.join(base, patchurl) | |
3078 | ui.status(_('applying %s\n') % patchurl) |
|
3078 | ui.status(_('applying %s\n') % patchurl) | |
3079 | patchfile = hg.openpath(ui, patchurl) |
|
3079 | patchfile = hg.openpath(ui, patchurl) | |
3080 |
|
3080 | |||
3081 | haspatch = False |
|
3081 | haspatch = False | |
3082 | for hunk in patch.split(patchfile): |
|
3082 | for hunk in patch.split(patchfile): | |
3083 | (msg, node, rej) = cmdutil.tryimportone(ui, repo, hunk, |
|
3083 | (msg, node, rej) = cmdutil.tryimportone(ui, repo, hunk, | |
3084 | parents, opts, |
|
3084 | parents, opts, | |
3085 | msgs, hg.clean) |
|
3085 | msgs, hg.clean) | |
3086 | if msg: |
|
3086 | if msg: | |
3087 | haspatch = True |
|
3087 | haspatch = True | |
3088 | ui.note(msg + '\n') |
|
3088 | ui.note(msg + '\n') | |
3089 | if update or exact: |
|
3089 | if update or exact: | |
3090 | parents = repo[None].parents() |
|
3090 | parents = repo[None].parents() | |
3091 | else: |
|
3091 | else: | |
3092 | parents = [repo[node]] |
|
3092 | parents = [repo[node]] | |
3093 | if rej: |
|
3093 | if rej: | |
3094 | ui.write_err(_("patch applied partially\n")) |
|
3094 | ui.write_err(_("patch applied partially\n")) | |
3095 | ui.write_err(_("(fix the .rej files and run " |
|
3095 | ui.write_err(_("(fix the .rej files and run " | |
3096 | "`hg commit --amend`)\n")) |
|
3096 | "`hg commit --amend`)\n")) | |
3097 | ret = 1 |
|
3097 | ret = 1 | |
3098 | break |
|
3098 | break | |
3099 |
|
3099 | |||
3100 | if not haspatch: |
|
3100 | if not haspatch: | |
3101 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: no diffs found') % patchurl) |
|
3101 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: no diffs found') % patchurl) | |
3102 |
|
3102 | |||
3103 | if tr: |
|
3103 | if tr: | |
3104 | tr.close() |
|
3104 | tr.close() | |
3105 | if msgs: |
|
3105 | if msgs: | |
3106 | repo.savecommitmessage('\n* * *\n'.join(msgs)) |
|
3106 | repo.savecommitmessage('\n* * *\n'.join(msgs)) | |
3107 | if dsguard: |
|
3107 | if dsguard: | |
3108 | dsguard.close() |
|
3108 | dsguard.close() | |
3109 | return ret |
|
3109 | return ret | |
3110 | finally: |
|
3110 | finally: | |
3111 | if tr: |
|
3111 | if tr: | |
3112 | tr.release() |
|
3112 | tr.release() | |
3113 | release(lock, dsguard, wlock) |
|
3113 | release(lock, dsguard, wlock) | |
3114 |
|
3114 | |||
3115 | @command('incoming|in', |
|
3115 | @command('incoming|in', | |
3116 | [('f', 'force', None, |
|
3116 | [('f', 'force', None, | |
3117 | _('run even if remote repository is unrelated')), |
|
3117 | _('run even if remote repository is unrelated')), | |
3118 | ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')), |
|
3118 | ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')), | |
3119 | ('', 'bundle', '', |
|
3119 | ('', 'bundle', '', | |
3120 | _('file to store the bundles into'), _('FILE')), |
|
3120 | _('file to store the bundles into'), _('FILE')), | |
3121 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')), |
|
3121 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')), | |
3122 | ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _("compare bookmarks")), |
|
3122 | ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _("compare bookmarks")), | |
3123 | ('b', 'branch', [], |
|
3123 | ('b', 'branch', [], | |
3124 | _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
3124 | _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), _('BRANCH')), | |
3125 | ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts, |
|
3125 | ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts, | |
3126 | _('[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]')) |
|
3126 | _('[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]')) | |
3127 | def incoming(ui, repo, source="default", **opts): |
|
3127 | def incoming(ui, repo, source="default", **opts): | |
3128 | """show new changesets found in source |
|
3128 | """show new changesets found in source | |
3129 |
|
3129 | |||
3130 | Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default |
|
3130 | Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default | |
3131 | pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled |
|
3131 | pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled | |
3132 | if a pull at the time you issued this command. |
|
3132 | if a pull at the time you issued this command. | |
3133 |
|
3133 | |||
3134 | See pull for valid source format details. |
|
3134 | See pull for valid source format details. | |
3135 |
|
3135 | |||
3136 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3136 | .. container:: verbose | |
3137 |
|
3137 | |||
3138 | With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between |
|
3138 | With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between | |
3139 | local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose, |
|
3139 | local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose, | |
3140 | status is also displayed for each bookmark like below:: |
|
3140 | status is also displayed for each bookmark like below:: | |
3141 |
|
3141 | |||
3142 | BM1 01234567890a added |
|
3142 | BM1 01234567890a added | |
3143 | BM2 1234567890ab advanced |
|
3143 | BM2 1234567890ab advanced | |
3144 | BM3 234567890abc diverged |
|
3144 | BM3 234567890abc diverged | |
3145 | BM4 34567890abcd changed |
|
3145 | BM4 34567890abcd changed | |
3146 |
|
3146 | |||
3147 | The action taken locally when pulling depends on the |
|
3147 | The action taken locally when pulling depends on the | |
3148 | status of each bookmark: |
|
3148 | status of each bookmark: | |
3149 |
|
3149 | |||
3150 | :``added``: pull will create it |
|
3150 | :``added``: pull will create it | |
3151 | :``advanced``: pull will update it |
|
3151 | :``advanced``: pull will update it | |
3152 | :``diverged``: pull will create a divergent bookmark |
|
3152 | :``diverged``: pull will create a divergent bookmark | |
3153 | :``changed``: result depends on remote changesets |
|
3153 | :``changed``: result depends on remote changesets | |
3154 |
|
3154 | |||
3155 | From the point of view of pulling behavior, bookmark |
|
3155 | From the point of view of pulling behavior, bookmark | |
3156 | existing only in the remote repository are treated as ``added``, |
|
3156 | existing only in the remote repository are treated as ``added``, | |
3157 | even if it is in fact locally deleted. |
|
3157 | even if it is in fact locally deleted. | |
3158 |
|
3158 | |||
3159 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3159 | .. container:: verbose | |
3160 |
|
3160 | |||
3161 | For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the |
|
3161 | For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the | |
3162 | changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull. |
|
3162 | changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull. | |
3163 |
|
3163 | |||
3164 | Examples: |
|
3164 | Examples: | |
3165 |
|
3165 | |||
3166 | - show incoming changes with patches and full description:: |
|
3166 | - show incoming changes with patches and full description:: | |
3167 |
|
3167 | |||
3168 | hg incoming -vp |
|
3168 | hg incoming -vp | |
3169 |
|
3169 | |||
3170 | - show incoming changes excluding merges, store a bundle:: |
|
3170 | - show incoming changes excluding merges, store a bundle:: | |
3171 |
|
3171 | |||
3172 | hg in -vpM --bundle incoming.hg |
|
3172 | hg in -vpM --bundle incoming.hg | |
3173 | hg pull incoming.hg |
|
3173 | hg pull incoming.hg | |
3174 |
|
3174 | |||
3175 | - briefly list changes inside a bundle:: |
|
3175 | - briefly list changes inside a bundle:: | |
3176 |
|
3176 | |||
3177 | hg in changes.hg -T "{desc|firstline}\\n" |
|
3177 | hg in changes.hg -T "{desc|firstline}\\n" | |
3178 |
|
3178 | |||
3179 | Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise. |
|
3179 | Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise. | |
3180 | """ |
|
3180 | """ | |
3181 | if opts.get('graph'): |
|
3181 | if opts.get('graph'): | |
3182 | cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts) |
|
3182 | cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts) | |
3183 | def display(other, chlist, displayer): |
|
3183 | def display(other, chlist, displayer): | |
3184 | revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(other, chlist, opts) |
|
3184 | revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(other, chlist, opts) | |
3185 | cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, |
|
3185 | cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, | |
3186 | graphmod.asciiedges) |
|
3186 | graphmod.asciiedges) | |
3187 |
|
3187 | |||
3188 | hg._incoming(display, lambda: 1, ui, repo, source, opts, buffered=True) |
|
3188 | hg._incoming(display, lambda: 1, ui, repo, source, opts, buffered=True) | |
3189 | return 0 |
|
3189 | return 0 | |
3190 |
|
3190 | |||
3191 | if opts.get('bundle') and opts.get('subrepos'): |
|
3191 | if opts.get('bundle') and opts.get('subrepos'): | |
3192 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos')) |
|
3192 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos')) | |
3193 |
|
3193 | |||
3194 | if opts.get('bookmarks'): |
|
3194 | if opts.get('bookmarks'): | |
3195 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), |
|
3195 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), | |
3196 | opts.get('branch')) |
|
3196 | opts.get('branch')) | |
3197 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source) |
|
3197 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source) | |
3198 | if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
3198 | if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'): | |
3199 | ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n")) |
|
3199 | ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n")) | |
3200 | return 0 |
|
3200 | return 0 | |
3201 | ui.pager('incoming') |
|
3201 | ui.pager('incoming') | |
3202 | ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source)) |
|
3202 | ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source)) | |
3203 | return bookmarks.incoming(ui, repo, other) |
|
3203 | return bookmarks.incoming(ui, repo, other) | |
3204 |
|
3204 | |||
3205 | repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(source) |
|
3205 | repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(source) | |
3206 | try: |
|
3206 | try: | |
3207 | return hg.incoming(ui, repo, source, opts) |
|
3207 | return hg.incoming(ui, repo, source, opts) | |
3208 | finally: |
|
3208 | finally: | |
3209 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
3209 | del repo._subtoppath | |
3210 |
|
3210 | |||
3211 |
|
3211 | |||
3212 | @command('^init', remoteopts, _('[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'), |
|
3212 | @command('^init', remoteopts, _('[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'), | |
3213 | norepo=True) |
|
3213 | norepo=True) | |
3214 | def init(ui, dest=".", **opts): |
|
3214 | def init(ui, dest=".", **opts): | |
3215 | """create a new repository in the given directory |
|
3215 | """create a new repository in the given directory | |
3216 |
|
3216 | |||
3217 | Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given |
|
3217 | Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given | |
3218 | directory does not exist, it will be created. |
|
3218 | directory does not exist, it will be created. | |
3219 |
|
3219 | |||
3220 | If no directory is given, the current directory is used. |
|
3220 | If no directory is given, the current directory is used. | |
3221 |
|
3221 | |||
3222 | It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination. |
|
3222 | It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination. | |
3223 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. |
|
3223 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. | |
3224 |
|
3224 | |||
3225 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3225 | Returns 0 on success. | |
3226 | """ |
|
3226 | """ | |
3227 | hg.peer(ui, opts, ui.expandpath(dest), create=True) |
|
3227 | hg.peer(ui, opts, ui.expandpath(dest), create=True) | |
3228 |
|
3228 | |||
3229 | @command('locate', |
|
3229 | @command('locate', | |
3230 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')), |
|
3230 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')), | |
3231 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), |
|
3231 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), | |
3232 | ('f', 'fullpath', None, _('print complete paths from the filesystem root')), |
|
3232 | ('f', 'fullpath', None, _('print complete paths from the filesystem root')), | |
3233 | ] + walkopts, |
|
3233 | ] + walkopts, | |
3234 | _('[OPTION]... [PATTERN]...')) |
|
3234 | _('[OPTION]... [PATTERN]...')) | |
3235 | def locate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
3235 | def locate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
3236 | """locate files matching specific patterns (DEPRECATED) |
|
3236 | """locate files matching specific patterns (DEPRECATED) | |
3237 |
|
3237 | |||
3238 | Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose |
|
3238 | Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose | |
3239 | names match the given patterns. |
|
3239 | names match the given patterns. | |
3240 |
|
3240 | |||
3241 | By default, this command searches all directories in the working |
|
3241 | By default, this command searches all directories in the working | |
3242 | directory. To search just the current directory and its |
|
3242 | directory. To search just the current directory and its | |
3243 | subdirectories, use "--include .". |
|
3243 | subdirectories, use "--include .". | |
3244 |
|
3244 | |||
3245 | If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names |
|
3245 | If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names | |
3246 | of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory. |
|
3246 | of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory. | |
3247 |
|
3247 | |||
3248 | If you want to feed the output of this command into the "xargs" |
|
3248 | If you want to feed the output of this command into the "xargs" | |
3249 | command, use the -0 option to both this command and "xargs". This |
|
3249 | command, use the -0 option to both this command and "xargs". This | |
3250 | will avoid the problem of "xargs" treating single filenames that |
|
3250 | will avoid the problem of "xargs" treating single filenames that | |
3251 | contain whitespace as multiple filenames. |
|
3251 | contain whitespace as multiple filenames. | |
3252 |
|
3252 | |||
3253 | See :hg:`help files` for a more versatile command. |
|
3253 | See :hg:`help files` for a more versatile command. | |
3254 |
|
3254 | |||
3255 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. |
|
3255 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. | |
3256 | """ |
|
3256 | """ | |
3257 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
3257 | if opts.get('print0'): | |
3258 | end = '\0' |
|
3258 | end = '\0' | |
3259 | else: |
|
3259 | else: | |
3260 | end = '\n' |
|
3260 | end = '\n' | |
3261 | rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None).node() |
|
3261 | rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None).node() | |
3262 |
|
3262 | |||
3263 | ret = 1 |
|
3263 | ret = 1 | |
3264 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
3264 | ctx = repo[rev] | |
3265 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, default='relglob', |
|
3265 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, default='relglob', | |
3266 | badfn=lambda x, y: False) |
|
3266 | badfn=lambda x, y: False) | |
3267 |
|
3267 | |||
3268 | ui.pager('locate') |
|
3268 | ui.pager('locate') | |
3269 | for abs in ctx.matches(m): |
|
3269 | for abs in ctx.matches(m): | |
3270 | if opts.get('fullpath'): |
|
3270 | if opts.get('fullpath'): | |
3271 | ui.write(repo.wjoin(abs), end) |
|
3271 | ui.write(repo.wjoin(abs), end) | |
3272 | else: |
|
3272 | else: | |
3273 | ui.write(((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs), end) |
|
3273 | ui.write(((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs), end) | |
3274 | ret = 0 |
|
3274 | ret = 0 | |
3275 |
|
3275 | |||
3276 | return ret |
|
3276 | return ret | |
3277 |
|
3277 | |||
3278 | @command('^log|history', |
|
3278 | @command('^log|history', | |
3279 | [('f', 'follow', None, |
|
3279 | [('f', 'follow', None, | |
3280 | _('follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames')), |
|
3280 | _('follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames')), | |
3281 | ('', 'follow-first', None, |
|
3281 | ('', 'follow-first', None, | |
3282 | _('only follow the first parent of merge changesets (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
3282 | _('only follow the first parent of merge changesets (DEPRECATED)')), | |
3283 | ('d', 'date', '', _('show revisions matching date spec'), _('DATE')), |
|
3283 | ('d', 'date', '', _('show revisions matching date spec'), _('DATE')), | |
3284 | ('C', 'copies', None, _('show copied files')), |
|
3284 | ('C', 'copies', None, _('show copied files')), | |
3285 | ('k', 'keyword', [], |
|
3285 | ('k', 'keyword', [], | |
3286 | _('do case-insensitive search for a given text'), _('TEXT')), |
|
3286 | _('do case-insensitive search for a given text'), _('TEXT')), | |
3287 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('show the specified revision or revset'), _('REV')), |
|
3287 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('show the specified revision or revset'), _('REV')), | |
3288 | ('', 'removed', None, _('include revisions where files were removed')), |
|
3288 | ('', 'removed', None, _('include revisions where files were removed')), | |
3289 | ('m', 'only-merges', None, _('show only merges (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
3289 | ('m', 'only-merges', None, _('show only merges (DEPRECATED)')), | |
3290 | ('u', 'user', [], _('revisions committed by user'), _('USER')), |
|
3290 | ('u', 'user', [], _('revisions committed by user'), _('USER')), | |
3291 | ('', 'only-branch', [], |
|
3291 | ('', 'only-branch', [], | |
3292 | _('show only changesets within the given named branch (DEPRECATED)'), |
|
3292 | _('show only changesets within the given named branch (DEPRECATED)'), | |
3293 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
3293 | _('BRANCH')), | |
3294 | ('b', 'branch', [], |
|
3294 | ('b', 'branch', [], | |
3295 | _('show changesets within the given named branch'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
3295 | _('show changesets within the given named branch'), _('BRANCH')), | |
3296 | ('P', 'prune', [], |
|
3296 | ('P', 'prune', [], | |
3297 | _('do not display revision or any of its ancestors'), _('REV')), |
|
3297 | _('do not display revision or any of its ancestors'), _('REV')), | |
3298 | ] + logopts + walkopts, |
|
3298 | ] + logopts + walkopts, | |
3299 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]'), |
|
3299 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]'), | |
3300 | inferrepo=True) |
|
3300 | inferrepo=True) | |
3301 | def log(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
3301 | def log(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
3302 | """show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
3302 | """show revision history of entire repository or files | |
3303 |
|
3303 | |||
3304 | Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire |
|
3304 | Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire | |
3305 | project. |
|
3305 | project. | |
3306 |
|
3306 | |||
3307 | If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless |
|
3307 | If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless | |
3308 | --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is |
|
3308 | --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is | |
3309 | used as the starting revision. |
|
3309 | used as the starting revision. | |
3310 |
|
3310 | |||
3311 | File history is shown without following rename or copy history of |
|
3311 | File history is shown without following rename or copy history of | |
3312 | files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across |
|
3312 | files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across | |
3313 | renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show |
|
3313 | renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show | |
3314 | ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. |
|
3314 | ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. | |
3315 |
|
3315 | |||
3316 | By default this command prints revision number and changeset id, |
|
3316 | By default this command prints revision number and changeset id, | |
3317 | tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for |
|
3317 | tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for | |
3318 | each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of |
|
3318 | each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of | |
3319 | changed files and full commit message are shown. |
|
3319 | changed files and full commit message are shown. | |
3320 |
|
3320 | |||
3321 | With --graph the revisions are shown as an ASCII art DAG with the most |
|
3321 | With --graph the revisions are shown as an ASCII art DAG with the most | |
3322 | recent changeset at the top. |
|
3322 | recent changeset at the top. | |
3323 | 'o' is a changeset, '@' is a working directory parent, 'x' is obsolete, |
|
3323 | 'o' is a changeset, '@' is a working directory parent, 'x' is obsolete, | |
3324 | and '+' represents a fork where the changeset from the lines below is a |
|
3324 | and '+' represents a fork where the changeset from the lines below is a | |
3325 | parent of the 'o' merge on the same line. |
|
3325 | parent of the 'o' merge on the same line. | |
3326 |
|
3326 | |||
3327 | .. note:: |
|
3327 | .. note:: | |
3328 |
|
3328 | |||
3329 | :hg:`log --patch` may generate unexpected diff output for merge |
|
3329 | :hg:`log --patch` may generate unexpected diff output for merge | |
3330 | changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against |
|
3330 | changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against | |
3331 | its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents |
|
3331 | its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents | |
3332 | will appear in files:. |
|
3332 | will appear in files:. | |
3333 |
|
3333 | |||
3334 | .. note:: |
|
3334 | .. note:: | |
3335 |
|
3335 | |||
3336 | For performance reasons, :hg:`log FILE` may omit duplicate changes |
|
3336 | For performance reasons, :hg:`log FILE` may omit duplicate changes | |
3337 | made on branches and will not show removals or mode changes. To |
|
3337 | made on branches and will not show removals or mode changes. To | |
3338 | see all such changes, use the --removed switch. |
|
3338 | see all such changes, use the --removed switch. | |
3339 |
|
3339 | |||
3340 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3340 | .. container:: verbose | |
3341 |
|
3341 | |||
3342 | Some examples: |
|
3342 | Some examples: | |
3343 |
|
3343 | |||
3344 | - changesets with full descriptions and file lists:: |
|
3344 | - changesets with full descriptions and file lists:: | |
3345 |
|
3345 | |||
3346 | hg log -v |
|
3346 | hg log -v | |
3347 |
|
3347 | |||
3348 | - changesets ancestral to the working directory:: |
|
3348 | - changesets ancestral to the working directory:: | |
3349 |
|
3349 | |||
3350 | hg log -f |
|
3350 | hg log -f | |
3351 |
|
3351 | |||
3352 | - last 10 commits on the current branch:: |
|
3352 | - last 10 commits on the current branch:: | |
3353 |
|
3353 | |||
3354 | hg log -l 10 -b . |
|
3354 | hg log -l 10 -b . | |
3355 |
|
3355 | |||
3356 | - changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals:: |
|
3356 | - changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals:: | |
3357 |
|
3357 | |||
3358 | hg log --removed file.c |
|
3358 | hg log --removed file.c | |
3359 |
|
3359 | |||
3360 | - all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges:: |
|
3360 | - all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges:: | |
3361 |
|
3361 | |||
3362 | hg log -Mp lib/ |
|
3362 | hg log -Mp lib/ | |
3363 |
|
3363 | |||
3364 | - all revision numbers that match a keyword:: |
|
3364 | - all revision numbers that match a keyword:: | |
3365 |
|
3365 | |||
3366 | hg log -k bug --template "{rev}\\n" |
|
3366 | hg log -k bug --template "{rev}\\n" | |
3367 |
|
3367 | |||
3368 | - the full hash identifier of the working directory parent:: |
|
3368 | - the full hash identifier of the working directory parent:: | |
3369 |
|
3369 | |||
3370 | hg log -r . --template "{node}\\n" |
|
3370 | hg log -r . --template "{node}\\n" | |
3371 |
|
3371 | |||
3372 | - list available log templates:: |
|
3372 | - list available log templates:: | |
3373 |
|
3373 | |||
3374 | hg log -T list |
|
3374 | hg log -T list | |
3375 |
|
3375 | |||
3376 | - check if a given changeset is included in a tagged release:: |
|
3376 | - check if a given changeset is included in a tagged release:: | |
3377 |
|
3377 | |||
3378 | hg log -r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)" |
|
3378 | hg log -r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)" | |
3379 |
|
3379 | |||
3380 | - find all changesets by some user in a date range:: |
|
3380 | - find all changesets by some user in a date range:: | |
3381 |
|
3381 | |||
3382 | hg log -k alice -d "may 2008 to jul 2008" |
|
3382 | hg log -k alice -d "may 2008 to jul 2008" | |
3383 |
|
3383 | |||
3384 | - summary of all changesets after the last tag:: |
|
3384 | - summary of all changesets after the last tag:: | |
3385 |
|
3385 | |||
3386 | hg log -r "last(tagged())::" --template "{desc|firstline}\\n" |
|
3386 | hg log -r "last(tagged())::" --template "{desc|firstline}\\n" | |
3387 |
|
3387 | |||
3388 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
3388 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. | |
3389 |
|
3389 | |||
3390 | See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying and ordering |
|
3390 | See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying and ordering | |
3391 | revisions. |
|
3391 | revisions. | |
3392 |
|
3392 | |||
3393 | See :hg:`help templates` for more about pre-packaged styles and |
|
3393 | See :hg:`help templates` for more about pre-packaged styles and | |
3394 | specifying custom templates. |
|
3394 | specifying custom templates. | |
3395 |
|
3395 | |||
3396 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3396 | Returns 0 on success. | |
3397 |
|
3397 | |||
3398 | """ |
|
3398 | """ | |
3399 | opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts) |
|
3399 | opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts) | |
3400 | if opts.get('follow') and opts.get('rev'): |
|
3400 | if opts.get('follow') and opts.get('rev'): | |
3401 | opts['rev'] = [revsetlang.formatspec('reverse(::%lr)', opts.get('rev'))] |
|
3401 | opts['rev'] = [revsetlang.formatspec('reverse(::%lr)', opts.get('rev'))] | |
3402 | del opts['follow'] |
|
3402 | del opts['follow'] | |
3403 |
|
3403 | |||
3404 | if opts.get('graph'): |
|
3404 | if opts.get('graph'): | |
3405 | return cmdutil.graphlog(ui, repo, pats, opts) |
|
3405 | return cmdutil.graphlog(ui, repo, pats, opts) | |
3406 |
|
3406 | |||
3407 | revs, expr, filematcher = cmdutil.getlogrevs(repo, pats, opts) |
|
3407 | revs, expr, filematcher = cmdutil.getlogrevs(repo, pats, opts) | |
3408 | limit = cmdutil.loglimit(opts) |
|
3408 | limit = cmdutil.loglimit(opts) | |
3409 | count = 0 |
|
3409 | count = 0 | |
3410 |
|
3410 | |||
3411 | getrenamed = None |
|
3411 | getrenamed = None | |
3412 | if opts.get('copies'): |
|
3412 | if opts.get('copies'): | |
3413 | endrev = None |
|
3413 | endrev = None | |
3414 | if opts.get('rev'): |
|
3414 | if opts.get('rev'): | |
3415 | endrev = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('rev')).max() + 1 |
|
3415 | endrev = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('rev')).max() + 1 | |
3416 | getrenamed = templatekw.getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=endrev) |
|
3416 | getrenamed = templatekw.getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=endrev) | |
3417 |
|
3417 | |||
3418 | ui.pager('log') |
|
3418 | ui.pager('log') | |
3419 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True) |
|
3419 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True) | |
3420 | for rev in revs: |
|
3420 | for rev in revs: | |
3421 | if count == limit: |
|
3421 | if count == limit: | |
3422 | break |
|
3422 | break | |
3423 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
3423 | ctx = repo[rev] | |
3424 | copies = None |
|
3424 | copies = None | |
3425 | if getrenamed is not None and rev: |
|
3425 | if getrenamed is not None and rev: | |
3426 | copies = [] |
|
3426 | copies = [] | |
3427 | for fn in ctx.files(): |
|
3427 | for fn in ctx.files(): | |
3428 | rename = getrenamed(fn, rev) |
|
3428 | rename = getrenamed(fn, rev) | |
3429 | if rename: |
|
3429 | if rename: | |
3430 | copies.append((fn, rename[0])) |
|
3430 | copies.append((fn, rename[0])) | |
3431 | if filematcher: |
|
3431 | if filematcher: | |
3432 | revmatchfn = filematcher(ctx.rev()) |
|
3432 | revmatchfn = filematcher(ctx.rev()) | |
3433 | else: |
|
3433 | else: | |
3434 | revmatchfn = None |
|
3434 | revmatchfn = None | |
3435 | displayer.show(ctx, copies=copies, matchfn=revmatchfn) |
|
3435 | displayer.show(ctx, copies=copies, matchfn=revmatchfn) | |
3436 | if displayer.flush(ctx): |
|
3436 | if displayer.flush(ctx): | |
3437 | count += 1 |
|
3437 | count += 1 | |
3438 |
|
3438 | |||
3439 | displayer.close() |
|
3439 | displayer.close() | |
3440 |
|
3440 | |||
3441 | @command('manifest', |
|
3441 | @command('manifest', | |
3442 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to display'), _('REV')), |
|
3442 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to display'), _('REV')), | |
3443 | ('', 'all', False, _("list files from all revisions"))] |
|
3443 | ('', 'all', False, _("list files from all revisions"))] | |
3444 | + formatteropts, |
|
3444 | + formatteropts, | |
3445 | _('[-r REV]')) |
|
3445 | _('[-r REV]')) | |
3446 | def manifest(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts): |
|
3446 | def manifest(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts): | |
3447 | """output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
3447 | """output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
3448 |
|
3448 | |||
3449 | Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision. |
|
3449 | Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision. | |
3450 | If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory |
|
3450 | If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory | |
3451 | is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out. |
|
3451 | is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out. | |
3452 |
|
3452 | |||
3453 | With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits. |
|
3453 | With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits. | |
3454 | With --debug, print file revision hashes. |
|
3454 | With --debug, print file revision hashes. | |
3455 |
|
3455 | |||
3456 | If option --all is specified, the list of all files from all revisions |
|
3456 | If option --all is specified, the list of all files from all revisions | |
3457 | is printed. This includes deleted and renamed files. |
|
3457 | is printed. This includes deleted and renamed files. | |
3458 |
|
3458 | |||
3459 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3459 | Returns 0 on success. | |
3460 | """ |
|
3460 | """ | |
3461 | fm = ui.formatter('manifest', opts) |
|
3461 | fm = ui.formatter('manifest', opts) | |
3462 |
|
3462 | |||
3463 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
3463 | if opts.get('all'): | |
3464 | if rev or node: |
|
3464 | if rev or node: | |
3465 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify a revision with --all")) |
|
3465 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify a revision with --all")) | |
3466 |
|
3466 | |||
3467 | res = [] |
|
3467 | res = [] | |
3468 | prefix = "data/" |
|
3468 | prefix = "data/" | |
3469 | suffix = ".i" |
|
3469 | suffix = ".i" | |
3470 | plen = len(prefix) |
|
3470 | plen = len(prefix) | |
3471 | slen = len(suffix) |
|
3471 | slen = len(suffix) | |
3472 | with repo.lock(): |
|
3472 | with repo.lock(): | |
3473 | for fn, b, size in repo.store.datafiles(): |
|
3473 | for fn, b, size in repo.store.datafiles(): | |
3474 | if size != 0 and fn[-slen:] == suffix and fn[:plen] == prefix: |
|
3474 | if size != 0 and fn[-slen:] == suffix and fn[:plen] == prefix: | |
3475 | res.append(fn[plen:-slen]) |
|
3475 | res.append(fn[plen:-slen]) | |
3476 | ui.pager('manifest') |
|
3476 | ui.pager('manifest') | |
3477 | for f in res: |
|
3477 | for f in res: | |
3478 | fm.startitem() |
|
3478 | fm.startitem() | |
3479 | fm.write("path", '%s\n', f) |
|
3479 | fm.write("path", '%s\n', f) | |
3480 | fm.end() |
|
3480 | fm.end() | |
3481 | return |
|
3481 | return | |
3482 |
|
3482 | |||
3483 | if rev and node: |
|
3483 | if rev and node: | |
3484 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
3484 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) | |
3485 |
|
3485 | |||
3486 | if not node: |
|
3486 | if not node: | |
3487 | node = rev |
|
3487 | node = rev | |
3488 |
|
3488 | |||
3489 | char = {'l': '@', 'x': '*', '': ''} |
|
3489 | char = {'l': '@', 'x': '*', '': ''} | |
3490 | mode = {'l': '644', 'x': '755', '': '644'} |
|
3490 | mode = {'l': '644', 'x': '755', '': '644'} | |
3491 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node) |
|
3491 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node) | |
3492 | mf = ctx.manifest() |
|
3492 | mf = ctx.manifest() | |
3493 | ui.pager('manifest') |
|
3493 | ui.pager('manifest') | |
3494 | for f in ctx: |
|
3494 | for f in ctx: | |
3495 | fm.startitem() |
|
3495 | fm.startitem() | |
3496 | fl = ctx[f].flags() |
|
3496 | fl = ctx[f].flags() | |
3497 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'hash', '%s ', hex(mf[f])) |
|
3497 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'hash', '%s ', hex(mf[f])) | |
3498 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose, 'mode type', '%s %1s ', mode[fl], char[fl]) |
|
3498 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose, 'mode type', '%s %1s ', mode[fl], char[fl]) | |
3499 | fm.write('path', '%s\n', f) |
|
3499 | fm.write('path', '%s\n', f) | |
3500 | fm.end() |
|
3500 | fm.end() | |
3501 |
|
3501 | |||
3502 | @command('^merge', |
|
3502 | @command('^merge', | |
3503 | [('f', 'force', None, |
|
3503 | [('f', 'force', None, | |
3504 | _('force a merge including outstanding changes (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
3504 | _('force a merge including outstanding changes (DEPRECATED)')), | |
3505 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to merge'), _('REV')), |
|
3505 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to merge'), _('REV')), | |
3506 | ('P', 'preview', None, |
|
3506 | ('P', 'preview', None, | |
3507 | _('review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)')) |
|
3507 | _('review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)')) | |
3508 | ] + mergetoolopts, |
|
3508 | ] + mergetoolopts, | |
3509 | _('[-P] [[-r] REV]')) |
|
3509 | _('[-P] [[-r] REV]')) | |
3510 | def merge(ui, repo, node=None, **opts): |
|
3510 | def merge(ui, repo, node=None, **opts): | |
3511 | """merge another revision into working directory |
|
3511 | """merge another revision into working directory | |
3512 |
|
3512 | |||
3513 | The current working directory is updated with all changes made in |
|
3513 | The current working directory is updated with all changes made in | |
3514 | the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision. |
|
3514 | the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision. | |
3515 |
|
3515 | |||
3516 | Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for |
|
3516 | Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for | |
3517 | the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further |
|
3517 | the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further | |
3518 | updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have |
|
3518 | updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have | |
3519 | two parents. |
|
3519 | two parents. | |
3520 |
|
3520 | |||
3521 | ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file |
|
3521 | ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file | |
3522 | merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your |
|
3522 | merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your | |
3523 | configuration files. See :hg:`help merge-tools` for options. |
|
3523 | configuration files. See :hg:`help merge-tools` for options. | |
3524 |
|
3524 | |||
3525 | If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a |
|
3525 | If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a | |
3526 | head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other |
|
3526 | head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other | |
3527 | head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an |
|
3527 | head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an | |
3528 | explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided. |
|
3528 | explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided. | |
3529 |
|
3529 | |||
3530 | See :hg:`help resolve` for information on handling file conflicts. |
|
3530 | See :hg:`help resolve` for information on handling file conflicts. | |
3531 |
|
3531 | |||
3532 | To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`update --clean .` which |
|
3532 | To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`update --clean .` which | |
3533 | will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing |
|
3533 | will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing | |
3534 | all changes. |
|
3534 | all changes. | |
3535 |
|
3535 | |||
3536 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. |
|
3536 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. | |
3537 | """ |
|
3537 | """ | |
3538 |
|
3538 | |||
3539 | if opts.get('rev') and node: |
|
3539 | if opts.get('rev') and node: | |
3540 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
3540 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) | |
3541 | if not node: |
|
3541 | if not node: | |
3542 | node = opts.get('rev') |
|
3542 | node = opts.get('rev') | |
3543 |
|
3543 | |||
3544 | if node: |
|
3544 | if node: | |
3545 | node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node).node() |
|
3545 | node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node).node() | |
3546 |
|
3546 | |||
3547 | if not node: |
|
3547 | if not node: | |
3548 | node = repo[destutil.destmerge(repo)].node() |
|
3548 | node = repo[destutil.destmerge(repo)].node() | |
3549 |
|
3549 | |||
3550 | if opts.get('preview'): |
|
3550 | if opts.get('preview'): | |
3551 | # find nodes that are ancestors of p2 but not of p1 |
|
3551 | # find nodes that are ancestors of p2 but not of p1 | |
3552 | p1 = repo.lookup('.') |
|
3552 | p1 = repo.lookup('.') | |
3553 | p2 = repo.lookup(node) |
|
3553 | p2 = repo.lookup(node) | |
3554 | nodes = repo.changelog.findmissing(common=[p1], heads=[p2]) |
|
3554 | nodes = repo.changelog.findmissing(common=[p1], heads=[p2]) | |
3555 |
|
3555 | |||
3556 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
3556 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) | |
3557 | for node in nodes: |
|
3557 | for node in nodes: | |
3558 | displayer.show(repo[node]) |
|
3558 | displayer.show(repo[node]) | |
3559 | displayer.close() |
|
3559 | displayer.close() | |
3560 | return 0 |
|
3560 | return 0 | |
3561 |
|
3561 | |||
3562 | try: |
|
3562 | try: | |
3563 | # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document |
|
3563 | # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document | |
3564 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), 'merge') |
|
3564 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), 'merge') | |
3565 | force = opts.get('force') |
|
3565 | force = opts.get('force') | |
3566 | labels = ['working copy', 'merge rev'] |
|
3566 | labels = ['working copy', 'merge rev'] | |
3567 | return hg.merge(repo, node, force=force, mergeforce=force, |
|
3567 | return hg.merge(repo, node, force=force, mergeforce=force, | |
3568 | labels=labels) |
|
3568 | labels=labels) | |
3569 | finally: |
|
3569 | finally: | |
3570 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'merge') |
|
3570 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'merge') | |
3571 |
|
3571 | |||
3572 | @command('outgoing|out', |
|
3572 | @command('outgoing|out', | |
3573 | [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')), |
|
3573 | [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')), | |
3574 | ('r', 'rev', [], |
|
3574 | ('r', 'rev', [], | |
3575 | _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), _('REV')), |
|
3575 | _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), _('REV')), | |
3576 | ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')), |
|
3576 | ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')), | |
3577 | ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _('compare bookmarks')), |
|
3577 | ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _('compare bookmarks')), | |
3578 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to push'), |
|
3578 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to push'), | |
3579 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
3579 | _('BRANCH')), | |
3580 | ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts, |
|
3580 | ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts, | |
3581 | _('[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]')) |
|
3581 | _('[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]')) | |
3582 | def outgoing(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts): |
|
3582 | def outgoing(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts): | |
3583 | """show changesets not found in the destination |
|
3583 | """show changesets not found in the destination | |
3584 |
|
3584 | |||
3585 | Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository |
|
3585 | Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository | |
3586 | or the default push location. These are the changesets that would |
|
3586 | or the default push location. These are the changesets that would | |
3587 | be pushed if a push was requested. |
|
3587 | be pushed if a push was requested. | |
3588 |
|
3588 | |||
3589 | See pull for details of valid destination formats. |
|
3589 | See pull for details of valid destination formats. | |
3590 |
|
3590 | |||
3591 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3591 | .. container:: verbose | |
3592 |
|
3592 | |||
3593 | With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between |
|
3593 | With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between | |
3594 | local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose, |
|
3594 | local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose, | |
3595 | status is also displayed for each bookmark like below:: |
|
3595 | status is also displayed for each bookmark like below:: | |
3596 |
|
3596 | |||
3597 | BM1 01234567890a added |
|
3597 | BM1 01234567890a added | |
3598 | BM2 deleted |
|
3598 | BM2 deleted | |
3599 | BM3 234567890abc advanced |
|
3599 | BM3 234567890abc advanced | |
3600 | BM4 34567890abcd diverged |
|
3600 | BM4 34567890abcd diverged | |
3601 | BM5 4567890abcde changed |
|
3601 | BM5 4567890abcde changed | |
3602 |
|
3602 | |||
3603 | The action taken when pushing depends on the |
|
3603 | The action taken when pushing depends on the | |
3604 | status of each bookmark: |
|
3604 | status of each bookmark: | |
3605 |
|
3605 | |||
3606 | :``added``: push with ``-B`` will create it |
|
3606 | :``added``: push with ``-B`` will create it | |
3607 | :``deleted``: push with ``-B`` will delete it |
|
3607 | :``deleted``: push with ``-B`` will delete it | |
3608 | :``advanced``: push will update it |
|
3608 | :``advanced``: push will update it | |
3609 | :``diverged``: push with ``-B`` will update it |
|
3609 | :``diverged``: push with ``-B`` will update it | |
3610 | :``changed``: push with ``-B`` will update it |
|
3610 | :``changed``: push with ``-B`` will update it | |
3611 |
|
3611 | |||
3612 | From the point of view of pushing behavior, bookmarks |
|
3612 | From the point of view of pushing behavior, bookmarks | |
3613 | existing only in the remote repository are treated as |
|
3613 | existing only in the remote repository are treated as | |
3614 | ``deleted``, even if it is in fact added remotely. |
|
3614 | ``deleted``, even if it is in fact added remotely. | |
3615 |
|
3615 | |||
3616 | Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise. |
|
3616 | Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise. | |
3617 | """ |
|
3617 | """ | |
3618 | if opts.get('graph'): |
|
3618 | if opts.get('graph'): | |
3619 | cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts) |
|
3619 | cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts) | |
3620 | o, other = hg._outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts) |
|
3620 | o, other = hg._outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts) | |
3621 | if not o: |
|
3621 | if not o: | |
3622 | cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o) |
|
3622 | cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o) | |
3623 | return |
|
3623 | return | |
3624 |
|
3624 | |||
3625 | revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(repo, o, opts) |
|
3625 | revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(repo, o, opts) | |
3626 | ui.pager('outgoing') |
|
3626 | ui.pager('outgoing') | |
3627 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True) |
|
3627 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True) | |
3628 | cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, graphmod.asciiedges) |
|
3628 | cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, graphmod.asciiedges) | |
3629 | cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o) |
|
3629 | cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o) | |
3630 | return 0 |
|
3630 | return 0 | |
3631 |
|
3631 | |||
3632 | if opts.get('bookmarks'): |
|
3632 | if opts.get('bookmarks'): | |
3633 | dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') |
|
3633 | dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') | |
3634 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch')) |
|
3634 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch')) | |
3635 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) |
|
3635 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) | |
3636 | if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
3636 | if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'): | |
3637 | ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n")) |
|
3637 | ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n")) | |
3638 | return 0 |
|
3638 | return 0 | |
3639 | ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest)) |
|
3639 | ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest)) | |
3640 | ui.pager('outgoing') |
|
3640 | ui.pager('outgoing') | |
3641 | return bookmarks.outgoing(ui, repo, other) |
|
3641 | return bookmarks.outgoing(ui, repo, other) | |
3642 |
|
3642 | |||
3643 | repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') |
|
3643 | repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') | |
3644 | try: |
|
3644 | try: | |
3645 | return hg.outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts) |
|
3645 | return hg.outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts) | |
3646 | finally: |
|
3646 | finally: | |
3647 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
3647 | del repo._subtoppath | |
3648 |
|
3648 | |||
3649 | @command('parents', |
|
3649 | @command('parents', | |
3650 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('show parents of the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
3650 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('show parents of the specified revision'), _('REV')), | |
3651 | ] + templateopts, |
|
3651 | ] + templateopts, | |
3652 | _('[-r REV] [FILE]'), |
|
3652 | _('[-r REV] [FILE]'), | |
3653 | inferrepo=True) |
|
3653 | inferrepo=True) | |
3654 | def parents(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts): |
|
3654 | def parents(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts): | |
3655 | """show the parents of the working directory or revision (DEPRECATED) |
|
3655 | """show the parents of the working directory or revision (DEPRECATED) | |
3656 |
|
3656 | |||
3657 | Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is |
|
3657 | Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is | |
3658 | given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed. |
|
3658 | given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed. | |
3659 | If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was |
|
3659 | If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was | |
3660 | last changed (before the working directory revision or the |
|
3660 | last changed (before the working directory revision or the | |
3661 | argument to --rev if given) is printed. |
|
3661 | argument to --rev if given) is printed. | |
3662 |
|
3662 | |||
3663 | This command is equivalent to:: |
|
3663 | This command is equivalent to:: | |
3664 |
|
3664 | |||
3665 | hg log -r "p1()+p2()" or |
|
3665 | hg log -r "p1()+p2()" or | |
3666 | hg log -r "p1(REV)+p2(REV)" or |
|
3666 | hg log -r "p1(REV)+p2(REV)" or | |
3667 | hg log -r "max(::p1() and file(FILE))+max(::p2() and file(FILE))" or |
|
3667 | hg log -r "max(::p1() and file(FILE))+max(::p2() and file(FILE))" or | |
3668 | hg log -r "max(::p1(REV) and file(FILE))+max(::p2(REV) and file(FILE))" |
|
3668 | hg log -r "max(::p1(REV) and file(FILE))+max(::p2(REV) and file(FILE))" | |
3669 |
|
3669 | |||
3670 | See :hg:`summary` and :hg:`help revsets` for related information. |
|
3670 | See :hg:`summary` and :hg:`help revsets` for related information. | |
3671 |
|
3671 | |||
3672 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3672 | Returns 0 on success. | |
3673 | """ |
|
3673 | """ | |
3674 |
|
3674 | |||
3675 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None) |
|
3675 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None) | |
3676 |
|
3676 | |||
3677 | if file_: |
|
3677 | if file_: | |
3678 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file_,), opts) |
|
3678 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file_,), opts) | |
3679 | if m.anypats() or len(m.files()) != 1: |
|
3679 | if m.anypats() or len(m.files()) != 1: | |
3680 | raise error.Abort(_('can only specify an explicit filename')) |
|
3680 | raise error.Abort(_('can only specify an explicit filename')) | |
3681 | file_ = m.files()[0] |
|
3681 | file_ = m.files()[0] | |
3682 | filenodes = [] |
|
3682 | filenodes = [] | |
3683 | for cp in ctx.parents(): |
|
3683 | for cp in ctx.parents(): | |
3684 | if not cp: |
|
3684 | if not cp: | |
3685 | continue |
|
3685 | continue | |
3686 | try: |
|
3686 | try: | |
3687 | filenodes.append(cp.filenode(file_)) |
|
3687 | filenodes.append(cp.filenode(file_)) | |
3688 | except error.LookupError: |
|
3688 | except error.LookupError: | |
3689 | pass |
|
3689 | pass | |
3690 | if not filenodes: |
|
3690 | if not filenodes: | |
3691 | raise error.Abort(_("'%s' not found in manifest!") % file_) |
|
3691 | raise error.Abort(_("'%s' not found in manifest!") % file_) | |
3692 | p = [] |
|
3692 | p = [] | |
3693 | for fn in filenodes: |
|
3693 | for fn in filenodes: | |
3694 | fctx = repo.filectx(file_, fileid=fn) |
|
3694 | fctx = repo.filectx(file_, fileid=fn) | |
3695 | p.append(fctx.node()) |
|
3695 | p.append(fctx.node()) | |
3696 | else: |
|
3696 | else: | |
3697 | p = [cp.node() for cp in ctx.parents()] |
|
3697 | p = [cp.node() for cp in ctx.parents()] | |
3698 |
|
3698 | |||
3699 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
3699 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) | |
3700 | for n in p: |
|
3700 | for n in p: | |
3701 | if n != nullid: |
|
3701 | if n != nullid: | |
3702 | displayer.show(repo[n]) |
|
3702 | displayer.show(repo[n]) | |
3703 | displayer.close() |
|
3703 | displayer.close() | |
3704 |
|
3704 | |||
3705 | @command('paths', formatteropts, _('[NAME]'), optionalrepo=True) |
|
3705 | @command('paths', formatteropts, _('[NAME]'), optionalrepo=True) | |
3706 | def paths(ui, repo, search=None, **opts): |
|
3706 | def paths(ui, repo, search=None, **opts): | |
3707 | """show aliases for remote repositories |
|
3707 | """show aliases for remote repositories | |
3708 |
|
3708 | |||
3709 | Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given, |
|
3709 | Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given, | |
3710 | show definition of all available names. |
|
3710 | show definition of all available names. | |
3711 |
|
3711 | |||
3712 | Option -q/--quiet suppresses all output when searching for NAME |
|
3712 | Option -q/--quiet suppresses all output when searching for NAME | |
3713 | and shows only the path names when listing all definitions. |
|
3713 | and shows only the path names when listing all definitions. | |
3714 |
|
3714 | |||
3715 | Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your |
|
3715 | Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your | |
3716 | configuration file and in ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. If run inside a |
|
3716 | configuration file and in ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. If run inside a | |
3717 | repository, ``.hg/hgrc`` is used, too. |
|
3717 | repository, ``.hg/hgrc`` is used, too. | |
3718 |
|
3718 | |||
3719 | The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special |
|
3719 | The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special | |
3720 | meaning. When performing a push or pull operation, they are used |
|
3720 | meaning. When performing a push or pull operation, they are used | |
3721 | as fallbacks if no location is specified on the command-line. |
|
3721 | as fallbacks if no location is specified on the command-line. | |
3722 | When ``default-push`` is set, it will be used for push and |
|
3722 | When ``default-push`` is set, it will be used for push and | |
3723 | ``default`` will be used for pull; otherwise ``default`` is used |
|
3723 | ``default`` will be used for pull; otherwise ``default`` is used | |
3724 | as the fallback for both. When cloning a repository, the clone |
|
3724 | as the fallback for both. When cloning a repository, the clone | |
3725 | source is written as ``default`` in ``.hg/hgrc``. |
|
3725 | source is written as ``default`` in ``.hg/hgrc``. | |
3726 |
|
3726 | |||
3727 | .. note:: |
|
3727 | .. note:: | |
3728 |
|
3728 | |||
3729 | ``default`` and ``default-push`` apply to all inbound (e.g. |
|
3729 | ``default`` and ``default-push`` apply to all inbound (e.g. | |
3730 | :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email` |
|
3730 | :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email` | |
3731 | and :hg:`bundle`) operations. |
|
3731 | and :hg:`bundle`) operations. | |
3732 |
|
3732 | |||
3733 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. |
|
3733 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. | |
3734 |
|
3734 | |||
3735 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3735 | Returns 0 on success. | |
3736 | """ |
|
3736 | """ | |
3737 | ui.pager('paths') |
|
3737 | ui.pager('paths') | |
3738 | if search: |
|
3738 | if search: | |
3739 | pathitems = [(name, path) for name, path in ui.paths.iteritems() |
|
3739 | pathitems = [(name, path) for name, path in ui.paths.iteritems() | |
3740 | if name == search] |
|
3740 | if name == search] | |
3741 | else: |
|
3741 | else: | |
3742 | pathitems = sorted(ui.paths.iteritems()) |
|
3742 | pathitems = sorted(ui.paths.iteritems()) | |
3743 |
|
3743 | |||
3744 | fm = ui.formatter('paths', opts) |
|
3744 | fm = ui.formatter('paths', opts) | |
3745 | if fm.isplain(): |
|
3745 | if fm.isplain(): | |
3746 | hidepassword = util.hidepassword |
|
3746 | hidepassword = util.hidepassword | |
3747 | else: |
|
3747 | else: | |
3748 | hidepassword = str |
|
3748 | hidepassword = str | |
3749 | if ui.quiet: |
|
3749 | if ui.quiet: | |
3750 | namefmt = '%s\n' |
|
3750 | namefmt = '%s\n' | |
3751 | else: |
|
3751 | else: | |
3752 | namefmt = '%s = ' |
|
3752 | namefmt = '%s = ' | |
3753 | showsubopts = not search and not ui.quiet |
|
3753 | showsubopts = not search and not ui.quiet | |
3754 |
|
3754 | |||
3755 | for name, path in pathitems: |
|
3755 | for name, path in pathitems: | |
3756 | fm.startitem() |
|
3756 | fm.startitem() | |
3757 | fm.condwrite(not search, 'name', namefmt, name) |
|
3757 | fm.condwrite(not search, 'name', namefmt, name) | |
3758 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'url', '%s\n', hidepassword(path.rawloc)) |
|
3758 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'url', '%s\n', hidepassword(path.rawloc)) | |
3759 | for subopt, value in sorted(path.suboptions.items()): |
|
3759 | for subopt, value in sorted(path.suboptions.items()): | |
3760 | assert subopt not in ('name', 'url') |
|
3760 | assert subopt not in ('name', 'url') | |
3761 | if showsubopts: |
|
3761 | if showsubopts: | |
3762 | fm.plain('%s:%s = ' % (name, subopt)) |
|
3762 | fm.plain('%s:%s = ' % (name, subopt)) | |
3763 | fm.condwrite(showsubopts, subopt, '%s\n', value) |
|
3763 | fm.condwrite(showsubopts, subopt, '%s\n', value) | |
3764 |
|
3764 | |||
3765 | fm.end() |
|
3765 | fm.end() | |
3766 |
|
3766 | |||
3767 | if search and not pathitems: |
|
3767 | if search and not pathitems: | |
3768 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
3768 | if not ui.quiet: | |
3769 | ui.warn(_("not found!\n")) |
|
3769 | ui.warn(_("not found!\n")) | |
3770 | return 1 |
|
3770 | return 1 | |
3771 | else: |
|
3771 | else: | |
3772 | return 0 |
|
3772 | return 0 | |
3773 |
|
3773 | |||
3774 | @command('phase', |
|
3774 | @command('phase', | |
3775 | [('p', 'public', False, _('set changeset phase to public')), |
|
3775 | [('p', 'public', False, _('set changeset phase to public')), | |
3776 | ('d', 'draft', False, _('set changeset phase to draft')), |
|
3776 | ('d', 'draft', False, _('set changeset phase to draft')), | |
3777 | ('s', 'secret', False, _('set changeset phase to secret')), |
|
3777 | ('s', 'secret', False, _('set changeset phase to secret')), | |
3778 | ('f', 'force', False, _('allow to move boundary backward')), |
|
3778 | ('f', 'force', False, _('allow to move boundary backward')), | |
3779 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('target revision'), _('REV')), |
|
3779 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('target revision'), _('REV')), | |
3780 | ], |
|
3780 | ], | |
3781 | _('[-p|-d|-s] [-f] [-r] [REV...]')) |
|
3781 | _('[-p|-d|-s] [-f] [-r] [REV...]')) | |
3782 | def phase(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): |
|
3782 | def phase(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): | |
3783 | """set or show the current phase name |
|
3783 | """set or show the current phase name | |
3784 |
|
3784 | |||
3785 | With no argument, show the phase name of the current revision(s). |
|
3785 | With no argument, show the phase name of the current revision(s). | |
3786 |
|
3786 | |||
3787 | With one of -p/--public, -d/--draft or -s/--secret, change the |
|
3787 | With one of -p/--public, -d/--draft or -s/--secret, change the | |
3788 | phase value of the specified revisions. |
|
3788 | phase value of the specified revisions. | |
3789 |
|
3789 | |||
3790 | Unless -f/--force is specified, :hg:`phase` won't move changeset from a |
|
3790 | Unless -f/--force is specified, :hg:`phase` won't move changeset from a | |
3791 | lower phase to an higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows:: |
|
3791 | lower phase to an higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows:: | |
3792 |
|
3792 | |||
3793 | public < draft < secret |
|
3793 | public < draft < secret | |
3794 |
|
3794 | |||
3795 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if some phases could not be changed. |
|
3795 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if some phases could not be changed. | |
3796 |
|
3796 | |||
3797 | (For more information about the phases concept, see :hg:`help phases`.) |
|
3797 | (For more information about the phases concept, see :hg:`help phases`.) | |
3798 | """ |
|
3798 | """ | |
3799 | # search for a unique phase argument |
|
3799 | # search for a unique phase argument | |
3800 | targetphase = None |
|
3800 | targetphase = None | |
3801 | for idx, name in enumerate(phases.phasenames): |
|
3801 | for idx, name in enumerate(phases.phasenames): | |
3802 | if opts[name]: |
|
3802 | if opts[name]: | |
3803 | if targetphase is not None: |
|
3803 | if targetphase is not None: | |
3804 | raise error.Abort(_('only one phase can be specified')) |
|
3804 | raise error.Abort(_('only one phase can be specified')) | |
3805 | targetphase = idx |
|
3805 | targetphase = idx | |
3806 |
|
3806 | |||
3807 | # look for specified revision |
|
3807 | # look for specified revision | |
3808 | revs = list(revs) |
|
3808 | revs = list(revs) | |
3809 | revs.extend(opts['rev']) |
|
3809 | revs.extend(opts['rev']) | |
3810 | if not revs: |
|
3810 | if not revs: | |
3811 | # display both parents as the second parent phase can influence |
|
3811 | # display both parents as the second parent phase can influence | |
3812 | # the phase of a merge commit |
|
3812 | # the phase of a merge commit | |
3813 | revs = [c.rev() for c in repo[None].parents()] |
|
3813 | revs = [c.rev() for c in repo[None].parents()] | |
3814 |
|
3814 | |||
3815 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs) |
|
3815 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs) | |
3816 |
|
3816 | |||
3817 | lock = None |
|
3817 | lock = None | |
3818 | ret = 0 |
|
3818 | ret = 0 | |
3819 | if targetphase is None: |
|
3819 | if targetphase is None: | |
3820 | # display |
|
3820 | # display | |
3821 | for r in revs: |
|
3821 | for r in revs: | |
3822 | ctx = repo[r] |
|
3822 | ctx = repo[r] | |
3823 | ui.write('%i: %s\n' % (ctx.rev(), ctx.phasestr())) |
|
3823 | ui.write('%i: %s\n' % (ctx.rev(), ctx.phasestr())) | |
3824 | else: |
|
3824 | else: | |
3825 | tr = None |
|
3825 | tr = None | |
3826 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
3826 | lock = repo.lock() | |
3827 | try: |
|
3827 | try: | |
3828 | tr = repo.transaction("phase") |
|
3828 | tr = repo.transaction("phase") | |
3829 | # set phase |
|
3829 | # set phase | |
3830 | if not revs: |
|
3830 | if not revs: | |
3831 | raise error.Abort(_('empty revision set')) |
|
3831 | raise error.Abort(_('empty revision set')) | |
3832 | nodes = [repo[r].node() for r in revs] |
|
3832 | nodes = [repo[r].node() for r in revs] | |
3833 | # moving revision from public to draft may hide them |
|
3833 | # moving revision from public to draft may hide them | |
3834 | # We have to check result on an unfiltered repository |
|
3834 | # We have to check result on an unfiltered repository | |
3835 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
3835 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() | |
3836 | getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase |
|
3836 | getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase | |
3837 | olddata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi] |
|
3837 | olddata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi] | |
3838 | phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes) |
|
3838 | phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes) | |
3839 | if opts['force']: |
|
3839 | if opts['force']: | |
3840 | phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes) |
|
3840 | phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes) | |
3841 | tr.close() |
|
3841 | tr.close() | |
3842 | finally: |
|
3842 | finally: | |
3843 | if tr is not None: |
|
3843 | if tr is not None: | |
3844 | tr.release() |
|
3844 | tr.release() | |
3845 | lock.release() |
|
3845 | lock.release() | |
3846 | getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase |
|
3846 | getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase | |
3847 | newdata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi] |
|
3847 | newdata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi] | |
3848 | changes = sum(newdata[r] != olddata[r] for r in unfi) |
|
3848 | changes = sum(newdata[r] != olddata[r] for r in unfi) | |
3849 | cl = unfi.changelog |
|
3849 | cl = unfi.changelog | |
3850 | rejected = [n for n in nodes |
|
3850 | rejected = [n for n in nodes | |
3851 | if newdata[cl.rev(n)] < targetphase] |
|
3851 | if newdata[cl.rev(n)] < targetphase] | |
3852 | if rejected: |
|
3852 | if rejected: | |
3853 | ui.warn(_('cannot move %i changesets to a higher ' |
|
3853 | ui.warn(_('cannot move %i changesets to a higher ' | |
3854 | 'phase, use --force\n') % len(rejected)) |
|
3854 | 'phase, use --force\n') % len(rejected)) | |
3855 | ret = 1 |
|
3855 | ret = 1 | |
3856 | if changes: |
|
3856 | if changes: | |
3857 | msg = _('phase changed for %i changesets\n') % changes |
|
3857 | msg = _('phase changed for %i changesets\n') % changes | |
3858 | if ret: |
|
3858 | if ret: | |
3859 | ui.status(msg) |
|
3859 | ui.status(msg) | |
3860 | else: |
|
3860 | else: | |
3861 | ui.note(msg) |
|
3861 | ui.note(msg) | |
3862 | else: |
|
3862 | else: | |
3863 | ui.warn(_('no phases changed\n')) |
|
3863 | ui.warn(_('no phases changed\n')) | |
3864 | return ret |
|
3864 | return ret | |
3865 |
|
3865 | |||
3866 | def postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, optupdate, checkout, brev): |
|
3866 | def postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, optupdate, checkout, brev): | |
3867 | """Run after a changegroup has been added via pull/unbundle |
|
3867 | """Run after a changegroup has been added via pull/unbundle | |
3868 |
|
3868 | |||
3869 | This takes arguments below: |
|
3869 | This takes arguments below: | |
3870 |
|
3870 | |||
3871 | :modheads: change of heads by pull/unbundle |
|
3871 | :modheads: change of heads by pull/unbundle | |
3872 | :optupdate: updating working directory is needed or not |
|
3872 | :optupdate: updating working directory is needed or not | |
3873 | :checkout: update destination revision (or None to default destination) |
|
3873 | :checkout: update destination revision (or None to default destination) | |
3874 | :brev: a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated after updating |
|
3874 | :brev: a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated after updating | |
3875 | """ |
|
3875 | """ | |
3876 | if modheads == 0: |
|
3876 | if modheads == 0: | |
3877 | return |
|
3877 | return | |
3878 | if optupdate: |
|
3878 | if optupdate: | |
3879 | try: |
|
3879 | try: | |
3880 | return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, checkout, brev) |
|
3880 | return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, checkout, brev) | |
3881 | except error.UpdateAbort as inst: |
|
3881 | except error.UpdateAbort as inst: | |
3882 | msg = _("not updating: %s") % str(inst) |
|
3882 | msg = _("not updating: %s") % str(inst) | |
3883 | hint = inst.hint |
|
3883 | hint = inst.hint | |
3884 | raise error.UpdateAbort(msg, hint=hint) |
|
3884 | raise error.UpdateAbort(msg, hint=hint) | |
3885 | if modheads > 1: |
|
3885 | if modheads > 1: | |
3886 | currentbranchheads = len(repo.branchheads()) |
|
3886 | currentbranchheads = len(repo.branchheads()) | |
3887 | if currentbranchheads == modheads: |
|
3887 | if currentbranchheads == modheads: | |
3888 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n")) |
|
3888 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n")) | |
3889 | elif currentbranchheads > 1: |
|
3889 | elif currentbranchheads > 1: | |
3890 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads .' to see heads, 'hg merge' to " |
|
3890 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads .' to see heads, 'hg merge' to " | |
3891 | "merge)\n")) |
|
3891 | "merge)\n")) | |
3892 | else: |
|
3892 | else: | |
3893 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads)\n")) |
|
3893 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads)\n")) | |
3894 | else: |
|
3894 | else: | |
3895 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n")) |
|
3895 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n")) | |
3896 |
|
3896 | |||
3897 | @command('^pull', |
|
3897 | @command('^pull', | |
3898 | [('u', 'update', None, |
|
3898 | [('u', 'update', None, | |
3899 | _('update to new branch head if changesets were pulled')), |
|
3899 | _('update to new branch head if changesets were pulled')), | |
3900 | ('f', 'force', None, _('run even when remote repository is unrelated')), |
|
3900 | ('f', 'force', None, _('run even when remote repository is unrelated')), | |
3901 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')), |
|
3901 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')), | |
3902 | ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to pull"), _('BOOKMARK')), |
|
3902 | ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to pull"), _('BOOKMARK')), | |
3903 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), |
|
3903 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), | |
3904 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
3904 | _('BRANCH')), | |
3905 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
3905 | ] + remoteopts, | |
3906 | _('[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]')) |
|
3906 | _('[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]')) | |
3907 | def pull(ui, repo, source="default", **opts): |
|
3907 | def pull(ui, repo, source="default", **opts): | |
3908 | """pull changes from the specified source |
|
3908 | """pull changes from the specified source | |
3909 |
|
3909 | |||
3910 | Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one. |
|
3910 | Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one. | |
3911 |
|
3911 | |||
3912 | This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path |
|
3912 | This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path | |
3913 | or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless |
|
3913 | or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless | |
3914 | -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the |
|
3914 | -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the | |
3915 | project in the working directory. |
|
3915 | project in the working directory. | |
3916 |
|
3916 | |||
3917 | Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added |
|
3917 | Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added | |
3918 | by a pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide |
|
3918 | by a pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide | |
3919 | to add those changes to the repository, you should use :hg:`pull |
|
3919 | to add those changes to the repository, you should use :hg:`pull | |
3920 | -r X` where ``X`` is the last changeset listed by :hg:`incoming`. |
|
3920 | -r X` where ``X`` is the last changeset listed by :hg:`incoming`. | |
3921 |
|
3921 | |||
3922 | If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used. |
|
3922 | If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used. | |
3923 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. |
|
3923 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. | |
3924 |
|
3924 | |||
3925 | Specifying bookmark as ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active |
|
3925 | Specifying bookmark as ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active | |
3926 | bookmark's name. |
|
3926 | bookmark's name. | |
3927 |
|
3927 | |||
3928 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files. |
|
3928 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files. | |
3929 | """ |
|
3929 | """ | |
3930 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), opts.get('branch')) |
|
3930 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), opts.get('branch')) | |
3931 | ui.status(_('pulling from %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source)) |
|
3931 | ui.status(_('pulling from %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source)) | |
3932 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source) |
|
3932 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source) | |
3933 | try: |
|
3933 | try: | |
3934 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, |
|
3934 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, | |
3935 | opts.get('rev')) |
|
3935 | opts.get('rev')) | |
3936 |
|
3936 | |||
3937 |
|
3937 | |||
3938 | pullopargs = {} |
|
3938 | pullopargs = {} | |
3939 | if opts.get('bookmark'): |
|
3939 | if opts.get('bookmark'): | |
3940 | if not revs: |
|
3940 | if not revs: | |
3941 | revs = [] |
|
3941 | revs = [] | |
3942 | # The list of bookmark used here is not the one used to actually |
|
3942 | # The list of bookmark used here is not the one used to actually | |
3943 | # update the bookmark name. This can result in the revision pulled |
|
3943 | # update the bookmark name. This can result in the revision pulled | |
3944 | # not ending up with the name of the bookmark because of a race |
|
3944 | # not ending up with the name of the bookmark because of a race | |
3945 | # condition on the server. (See issue 4689 for details) |
|
3945 | # condition on the server. (See issue 4689 for details) | |
3946 | remotebookmarks = other.listkeys('bookmarks') |
|
3946 | remotebookmarks = other.listkeys('bookmarks') | |
3947 | pullopargs['remotebookmarks'] = remotebookmarks |
|
3947 | pullopargs['remotebookmarks'] = remotebookmarks | |
3948 | for b in opts['bookmark']: |
|
3948 | for b in opts['bookmark']: | |
3949 | b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b) |
|
3949 | b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b) | |
3950 | if b not in remotebookmarks: |
|
3950 | if b not in remotebookmarks: | |
3951 | raise error.Abort(_('remote bookmark %s not found!') % b) |
|
3951 | raise error.Abort(_('remote bookmark %s not found!') % b) | |
3952 | revs.append(remotebookmarks[b]) |
|
3952 | revs.append(remotebookmarks[b]) | |
3953 |
|
3953 | |||
3954 | if revs: |
|
3954 | if revs: | |
3955 | try: |
|
3955 | try: | |
3956 | # When 'rev' is a bookmark name, we cannot guarantee that it |
|
3956 | # When 'rev' is a bookmark name, we cannot guarantee that it | |
3957 | # will be updated with that name because of a race condition |
|
3957 | # will be updated with that name because of a race condition | |
3958 | # server side. (See issue 4689 for details) |
|
3958 | # server side. (See issue 4689 for details) | |
3959 | oldrevs = revs |
|
3959 | oldrevs = revs | |
3960 | revs = [] # actually, nodes |
|
3960 | revs = [] # actually, nodes | |
3961 | for r in oldrevs: |
|
3961 | for r in oldrevs: | |
3962 | node = other.lookup(r) |
|
3962 | node = other.lookup(r) | |
3963 | revs.append(node) |
|
3963 | revs.append(node) | |
3964 | if r == checkout: |
|
3964 | if r == checkout: | |
3965 | checkout = node |
|
3965 | checkout = node | |
3966 | except error.CapabilityError: |
|
3966 | except error.CapabilityError: | |
3967 | err = _("other repository doesn't support revision lookup, " |
|
3967 | err = _("other repository doesn't support revision lookup, " | |
3968 | "so a rev cannot be specified.") |
|
3968 | "so a rev cannot be specified.") | |
3969 | raise error.Abort(err) |
|
3969 | raise error.Abort(err) | |
3970 |
|
3970 | |||
3971 | pullopargs.update(opts.get('opargs', {})) |
|
3971 | pullopargs.update(opts.get('opargs', {})) | |
3972 | modheads = exchange.pull(repo, other, heads=revs, |
|
3972 | modheads = exchange.pull(repo, other, heads=revs, | |
3973 | force=opts.get('force'), |
|
3973 | force=opts.get('force'), | |
3974 | bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()), |
|
3974 | bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()), | |
3975 | opargs=pullopargs).cgresult |
|
3975 | opargs=pullopargs).cgresult | |
3976 |
|
3976 | |||
3977 | # brev is a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated at |
|
3977 | # brev is a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated at | |
3978 | # the end of the update. In other words, it is an explicit |
|
3978 | # the end of the update. In other words, it is an explicit | |
3979 | # destination of the update |
|
3979 | # destination of the update | |
3980 | brev = None |
|
3980 | brev = None | |
3981 |
|
3981 | |||
3982 | if checkout: |
|
3982 | if checkout: | |
3983 | checkout = str(repo.changelog.rev(checkout)) |
|
3983 | checkout = str(repo.changelog.rev(checkout)) | |
3984 |
|
3984 | |||
3985 | # order below depends on implementation of |
|
3985 | # order below depends on implementation of | |
3986 | # hg.addbranchrevs(). opts['bookmark'] is ignored, |
|
3986 | # hg.addbranchrevs(). opts['bookmark'] is ignored, | |
3987 | # because 'checkout' is determined without it. |
|
3987 | # because 'checkout' is determined without it. | |
3988 | if opts.get('rev'): |
|
3988 | if opts.get('rev'): | |
3989 | brev = opts['rev'][0] |
|
3989 | brev = opts['rev'][0] | |
3990 | elif opts.get('branch'): |
|
3990 | elif opts.get('branch'): | |
3991 | brev = opts['branch'][0] |
|
3991 | brev = opts['branch'][0] | |
3992 | else: |
|
3992 | else: | |
3993 | brev = branches[0] |
|
3993 | brev = branches[0] | |
3994 | repo._subtoppath = source |
|
3994 | repo._subtoppath = source | |
3995 | try: |
|
3995 | try: | |
3996 | ret = postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'), |
|
3996 | ret = postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'), | |
3997 | checkout, brev) |
|
3997 | checkout, brev) | |
3998 |
|
3998 | |||
3999 | finally: |
|
3999 | finally: | |
4000 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
4000 | del repo._subtoppath | |
4001 |
|
4001 | |||
4002 | finally: |
|
4002 | finally: | |
4003 | other.close() |
|
4003 | other.close() | |
4004 | return ret |
|
4004 | return ret | |
4005 |
|
4005 | |||
4006 | @command('^push', |
|
4006 | @command('^push', | |
4007 | [('f', 'force', None, _('force push')), |
|
4007 | [('f', 'force', None, _('force push')), | |
4008 | ('r', 'rev', [], |
|
4008 | ('r', 'rev', [], | |
4009 | _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), |
|
4009 | _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), | |
4010 | _('REV')), |
|
4010 | _('REV')), | |
4011 | ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to push"), _('BOOKMARK')), |
|
4011 | ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to push"), _('BOOKMARK')), | |
4012 | ('b', 'branch', [], |
|
4012 | ('b', 'branch', [], | |
4013 | _('a specific branch you would like to push'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
4013 | _('a specific branch you would like to push'), _('BRANCH')), | |
4014 | ('', 'new-branch', False, _('allow pushing a new branch')), |
|
4014 | ('', 'new-branch', False, _('allow pushing a new branch')), | |
4015 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
4015 | ] + remoteopts, | |
4016 | _('[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]')) |
|
4016 | _('[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]')) | |
4017 | def push(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts): |
|
4017 | def push(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts): | |
4018 | """push changes to the specified destination |
|
4018 | """push changes to the specified destination | |
4019 |
|
4019 | |||
4020 | Push changesets from the local repository to the specified |
|
4020 | Push changesets from the local repository to the specified | |
4021 | destination. |
|
4021 | destination. | |
4022 |
|
4022 | |||
4023 | This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull |
|
4023 | This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull | |
4024 | in the destination repository from the current one. |
|
4024 | in the destination repository from the current one. | |
4025 |
|
4025 | |||
4026 | By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the |
|
4026 | By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the | |
4027 | destination, since multiple heads would make it unclear which head |
|
4027 | destination, since multiple heads would make it unclear which head | |
4028 | to use. In this situation, it is recommended to pull and merge |
|
4028 | to use. In this situation, it is recommended to pull and merge | |
4029 | before pushing. |
|
4029 | before pushing. | |
4030 |
|
4030 | |||
4031 | Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named |
|
4031 | Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named | |
4032 | branch that is not present at the destination. This allows you to |
|
4032 | branch that is not present at the destination. This allows you to | |
4033 | only create a new branch without forcing other changes. |
|
4033 | only create a new branch without forcing other changes. | |
4034 |
|
4034 | |||
4035 | .. note:: |
|
4035 | .. note:: | |
4036 |
|
4036 | |||
4037 | Extra care should be taken with the -f/--force option, |
|
4037 | Extra care should be taken with the -f/--force option, | |
4038 | which will push all new heads on all branches, an action which will |
|
4038 | which will push all new heads on all branches, an action which will | |
4039 | almost always cause confusion for collaborators. |
|
4039 | almost always cause confusion for collaborators. | |
4040 |
|
4040 | |||
4041 | If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors |
|
4041 | If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors | |
4042 | will be pushed to the remote repository. |
|
4042 | will be pushed to the remote repository. | |
4043 |
|
4043 | |||
4044 | If -B/--bookmark is used, the specified bookmarked revision, its |
|
4044 | If -B/--bookmark is used, the specified bookmarked revision, its | |
4045 | ancestors, and the bookmark will be pushed to the remote |
|
4045 | ancestors, and the bookmark will be pushed to the remote | |
4046 | repository. Specifying ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active |
|
4046 | repository. Specifying ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active | |
4047 | bookmark's name. |
|
4047 | bookmark's name. | |
4048 |
|
4048 | |||
4049 | Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://`` |
|
4049 | Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://`` | |
4050 | URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used. |
|
4050 | URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used. | |
4051 |
|
4051 | |||
4052 | Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push. |
|
4052 | Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push. | |
4053 | """ |
|
4053 | """ | |
4054 |
|
4054 | |||
4055 | if opts.get('bookmark'): |
|
4055 | if opts.get('bookmark'): | |
4056 | ui.setconfig('bookmarks', 'pushing', opts['bookmark'], 'push') |
|
4056 | ui.setconfig('bookmarks', 'pushing', opts['bookmark'], 'push') | |
4057 | for b in opts['bookmark']: |
|
4057 | for b in opts['bookmark']: | |
4058 | # translate -B options to -r so changesets get pushed |
|
4058 | # translate -B options to -r so changesets get pushed | |
4059 | b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b) |
|
4059 | b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b) | |
4060 | if b in repo._bookmarks: |
|
4060 | if b in repo._bookmarks: | |
4061 | opts.setdefault('rev', []).append(b) |
|
4061 | opts.setdefault('rev', []).append(b) | |
4062 | else: |
|
4062 | else: | |
4063 | # if we try to push a deleted bookmark, translate it to null |
|
4063 | # if we try to push a deleted bookmark, translate it to null | |
4064 | # this lets simultaneous -r, -b options continue working |
|
4064 | # this lets simultaneous -r, -b options continue working | |
4065 | opts.setdefault('rev', []).append("null") |
|
4065 | opts.setdefault('rev', []).append("null") | |
4066 |
|
4066 | |||
4067 | path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default=('default-push', 'default')) |
|
4067 | path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default=('default-push', 'default')) | |
4068 | if not path: |
|
4068 | if not path: | |
4069 | raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'), |
|
4069 | raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'), | |
4070 | hint=_("see 'hg help config.paths'")) |
|
4070 | hint=_("see 'hg help config.paths'")) | |
4071 | dest = path.pushloc or path.loc |
|
4071 | dest = path.pushloc or path.loc | |
4072 | branches = (path.branch, opts.get('branch') or []) |
|
4072 | branches = (path.branch, opts.get('branch') or []) | |
4073 | ui.status(_('pushing to %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest)) |
|
4073 | ui.status(_('pushing to %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest)) | |
4074 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, opts.get('rev')) |
|
4074 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, opts.get('rev')) | |
4075 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) |
|
4075 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) | |
4076 |
|
4076 | |||
4077 | if revs: |
|
4077 | if revs: | |
4078 | revs = [repo.lookup(r) for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)] |
|
4078 | revs = [repo.lookup(r) for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)] | |
4079 | if not revs: |
|
4079 | if not revs: | |
4080 | raise error.Abort(_("specified revisions evaluate to an empty set"), |
|
4080 | raise error.Abort(_("specified revisions evaluate to an empty set"), | |
4081 | hint=_("use different revision arguments")) |
|
4081 | hint=_("use different revision arguments")) | |
4082 | elif path.pushrev: |
|
4082 | elif path.pushrev: | |
4083 | # It doesn't make any sense to specify ancestor revisions. So limit |
|
4083 | # It doesn't make any sense to specify ancestor revisions. So limit | |
4084 | # to DAG heads to make discovery simpler. |
|
4084 | # to DAG heads to make discovery simpler. | |
4085 | expr = revsetlang.formatspec('heads(%r)', path.pushrev) |
|
4085 | expr = revsetlang.formatspec('heads(%r)', path.pushrev) | |
4086 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, [expr]) |
|
4086 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, [expr]) | |
4087 | revs = [repo[rev].node() for rev in revs] |
|
4087 | revs = [repo[rev].node() for rev in revs] | |
4088 | if not revs: |
|
4088 | if not revs: | |
4089 | raise error.Abort(_('default push revset for path evaluates to an ' |
|
4089 | raise error.Abort(_('default push revset for path evaluates to an ' | |
4090 | 'empty set')) |
|
4090 | 'empty set')) | |
4091 |
|
4091 | |||
4092 | repo._subtoppath = dest |
|
4092 | repo._subtoppath = dest | |
4093 | try: |
|
4093 | try: | |
4094 | # push subrepos depth-first for coherent ordering |
|
4094 | # push subrepos depth-first for coherent ordering | |
4095 | c = repo[''] |
|
4095 | c = repo[''] | |
4096 | subs = c.substate # only repos that are committed |
|
4096 | subs = c.substate # only repos that are committed | |
4097 | for s in sorted(subs): |
|
4097 | for s in sorted(subs): | |
4098 | result = c.sub(s).push(opts) |
|
4098 | result = c.sub(s).push(opts) | |
4099 | if result == 0: |
|
4099 | if result == 0: | |
4100 | return not result |
|
4100 | return not result | |
4101 | finally: |
|
4101 | finally: | |
4102 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
4102 | del repo._subtoppath | |
4103 | pushop = exchange.push(repo, other, opts.get('force'), revs=revs, |
|
4103 | pushop = exchange.push(repo, other, opts.get('force'), revs=revs, | |
4104 | newbranch=opts.get('new_branch'), |
|
4104 | newbranch=opts.get('new_branch'), | |
4105 | bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()), |
|
4105 | bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()), | |
4106 | opargs=opts.get('opargs')) |
|
4106 | opargs=opts.get('opargs')) | |
4107 |
|
4107 | |||
4108 | result = not pushop.cgresult |
|
4108 | result = not pushop.cgresult | |
4109 |
|
4109 | |||
4110 | if pushop.bkresult is not None: |
|
4110 | if pushop.bkresult is not None: | |
4111 | if pushop.bkresult == 2: |
|
4111 | if pushop.bkresult == 2: | |
4112 | result = 2 |
|
4112 | result = 2 | |
4113 | elif not result and pushop.bkresult: |
|
4113 | elif not result and pushop.bkresult: | |
4114 | result = 2 |
|
4114 | result = 2 | |
4115 |
|
4115 | |||
4116 | return result |
|
4116 | return result | |
4117 |
|
4117 | |||
4118 | @command('recover', []) |
|
4118 | @command('recover', []) | |
4119 | def recover(ui, repo): |
|
4119 | def recover(ui, repo): | |
4120 | """roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
4120 | """roll back an interrupted transaction | |
4121 |
|
4121 | |||
4122 | Recover from an interrupted commit or pull. |
|
4122 | Recover from an interrupted commit or pull. | |
4123 |
|
4123 | |||
4124 | This command tries to fix the repository status after an |
|
4124 | This command tries to fix the repository status after an | |
4125 | interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial |
|
4125 | interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial | |
4126 | suggests it. |
|
4126 | suggests it. | |
4127 |
|
4127 | |||
4128 | Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails. |
|
4128 | Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails. | |
4129 | """ |
|
4129 | """ | |
4130 | if repo.recover(): |
|
4130 | if repo.recover(): | |
4131 | return hg.verify(repo) |
|
4131 | return hg.verify(repo) | |
4132 | return 1 |
|
4132 | return 1 | |
4133 |
|
4133 | |||
4134 | @command('^remove|rm', |
|
4134 | @command('^remove|rm', | |
4135 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record delete for missing files')), |
|
4135 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record delete for missing files')), | |
4136 | ('f', 'force', None, |
|
4136 | ('f', 'force', None, | |
4137 | _('forget added files, delete modified files')), |
|
4137 | _('forget added files, delete modified files')), | |
4138 | ] + subrepoopts + walkopts, |
|
4138 | ] + subrepoopts + walkopts, | |
4139 | _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), |
|
4139 | _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), | |
4140 | inferrepo=True) |
|
4140 | inferrepo=True) | |
4141 | def remove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
4141 | def remove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
4142 | """remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
4142 | """remove the specified files on the next commit | |
4143 |
|
4143 | |||
4144 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. |
|
4144 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. | |
4145 |
|
4145 | |||
4146 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. |
|
4146 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. | |
4147 | To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`. To undo added |
|
4147 | To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`. To undo added | |
4148 | files, see :hg:`forget`. |
|
4148 | files, see :hg:`forget`. | |
4149 |
|
4149 | |||
4150 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4150 | .. container:: verbose | |
4151 |
|
4151 | |||
4152 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already |
|
4152 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already | |
4153 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af |
|
4153 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af | |
4154 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without |
|
4154 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without | |
4155 | deleting them from the working directory. |
|
4155 | deleting them from the working directory. | |
4156 |
|
4156 | |||
4157 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different |
|
4157 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different | |
4158 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file |
|
4158 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file | |
4159 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] |
|
4159 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] | |
4160 | (as reported by :hg:`status`). The actions are Warn, Remove |
|
4160 | (as reported by :hg:`status`). The actions are Warn, Remove | |
4161 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): |
|
4161 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): | |
4162 |
|
4162 | |||
4163 | ========= == == == == |
|
4163 | ========= == == == == | |
4164 | opt/state A C M ! |
|
4164 | opt/state A C M ! | |
4165 | ========= == == == == |
|
4165 | ========= == == == == | |
4166 | none W RD W R |
|
4166 | none W RD W R | |
4167 | -f R RD RD R |
|
4167 | -f R RD RD R | |
4168 | -A W W W R |
|
4168 | -A W W W R | |
4169 | -Af R R R R |
|
4169 | -Af R R R R | |
4170 | ========= == == == == |
|
4170 | ========= == == == == | |
4171 |
|
4171 | |||
4172 | .. note:: |
|
4172 | .. note:: | |
4173 |
|
4173 | |||
4174 | :hg:`remove` never deletes files in Added [A] state from the |
|
4174 | :hg:`remove` never deletes files in Added [A] state from the | |
4175 | working directory, not even if ``--force`` is specified. |
|
4175 | working directory, not even if ``--force`` is specified. | |
4176 |
|
4176 | |||
4177 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. |
|
4177 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. | |
4178 | """ |
|
4178 | """ | |
4179 |
|
4179 | |||
4180 | after, force = opts.get('after'), opts.get('force') |
|
4180 | after, force = opts.get('after'), opts.get('force') | |
4181 | if not pats and not after: |
|
4181 | if not pats and not after: | |
4182 | raise error.Abort(_('no files specified')) |
|
4182 | raise error.Abort(_('no files specified')) | |
4183 |
|
4183 | |||
4184 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
4184 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) | |
4185 | subrepos = opts.get('subrepos') |
|
4185 | subrepos = opts.get('subrepos') | |
4186 | return cmdutil.remove(ui, repo, m, "", after, force, subrepos) |
|
4186 | return cmdutil.remove(ui, repo, m, "", after, force, subrepos) | |
4187 |
|
4187 | |||
4188 | @command('rename|move|mv', |
|
4188 | @command('rename|move|mv', | |
4189 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record a rename that has already occurred')), |
|
4189 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record a rename that has already occurred')), | |
4190 | ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')), |
|
4190 | ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')), | |
4191 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
4191 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, | |
4192 | _('[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST')) |
|
4192 | _('[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST')) | |
4193 | def rename(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
4193 | def rename(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
4194 | """rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
4194 | """rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
4195 |
|
4195 | |||
4196 | Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest |
|
4196 | Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest | |
4197 | is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a |
|
4197 | is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a | |
4198 | file, there can only be one source. |
|
4198 | file, there can only be one source. | |
4199 |
|
4199 | |||
4200 | By default, this command copies the contents of files as they |
|
4200 | By default, this command copies the contents of files as they | |
4201 | exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the |
|
4201 | exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the | |
4202 | operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
|
4202 | operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. | |
4203 |
|
4203 | |||
4204 | This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename |
|
4204 | This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename | |
4205 | before that, see :hg:`revert`. |
|
4205 | before that, see :hg:`revert`. | |
4206 |
|
4206 | |||
4207 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
4207 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. | |
4208 | """ |
|
4208 | """ | |
4209 | with repo.wlock(False): |
|
4209 | with repo.wlock(False): | |
4210 | return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts, rename=True) |
|
4210 | return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts, rename=True) | |
4211 |
|
4211 | |||
4212 | @command('resolve', |
|
4212 | @command('resolve', | |
4213 | [('a', 'all', None, _('select all unresolved files')), |
|
4213 | [('a', 'all', None, _('select all unresolved files')), | |
4214 | ('l', 'list', None, _('list state of files needing merge')), |
|
4214 | ('l', 'list', None, _('list state of files needing merge')), | |
4215 | ('m', 'mark', None, _('mark files as resolved')), |
|
4215 | ('m', 'mark', None, _('mark files as resolved')), | |
4216 | ('u', 'unmark', None, _('mark files as unresolved')), |
|
4216 | ('u', 'unmark', None, _('mark files as unresolved')), | |
4217 | ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix'))] |
|
4217 | ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix'))] | |
4218 | + mergetoolopts + walkopts + formatteropts, |
|
4218 | + mergetoolopts + walkopts + formatteropts, | |
4219 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
4219 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), | |
4220 | inferrepo=True) |
|
4220 | inferrepo=True) | |
4221 | def resolve(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
4221 | def resolve(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
4222 | """redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
4222 | """redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
4223 |
|
4223 | |||
4224 | Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of |
|
4224 | Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of | |
4225 | non-interactive merging using the ``internal:merge`` configuration |
|
4225 | non-interactive merging using the ``internal:merge`` configuration | |
4226 | setting, or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``. The resolve |
|
4226 | setting, or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``. The resolve | |
4227 | command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after |
|
4227 | command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after | |
4228 | :hg:`merge` has been run, and before :hg:`commit` is run (i.e. the |
|
4228 | :hg:`merge` has been run, and before :hg:`commit` is run (i.e. the | |
4229 | working directory must have two parents). See :hg:`help |
|
4229 | working directory must have two parents). See :hg:`help | |
4230 | merge-tools` for information on configuring merge tools. |
|
4230 | merge-tools` for information on configuring merge tools. | |
4231 |
|
4231 | |||
4232 | The resolve command can be used in the following ways: |
|
4232 | The resolve command can be used in the following ways: | |
4233 |
|
4233 | |||
4234 | - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the specified |
|
4234 | - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the specified | |
4235 | files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging is not |
|
4235 | files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging is not | |
4236 | performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a`` |
|
4236 | performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a`` | |
4237 | to select all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify |
|
4237 | to select all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify | |
4238 | the merge tool used for the given files. It overrides the HGMERGE |
|
4238 | the merge tool used for the given files. It overrides the HGMERGE | |
4239 | environment variable and your configuration files. Previous file |
|
4239 | environment variable and your configuration files. Previous file | |
4240 | contents are saved with a ``.orig`` suffix. |
|
4240 | contents are saved with a ``.orig`` suffix. | |
4241 |
|
4241 | |||
4242 | - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved |
|
4242 | - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved | |
4243 | (e.g. after having manually fixed-up the files). The default is |
|
4243 | (e.g. after having manually fixed-up the files). The default is | |
4244 | to mark all unresolved files. |
|
4244 | to mark all unresolved files. | |
4245 |
|
4245 | |||
4246 | - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The |
|
4246 | - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The | |
4247 | default is to mark all resolved files. |
|
4247 | default is to mark all resolved files. | |
4248 |
|
4248 | |||
4249 | - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts. |
|
4249 | - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts. | |
4250 | In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved. |
|
4250 | In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved. | |
4251 | You can use ``set:unresolved()`` or ``set:resolved()`` to filter |
|
4251 | You can use ``set:unresolved()`` or ``set:resolved()`` to filter | |
4252 | the list. See :hg:`help filesets` for details. |
|
4252 | the list. See :hg:`help filesets` for details. | |
4253 |
|
4253 | |||
4254 | .. note:: |
|
4254 | .. note:: | |
4255 |
|
4255 | |||
4256 | Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved merge |
|
4256 | Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved merge | |
4257 | conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can |
|
4257 | conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can | |
4258 | commit after a conflicting merge. |
|
4258 | commit after a conflicting merge. | |
4259 |
|
4259 | |||
4260 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt. |
|
4260 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt. | |
4261 | """ |
|
4261 | """ | |
4262 |
|
4262 | |||
4263 | flaglist = 'all mark unmark list no_status'.split() |
|
4263 | flaglist = 'all mark unmark list no_status'.split() | |
4264 | all, mark, unmark, show, nostatus = \ |
|
4264 | all, mark, unmark, show, nostatus = \ | |
4265 | [opts.get(o) for o in flaglist] |
|
4265 | [opts.get(o) for o in flaglist] | |
4266 |
|
4266 | |||
4267 | if (show and (mark or unmark)) or (mark and unmark): |
|
4267 | if (show and (mark or unmark)) or (mark and unmark): | |
4268 | raise error.Abort(_("too many options specified")) |
|
4268 | raise error.Abort(_("too many options specified")) | |
4269 | if pats and all: |
|
4269 | if pats and all: | |
4270 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --all and patterns")) |
|
4270 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --all and patterns")) | |
4271 | if not (all or pats or show or mark or unmark): |
|
4271 | if not (all or pats or show or mark or unmark): | |
4272 | raise error.Abort(_('no files or directories specified'), |
|
4272 | raise error.Abort(_('no files or directories specified'), | |
4273 | hint=('use --all to re-merge all unresolved files')) |
|
4273 | hint=('use --all to re-merge all unresolved files')) | |
4274 |
|
4274 | |||
4275 | if show: |
|
4275 | if show: | |
4276 | ui.pager('resolve') |
|
4276 | ui.pager('resolve') | |
4277 | fm = ui.formatter('resolve', opts) |
|
4277 | fm = ui.formatter('resolve', opts) | |
4278 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) |
|
4278 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) | |
4279 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
4279 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) | |
4280 | for f in ms: |
|
4280 | for f in ms: | |
4281 | if not m(f): |
|
4281 | if not m(f): | |
4282 | continue |
|
4282 | continue | |
4283 | l = 'resolve.' + {'u': 'unresolved', 'r': 'resolved', |
|
4283 | l = 'resolve.' + {'u': 'unresolved', 'r': 'resolved', | |
4284 | 'd': 'driverresolved'}[ms[f]] |
|
4284 | 'd': 'driverresolved'}[ms[f]] | |
4285 | fm.startitem() |
|
4285 | fm.startitem() | |
4286 | fm.condwrite(not nostatus, 'status', '%s ', ms[f].upper(), label=l) |
|
4286 | fm.condwrite(not nostatus, 'status', '%s ', ms[f].upper(), label=l) | |
4287 | fm.write('path', '%s\n', f, label=l) |
|
4287 | fm.write('path', '%s\n', f, label=l) | |
4288 | fm.end() |
|
4288 | fm.end() | |
4289 | return 0 |
|
4289 | return 0 | |
4290 |
|
4290 | |||
4291 | with repo.wlock(): |
|
4291 | with repo.wlock(): | |
4292 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) |
|
4292 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) | |
4293 |
|
4293 | |||
4294 | if not (ms.active() or repo.dirstate.p2() != nullid): |
|
4294 | if not (ms.active() or repo.dirstate.p2() != nullid): | |
4295 | raise error.Abort( |
|
4295 | raise error.Abort( | |
4296 | _('resolve command not applicable when not merging')) |
|
4296 | _('resolve command not applicable when not merging')) | |
4297 |
|
4297 | |||
4298 | wctx = repo[None] |
|
4298 | wctx = repo[None] | |
4299 |
|
4299 | |||
4300 | if ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() == 'u': |
|
4300 | if ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() == 'u': | |
4301 | proceed = mergemod.driverpreprocess(repo, ms, wctx) |
|
4301 | proceed = mergemod.driverpreprocess(repo, ms, wctx) | |
4302 | ms.commit() |
|
4302 | ms.commit() | |
4303 | # allow mark and unmark to go through |
|
4303 | # allow mark and unmark to go through | |
4304 | if not mark and not unmark and not proceed: |
|
4304 | if not mark and not unmark and not proceed: | |
4305 | return 1 |
|
4305 | return 1 | |
4306 |
|
4306 | |||
4307 | m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts) |
|
4307 | m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts) | |
4308 | ret = 0 |
|
4308 | ret = 0 | |
4309 | didwork = False |
|
4309 | didwork = False | |
4310 | runconclude = False |
|
4310 | runconclude = False | |
4311 |
|
4311 | |||
4312 | tocomplete = [] |
|
4312 | tocomplete = [] | |
4313 | for f in ms: |
|
4313 | for f in ms: | |
4314 | if not m(f): |
|
4314 | if not m(f): | |
4315 | continue |
|
4315 | continue | |
4316 |
|
4316 | |||
4317 | didwork = True |
|
4317 | didwork = True | |
4318 |
|
4318 | |||
4319 | # don't let driver-resolved files be marked, and run the conclude |
|
4319 | # don't let driver-resolved files be marked, and run the conclude | |
4320 | # step if asked to resolve |
|
4320 | # step if asked to resolve | |
4321 | if ms[f] == "d": |
|
4321 | if ms[f] == "d": | |
4322 | exact = m.exact(f) |
|
4322 | exact = m.exact(f) | |
4323 | if mark: |
|
4323 | if mark: | |
4324 | if exact: |
|
4324 | if exact: | |
4325 | ui.warn(_('not marking %s as it is driver-resolved\n') |
|
4325 | ui.warn(_('not marking %s as it is driver-resolved\n') | |
4326 | % f) |
|
4326 | % f) | |
4327 | elif unmark: |
|
4327 | elif unmark: | |
4328 | if exact: |
|
4328 | if exact: | |
4329 | ui.warn(_('not unmarking %s as it is driver-resolved\n') |
|
4329 | ui.warn(_('not unmarking %s as it is driver-resolved\n') | |
4330 | % f) |
|
4330 | % f) | |
4331 | else: |
|
4331 | else: | |
4332 | runconclude = True |
|
4332 | runconclude = True | |
4333 | continue |
|
4333 | continue | |
4334 |
|
4334 | |||
4335 | if mark: |
|
4335 | if mark: | |
4336 | ms.mark(f, "r") |
|
4336 | ms.mark(f, "r") | |
4337 | elif unmark: |
|
4337 | elif unmark: | |
4338 | ms.mark(f, "u") |
|
4338 | ms.mark(f, "u") | |
4339 | else: |
|
4339 | else: | |
4340 | # backup pre-resolve (merge uses .orig for its own purposes) |
|
4340 | # backup pre-resolve (merge uses .orig for its own purposes) | |
4341 | a = repo.wjoin(f) |
|
4341 | a = repo.wjoin(f) | |
4342 | try: |
|
4342 | try: | |
4343 | util.copyfile(a, a + ".resolve") |
|
4343 | util.copyfile(a, a + ".resolve") | |
4344 | except (IOError, OSError) as inst: |
|
4344 | except (IOError, OSError) as inst: | |
4345 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
4345 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: | |
4346 | raise |
|
4346 | raise | |
4347 |
|
4347 | |||
4348 | try: |
|
4348 | try: | |
4349 | # preresolve file |
|
4349 | # preresolve file | |
4350 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
4350 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), | |
4351 | 'resolve') |
|
4351 | 'resolve') | |
4352 | complete, r = ms.preresolve(f, wctx) |
|
4352 | complete, r = ms.preresolve(f, wctx) | |
4353 | if not complete: |
|
4353 | if not complete: | |
4354 | tocomplete.append(f) |
|
4354 | tocomplete.append(f) | |
4355 | elif r: |
|
4355 | elif r: | |
4356 | ret = 1 |
|
4356 | ret = 1 | |
4357 | finally: |
|
4357 | finally: | |
4358 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve') |
|
4358 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve') | |
4359 | ms.commit() |
|
4359 | ms.commit() | |
4360 |
|
4360 | |||
4361 | # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file, but only |
|
4361 | # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file, but only | |
4362 | # for merges that are complete |
|
4362 | # for merges that are complete | |
4363 | if complete: |
|
4363 | if complete: | |
4364 | try: |
|
4364 | try: | |
4365 | util.rename(a + ".resolve", |
|
4365 | util.rename(a + ".resolve", | |
4366 | scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a)) |
|
4366 | scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a)) | |
4367 | except OSError as inst: |
|
4367 | except OSError as inst: | |
4368 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
4368 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: | |
4369 | raise |
|
4369 | raise | |
4370 |
|
4370 | |||
4371 | for f in tocomplete: |
|
4371 | for f in tocomplete: | |
4372 | try: |
|
4372 | try: | |
4373 | # resolve file |
|
4373 | # resolve file | |
4374 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
4374 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), | |
4375 | 'resolve') |
|
4375 | 'resolve') | |
4376 | r = ms.resolve(f, wctx) |
|
4376 | r = ms.resolve(f, wctx) | |
4377 | if r: |
|
4377 | if r: | |
4378 | ret = 1 |
|
4378 | ret = 1 | |
4379 | finally: |
|
4379 | finally: | |
4380 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve') |
|
4380 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve') | |
4381 | ms.commit() |
|
4381 | ms.commit() | |
4382 |
|
4382 | |||
4383 | # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file |
|
4383 | # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file | |
4384 | a = repo.wjoin(f) |
|
4384 | a = repo.wjoin(f) | |
4385 | try: |
|
4385 | try: | |
4386 | util.rename(a + ".resolve", scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a)) |
|
4386 | util.rename(a + ".resolve", scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a)) | |
4387 | except OSError as inst: |
|
4387 | except OSError as inst: | |
4388 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
4388 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: | |
4389 | raise |
|
4389 | raise | |
4390 |
|
4390 | |||
4391 | ms.commit() |
|
4391 | ms.commit() | |
4392 | ms.recordactions() |
|
4392 | ms.recordactions() | |
4393 |
|
4393 | |||
4394 | if not didwork and pats: |
|
4394 | if not didwork and pats: | |
4395 | hint = None |
|
4395 | hint = None | |
4396 | if not any([p for p in pats if p.find(':') >= 0]): |
|
4396 | if not any([p for p in pats if p.find(':') >= 0]): | |
4397 | pats = ['path:%s' % p for p in pats] |
|
4397 | pats = ['path:%s' % p for p in pats] | |
4398 | m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts) |
|
4398 | m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts) | |
4399 | for f in ms: |
|
4399 | for f in ms: | |
4400 | if not m(f): |
|
4400 | if not m(f): | |
4401 | continue |
|
4401 | continue | |
4402 | flags = ''.join(['-%s ' % o[0] for o in flaglist |
|
4402 | flags = ''.join(['-%s ' % o[0] for o in flaglist | |
4403 | if opts.get(o)]) |
|
4403 | if opts.get(o)]) | |
4404 | hint = _("(try: hg resolve %s%s)\n") % ( |
|
4404 | hint = _("(try: hg resolve %s%s)\n") % ( | |
4405 | flags, |
|
4405 | flags, | |
4406 | ' '.join(pats)) |
|
4406 | ' '.join(pats)) | |
4407 | break |
|
4407 | break | |
4408 | ui.warn(_("arguments do not match paths that need resolving\n")) |
|
4408 | ui.warn(_("arguments do not match paths that need resolving\n")) | |
4409 | if hint: |
|
4409 | if hint: | |
4410 | ui.warn(hint) |
|
4410 | ui.warn(hint) | |
4411 | elif ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() != 's': |
|
4411 | elif ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() != 's': | |
4412 | # run conclude step when either a driver-resolved file is requested |
|
4412 | # run conclude step when either a driver-resolved file is requested | |
4413 | # or there are no driver-resolved files |
|
4413 | # or there are no driver-resolved files | |
4414 | # we can't use 'ret' to determine whether any files are unresolved |
|
4414 | # we can't use 'ret' to determine whether any files are unresolved | |
4415 | # because we might not have tried to resolve some |
|
4415 | # because we might not have tried to resolve some | |
4416 | if ((runconclude or not list(ms.driverresolved())) |
|
4416 | if ((runconclude or not list(ms.driverresolved())) | |
4417 | and not list(ms.unresolved())): |
|
4417 | and not list(ms.unresolved())): | |
4418 | proceed = mergemod.driverconclude(repo, ms, wctx) |
|
4418 | proceed = mergemod.driverconclude(repo, ms, wctx) | |
4419 | ms.commit() |
|
4419 | ms.commit() | |
4420 | if not proceed: |
|
4420 | if not proceed: | |
4421 | return 1 |
|
4421 | return 1 | |
4422 |
|
4422 | |||
4423 | # Nudge users into finishing an unfinished operation |
|
4423 | # Nudge users into finishing an unfinished operation | |
4424 | unresolvedf = list(ms.unresolved()) |
|
4424 | unresolvedf = list(ms.unresolved()) | |
4425 | driverresolvedf = list(ms.driverresolved()) |
|
4425 | driverresolvedf = list(ms.driverresolved()) | |
4426 | if not unresolvedf and not driverresolvedf: |
|
4426 | if not unresolvedf and not driverresolvedf: | |
4427 | ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files)\n')) |
|
4427 | ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files)\n')) | |
4428 | cmdutil.checkafterresolved(repo) |
|
4428 | cmdutil.checkafterresolved(repo) | |
4429 | elif not unresolvedf: |
|
4429 | elif not unresolvedf: | |
4430 | ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files -- ' |
|
4430 | ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files -- ' | |
4431 | 'run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)\n')) |
|
4431 | 'run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)\n')) | |
4432 |
|
4432 | |||
4433 | return ret |
|
4433 | return ret | |
4434 |
|
4434 | |||
4435 | @command('revert', |
|
4435 | @command('revert', | |
4436 | [('a', 'all', None, _('revert all changes when no arguments given')), |
|
4436 | [('a', 'all', None, _('revert all changes when no arguments given')), | |
4437 | ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')), |
|
4437 | ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')), | |
4438 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revert to the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
4438 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revert to the specified revision'), _('REV')), | |
4439 | ('C', 'no-backup', None, _('do not save backup copies of files')), |
|
4439 | ('C', 'no-backup', None, _('do not save backup copies of files')), | |
4440 | ('i', 'interactive', None, |
|
4440 | ('i', 'interactive', None, | |
4441 | _('interactively select the changes (EXPERIMENTAL)')), |
|
4441 | _('interactively select the changes (EXPERIMENTAL)')), | |
4442 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
4442 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, | |
4443 | _('[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]...')) |
|
4443 | _('[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]...')) | |
4444 | def revert(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
4444 | def revert(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
4445 | """restore files to their checkout state |
|
4445 | """restore files to their checkout state | |
4446 |
|
4446 | |||
4447 | .. note:: |
|
4447 | .. note:: | |
4448 |
|
4448 | |||
4449 | To check out earlier revisions, you should use :hg:`update REV`. |
|
4449 | To check out earlier revisions, you should use :hg:`update REV`. | |
4450 | To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), |
|
4450 | To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), | |
4451 | use :hg:`update --clean .`. |
|
4451 | use :hg:`update --clean .`. | |
4452 |
|
4452 | |||
4453 | With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories |
|
4453 | With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories | |
4454 | to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory. |
|
4454 | to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory. | |
4455 | This restores the contents of files to an unmodified |
|
4455 | This restores the contents of files to an unmodified | |
4456 | state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the |
|
4456 | state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the | |
4457 | working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a |
|
4457 | working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a | |
4458 | revision. |
|
4458 | revision. | |
4459 |
|
4459 | |||
4460 | Using the -r/--rev or -d/--date options, revert the given files or |
|
4460 | Using the -r/--rev or -d/--date options, revert the given files or | |
4461 | directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because |
|
4461 | directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because | |
4462 | revert does not change the working directory parents, this will |
|
4462 | revert does not change the working directory parents, this will | |
4463 | cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back |
|
4463 | cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back | |
4464 | out" some or all of an earlier change. See :hg:`backout` for a |
|
4464 | out" some or all of an earlier change. See :hg:`backout` for a | |
4465 | related method. |
|
4465 | related method. | |
4466 |
|
4466 | |||
4467 | Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting. |
|
4467 | Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting. | |
4468 | To disable these backups, use --no-backup. It is possible to store |
|
4468 | To disable these backups, use --no-backup. It is possible to store | |
4469 | the backup files in a custom directory relative to the root of the |
|
4469 | the backup files in a custom directory relative to the root of the | |
4470 | repository by setting the ``ui.origbackuppath`` configuration |
|
4470 | repository by setting the ``ui.origbackuppath`` configuration | |
4471 | option. |
|
4471 | option. | |
4472 |
|
4472 | |||
4473 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
4473 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. | |
4474 |
|
4474 | |||
4475 | See :hg:`help backout` for a way to reverse the effect of an |
|
4475 | See :hg:`help backout` for a way to reverse the effect of an | |
4476 | earlier changeset. |
|
4476 | earlier changeset. | |
4477 |
|
4477 | |||
4478 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
4478 | Returns 0 on success. | |
4479 | """ |
|
4479 | """ | |
4480 |
|
4480 | |||
4481 | if opts.get("date"): |
|
4481 | if opts.get("date"): | |
4482 | if opts.get("rev"): |
|
4482 | if opts.get("rev"): | |
4483 | raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date")) |
|
4483 | raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date")) | |
4484 | opts["rev"] = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, opts["date"]) |
|
4484 | opts["rev"] = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, opts["date"]) | |
4485 |
|
4485 | |||
4486 | parent, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
4486 | parent, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() | |
4487 | if not opts.get('rev') and p2 != nullid: |
|
4487 | if not opts.get('rev') and p2 != nullid: | |
4488 | # revert after merge is a trap for new users (issue2915) |
|
4488 | # revert after merge is a trap for new users (issue2915) | |
4489 | raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge with no revision specified'), |
|
4489 | raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge with no revision specified'), | |
4490 | hint=_("use 'hg update' or see 'hg help revert'")) |
|
4490 | hint=_("use 'hg update' or see 'hg help revert'")) | |
4491 |
|
4491 | |||
4492 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
4492 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) | |
4493 |
|
4493 | |||
4494 | if (not (pats or opts.get('include') or opts.get('exclude') or |
|
4494 | if (not (pats or opts.get('include') or opts.get('exclude') or | |
4495 | opts.get('all') or opts.get('interactive'))): |
|
4495 | opts.get('all') or opts.get('interactive'))): | |
4496 | msg = _("no files or directories specified") |
|
4496 | msg = _("no files or directories specified") | |
4497 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
4497 | if p2 != nullid: | |
4498 | hint = _("uncommitted merge, use --all to discard all changes," |
|
4498 | hint = _("uncommitted merge, use --all to discard all changes," | |
4499 | " or 'hg update -C .' to abort the merge") |
|
4499 | " or 'hg update -C .' to abort the merge") | |
4500 | raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint) |
|
4500 | raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint) | |
4501 | dirty = any(repo.status()) |
|
4501 | dirty = any(repo.status()) | |
4502 | node = ctx.node() |
|
4502 | node = ctx.node() | |
4503 | if node != parent: |
|
4503 | if node != parent: | |
4504 | if dirty: |
|
4504 | if dirty: | |
4505 | hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all" |
|
4505 | hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all" | |
4506 | " changes, or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev() |
|
4506 | " changes, or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev() | |
4507 | else: |
|
4507 | else: | |
4508 | hint = _("use --all to revert all files," |
|
4508 | hint = _("use --all to revert all files," | |
4509 | " or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev() |
|
4509 | " or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev() | |
4510 | elif dirty: |
|
4510 | elif dirty: | |
4511 | hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all changes") |
|
4511 | hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all changes") | |
4512 | else: |
|
4512 | else: | |
4513 | hint = _("use --all to revert all files") |
|
4513 | hint = _("use --all to revert all files") | |
4514 | raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint) |
|
4514 | raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint) | |
4515 |
|
4515 | |||
4516 | return cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, ctx, (parent, p2), *pats, **opts) |
|
4516 | return cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, ctx, (parent, p2), *pats, **opts) | |
4517 |
|
4517 | |||
4518 | @command('rollback', dryrunopts + |
|
4518 | @command('rollback', dryrunopts + | |
4519 | [('f', 'force', False, _('ignore safety measures'))]) |
|
4519 | [('f', 'force', False, _('ignore safety measures'))]) | |
4520 | def rollback(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
4520 | def rollback(ui, repo, **opts): | |
4521 | """roll back the last transaction (DANGEROUS) (DEPRECATED) |
|
4521 | """roll back the last transaction (DANGEROUS) (DEPRECATED) | |
4522 |
|
4522 | |||
4523 | Please use :hg:`commit --amend` instead of rollback to correct |
|
4523 | Please use :hg:`commit --amend` instead of rollback to correct | |
4524 | mistakes in the last commit. |
|
4524 | mistakes in the last commit. | |
4525 |
|
4525 | |||
4526 | This command should be used with care. There is only one level of |
|
4526 | This command should be used with care. There is only one level of | |
4527 | rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also |
|
4527 | rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also | |
4528 | restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing |
|
4528 | restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing | |
4529 | any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter |
|
4529 | any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter | |
4530 | the working directory. |
|
4530 | the working directory. | |
4531 |
|
4531 | |||
4532 | Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands |
|
4532 | Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands | |
4533 | that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a |
|
4533 | that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a | |
4534 | repository. |
|
4534 | repository. | |
4535 |
|
4535 | |||
4536 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4536 | .. container:: verbose | |
4537 |
|
4537 | |||
4538 | For example, the following commands are transactional, and their |
|
4538 | For example, the following commands are transactional, and their | |
4539 | effects can be rolled back: |
|
4539 | effects can be rolled back: | |
4540 |
|
4540 | |||
4541 | - commit |
|
4541 | - commit | |
4542 | - import |
|
4542 | - import | |
4543 | - pull |
|
4543 | - pull | |
4544 | - push (with this repository as the destination) |
|
4544 | - push (with this repository as the destination) | |
4545 | - unbundle |
|
4545 | - unbundle | |
4546 |
|
4546 | |||
4547 | To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a |
|
4547 | To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a | |
4548 | commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use --force to |
|
4548 | commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use --force to | |
4549 | override this protection. |
|
4549 | override this protection. | |
4550 |
|
4550 | |||
4551 | The rollback command can be entirely disabled by setting the |
|
4551 | The rollback command can be entirely disabled by setting the | |
4552 | ``ui.rollback`` configuration setting to false. If you're here |
|
4552 | ``ui.rollback`` configuration setting to false. If you're here | |
4553 | because you want to use rollback and it's disabled, you can |
|
4553 | because you want to use rollback and it's disabled, you can | |
4554 | re-enable the command by setting ``ui.rollback`` to true. |
|
4554 | re-enable the command by setting ``ui.rollback`` to true. | |
4555 |
|
4555 | |||
4556 | This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once |
|
4556 | This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once | |
4557 | changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction |
|
4557 | changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction | |
4558 | back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled |
|
4558 | back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled | |
4559 | the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the |
|
4559 | the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the | |
4560 | repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository |
|
4560 | repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository | |
4561 | may fail if a rollback is performed. |
|
4561 | may fail if a rollback is performed. | |
4562 |
|
4562 | |||
4563 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available. |
|
4563 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available. | |
4564 | """ |
|
4564 | """ | |
4565 | if not ui.configbool('ui', 'rollback', True): |
|
4565 | if not ui.configbool('ui', 'rollback', True): | |
4566 | raise error.Abort(_('rollback is disabled because it is unsafe'), |
|
4566 | raise error.Abort(_('rollback is disabled because it is unsafe'), | |
4567 | hint=('see `hg help -v rollback` for information')) |
|
4567 | hint=('see `hg help -v rollback` for information')) | |
4568 | return repo.rollback(dryrun=opts.get('dry_run'), |
|
4568 | return repo.rollback(dryrun=opts.get('dry_run'), | |
4569 | force=opts.get('force')) |
|
4569 | force=opts.get('force')) | |
4570 |
|
4570 | |||
4571 | @command('root', []) |
|
4571 | @command('root', []) | |
4572 | def root(ui, repo): |
|
4572 | def root(ui, repo): | |
4573 | """print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
4573 | """print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
4574 |
|
4574 | |||
4575 | Print the root directory of the current repository. |
|
4575 | Print the root directory of the current repository. | |
4576 |
|
4576 | |||
4577 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
4577 | Returns 0 on success. | |
4578 | """ |
|
4578 | """ | |
4579 | ui.write(repo.root + "\n") |
|
4579 | ui.write(repo.root + "\n") | |
4580 |
|
4580 | |||
4581 | @command('^serve', |
|
4581 | @command('^serve', | |
4582 | [('A', 'accesslog', '', _('name of access log file to write to'), |
|
4582 | [('A', 'accesslog', '', _('name of access log file to write to'), | |
4583 | _('FILE')), |
|
4583 | _('FILE')), | |
4584 | ('d', 'daemon', None, _('run server in background')), |
|
4584 | ('d', 'daemon', None, _('run server in background')), | |
4585 | ('', 'daemon-postexec', [], _('used internally by daemon mode')), |
|
4585 | ('', 'daemon-postexec', [], _('used internally by daemon mode')), | |
4586 | ('E', 'errorlog', '', _('name of error log file to write to'), _('FILE')), |
|
4586 | ('E', 'errorlog', '', _('name of error log file to write to'), _('FILE')), | |
4587 | # use string type, then we can check if something was passed |
|
4587 | # use string type, then we can check if something was passed | |
4588 | ('p', 'port', '', _('port to listen on (default: 8000)'), _('PORT')), |
|
4588 | ('p', 'port', '', _('port to listen on (default: 8000)'), _('PORT')), | |
4589 | ('a', 'address', '', _('address to listen on (default: all interfaces)'), |
|
4589 | ('a', 'address', '', _('address to listen on (default: all interfaces)'), | |
4590 | _('ADDR')), |
|
4590 | _('ADDR')), | |
4591 | ('', 'prefix', '', _('prefix path to serve from (default: server root)'), |
|
4591 | ('', 'prefix', '', _('prefix path to serve from (default: server root)'), | |
4592 | _('PREFIX')), |
|
4592 | _('PREFIX')), | |
4593 | ('n', 'name', '', |
|
4593 | ('n', 'name', '', | |
4594 | _('name to show in web pages (default: working directory)'), _('NAME')), |
|
4594 | _('name to show in web pages (default: working directory)'), _('NAME')), | |
4595 | ('', 'web-conf', '', |
|
4595 | ('', 'web-conf', '', | |
4596 | _("name of the hgweb config file (see 'hg help hgweb')"), _('FILE')), |
|
4596 | _("name of the hgweb config file (see 'hg help hgweb')"), _('FILE')), | |
4597 | ('', 'webdir-conf', '', _('name of the hgweb config file (DEPRECATED)'), |
|
4597 | ('', 'webdir-conf', '', _('name of the hgweb config file (DEPRECATED)'), | |
4598 | _('FILE')), |
|
4598 | _('FILE')), | |
4599 | ('', 'pid-file', '', _('name of file to write process ID to'), _('FILE')), |
|
4599 | ('', 'pid-file', '', _('name of file to write process ID to'), _('FILE')), | |
4600 | ('', 'stdio', None, _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)')), |
|
4600 | ('', 'stdio', None, _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)')), | |
4601 | ('', 'cmdserver', '', _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)'), _('MODE')), |
|
4601 | ('', 'cmdserver', '', _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)'), _('MODE')), | |
4602 | ('t', 'templates', '', _('web templates to use'), _('TEMPLATE')), |
|
4602 | ('t', 'templates', '', _('web templates to use'), _('TEMPLATE')), | |
4603 | ('', 'style', '', _('template style to use'), _('STYLE')), |
|
4603 | ('', 'style', '', _('template style to use'), _('STYLE')), | |
4604 | ('6', 'ipv6', None, _('use IPv6 in addition to IPv4')), |
|
4604 | ('6', 'ipv6', None, _('use IPv6 in addition to IPv4')), | |
4605 | ('', 'certificate', '', _('SSL certificate file'), _('FILE'))], |
|
4605 | ('', 'certificate', '', _('SSL certificate file'), _('FILE'))], | |
4606 | _('[OPTION]...'), |
|
4606 | _('[OPTION]...'), | |
4607 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
4607 | optionalrepo=True) | |
4608 | def serve(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
4608 | def serve(ui, repo, **opts): | |
4609 | """start stand-alone webserver |
|
4609 | """start stand-alone webserver | |
4610 |
|
4610 | |||
4611 | Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use |
|
4611 | Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use | |
4612 | this for ad-hoc sharing and browsing of repositories. It is |
|
4612 | this for ad-hoc sharing and browsing of repositories. It is | |
4613 | recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for |
|
4613 | recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for | |
4614 | longer periods of time. |
|
4614 | longer periods of time. | |
4615 |
|
4615 | |||
4616 | Please note that the server does not implement access control. |
|
4616 | Please note that the server does not implement access control. | |
4617 | This means that, by default, anybody can read from the server and |
|
4617 | This means that, by default, anybody can read from the server and | |
4618 | nobody can write to it by default. Set the ``web.allow_push`` |
|
4618 | nobody can write to it by default. Set the ``web.allow_push`` | |
4619 | option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You |
|
4619 | option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You | |
4620 | should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users. |
|
4620 | should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users. | |
4621 |
|
4621 | |||
4622 | By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to |
|
4622 | By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to | |
4623 | stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to |
|
4623 | stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to | |
4624 | files. |
|
4624 | files. | |
4625 |
|
4625 | |||
4626 | To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify |
|
4626 | To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify | |
4627 | a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port |
|
4627 | a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port | |
4628 | number it uses. |
|
4628 | number it uses. | |
4629 |
|
4629 | |||
4630 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
4630 | Returns 0 on success. | |
4631 | """ |
|
4631 | """ | |
4632 |
|
4632 | |||
4633 | if opts["stdio"] and opts["cmdserver"]: |
|
4633 | if opts["stdio"] and opts["cmdserver"]: | |
4634 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --stdio with --cmdserver")) |
|
4634 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --stdio with --cmdserver")) | |
4635 |
|
4635 | |||
4636 | if opts["stdio"]: |
|
4636 | if opts["stdio"]: | |
4637 | if repo is None: |
|
4637 | if repo is None: | |
4638 | raise error.RepoError(_("there is no Mercurial repository here" |
|
4638 | raise error.RepoError(_("there is no Mercurial repository here" | |
4639 | " (.hg not found)")) |
|
4639 | " (.hg not found)")) | |
4640 | s = sshserver.sshserver(ui, repo) |
|
4640 | s = sshserver.sshserver(ui, repo) | |
4641 | s.serve_forever() |
|
4641 | s.serve_forever() | |
4642 |
|
4642 | |||
4643 | service = server.createservice(ui, repo, opts) |
|
4643 | service = server.createservice(ui, repo, opts) | |
4644 | return server.runservice(opts, initfn=service.init, runfn=service.run) |
|
4644 | return server.runservice(opts, initfn=service.init, runfn=service.run) | |
4645 |
|
4645 | |||
4646 | @command('^status|st', |
|
4646 | @command('^status|st', | |
4647 | [('A', 'all', None, _('show status of all files')), |
|
4647 | [('A', 'all', None, _('show status of all files')), | |
4648 | ('m', 'modified', None, _('show only modified files')), |
|
4648 | ('m', 'modified', None, _('show only modified files')), | |
4649 | ('a', 'added', None, _('show only added files')), |
|
4649 | ('a', 'added', None, _('show only added files')), | |
4650 | ('r', 'removed', None, _('show only removed files')), |
|
4650 | ('r', 'removed', None, _('show only removed files')), | |
4651 | ('d', 'deleted', None, _('show only deleted (but tracked) files')), |
|
4651 | ('d', 'deleted', None, _('show only deleted (but tracked) files')), | |
4652 | ('c', 'clean', None, _('show only files without changes')), |
|
4652 | ('c', 'clean', None, _('show only files without changes')), | |
4653 | ('u', 'unknown', None, _('show only unknown (not tracked) files')), |
|
4653 | ('u', 'unknown', None, _('show only unknown (not tracked) files')), | |
4654 | ('i', 'ignored', None, _('show only ignored files')), |
|
4654 | ('i', 'ignored', None, _('show only ignored files')), | |
4655 | ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix')), |
|
4655 | ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix')), | |
4656 | ('C', 'copies', None, _('show source of copied files')), |
|
4656 | ('C', 'copies', None, _('show source of copied files')), | |
4657 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), |
|
4657 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), | |
4658 | ('', 'rev', [], _('show difference from revision'), _('REV')), |
|
4658 | ('', 'rev', [], _('show difference from revision'), _('REV')), | |
4659 | ('', 'change', '', _('list the changed files of a revision'), _('REV')), |
|
4659 | ('', 'change', '', _('list the changed files of a revision'), _('REV')), | |
4660 | ] + walkopts + subrepoopts + formatteropts, |
|
4660 | ] + walkopts + subrepoopts + formatteropts, | |
4661 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
4661 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), | |
4662 | inferrepo=True) |
|
4662 | inferrepo=True) | |
4663 | def status(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
4663 | def status(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): | |
4664 | """show changed files in the working directory |
|
4664 | """show changed files in the working directory | |
4665 |
|
4665 | |||
4666 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only |
|
4666 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only | |
4667 | files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or |
|
4667 | files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or | |
4668 | the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless |
|
4668 | the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless | |
4669 | -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. |
|
4669 | -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. | |
4670 | Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the |
|
4670 | Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the | |
4671 | options -mardu are used. |
|
4671 | options -mardu are used. | |
4672 |
|
4672 | |||
4673 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files |
|
4673 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files | |
4674 | unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. |
|
4674 | unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. | |
4675 |
|
4675 | |||
4676 | .. note:: |
|
4676 | .. note:: | |
4677 |
|
4677 | |||
4678 | :hg:`status` may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have |
|
4678 | :hg:`status` may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have | |
4679 | changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does |
|
4679 | changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does | |
4680 | not report permission changes and diff only reports changes |
|
4680 | not report permission changes and diff only reports changes | |
4681 | relative to one merge parent. |
|
4681 | relative to one merge parent. | |
4682 |
|
4682 | |||
4683 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. |
|
4683 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. | |
4684 | If two revisions are given, the differences between them are |
|
4684 | If two revisions are given, the differences between them are | |
4685 | shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list |
|
4685 | shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list | |
4686 | the changed files of a revision from its first parent. |
|
4686 | the changed files of a revision from its first parent. | |
4687 |
|
4687 | |||
4688 | The codes used to show the status of files are:: |
|
4688 | The codes used to show the status of files are:: | |
4689 |
|
4689 | |||
4690 | M = modified |
|
4690 | M = modified | |
4691 | A = added |
|
4691 | A = added | |
4692 | R = removed |
|
4692 | R = removed | |
4693 | C = clean |
|
4693 | C = clean | |
4694 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) |
|
4694 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) | |
4695 | ? = not tracked |
|
4695 | ? = not tracked | |
4696 | I = ignored |
|
4696 | I = ignored | |
4697 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) |
|
4697 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) | |
4698 |
|
4698 | |||
4699 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4699 | .. container:: verbose | |
4700 |
|
4700 | |||
4701 | Examples: |
|
4701 | Examples: | |
4702 |
|
4702 | |||
4703 | - show changes in the working directory relative to a |
|
4703 | - show changes in the working directory relative to a | |
4704 | changeset:: |
|
4704 | changeset:: | |
4705 |
|
4705 | |||
4706 | hg status --rev 9353 |
|
4706 | hg status --rev 9353 | |
4707 |
|
4707 | |||
4708 | - show changes in the working directory relative to the |
|
4708 | - show changes in the working directory relative to the | |
4709 | current directory (see :hg:`help patterns` for more information):: |
|
4709 | current directory (see :hg:`help patterns` for more information):: | |
4710 |
|
4710 | |||
4711 | hg status re: |
|
4711 | hg status re: | |
4712 |
|
4712 | |||
4713 | - show all changes including copies in an existing changeset:: |
|
4713 | - show all changes including copies in an existing changeset:: | |
4714 |
|
4714 | |||
4715 | hg status --copies --change 9353 |
|
4715 | hg status --copies --change 9353 | |
4716 |
|
4716 | |||
4717 | - get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs:: |
|
4717 | - get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs:: | |
4718 |
|
4718 | |||
4719 | hg status -an0 |
|
4719 | hg status -an0 | |
4720 |
|
4720 | |||
4721 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
4721 | Returns 0 on success. | |
4722 | """ |
|
4722 | """ | |
4723 |
|
4723 | |||
4724 | opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts) |
|
4724 | opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts) | |
4725 | revs = opts.get('rev') |
|
4725 | revs = opts.get('rev') | |
4726 | change = opts.get('change') |
|
4726 | change = opts.get('change') | |
4727 |
|
4727 | |||
4728 | if revs and change: |
|
4728 | if revs and change: | |
4729 | msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time') |
|
4729 | msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time') | |
4730 | raise error.Abort(msg) |
|
4730 | raise error.Abort(msg) | |
4731 | elif change: |
|
4731 | elif change: | |
4732 | node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node() |
|
4732 | node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node() | |
4733 | node1 = repo[node2].p1().node() |
|
4733 | node1 = repo[node2].p1().node() | |
4734 | else: |
|
4734 | else: | |
4735 | node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs) |
|
4735 | node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs) | |
4736 |
|
4736 | |||
4737 | if pats: |
|
4737 | if pats: | |
4738 | cwd = repo.getcwd() |
|
4738 | cwd = repo.getcwd() | |
4739 | else: |
|
4739 | else: | |
4740 | cwd = '' |
|
4740 | cwd = '' | |
4741 |
|
4741 | |||
4742 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
4742 | if opts.get('print0'): | |
4743 | end = '\0' |
|
4743 | end = '\0' | |
4744 | else: |
|
4744 | else: | |
4745 | end = '\n' |
|
4745 | end = '\n' | |
4746 | copy = {} |
|
4746 | copy = {} | |
4747 | states = 'modified added removed deleted unknown ignored clean'.split() |
|
4747 | states = 'modified added removed deleted unknown ignored clean'.split() | |
4748 | show = [k for k in states if opts.get(k)] |
|
4748 | show = [k for k in states if opts.get(k)] | |
4749 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
4749 | if opts.get('all'): | |
4750 | show += ui.quiet and (states[:4] + ['clean']) or states |
|
4750 | show += ui.quiet and (states[:4] + ['clean']) or states | |
4751 | if not show: |
|
4751 | if not show: | |
4752 | if ui.quiet: |
|
4752 | if ui.quiet: | |
4753 | show = states[:4] |
|
4753 | show = states[:4] | |
4754 | else: |
|
4754 | else: | |
4755 | show = states[:5] |
|
4755 | show = states[:5] | |
4756 |
|
4756 | |||
4757 | m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts) |
|
4757 | m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts) | |
4758 | stat = repo.status(node1, node2, m, |
|
4758 | stat = repo.status(node1, node2, m, | |
4759 | 'ignored' in show, 'clean' in show, 'unknown' in show, |
|
4759 | 'ignored' in show, 'clean' in show, 'unknown' in show, | |
4760 | opts.get('subrepos')) |
|
4760 | opts.get('subrepos')) | |
4761 | changestates = zip(states, pycompat.iterbytestr('MAR!?IC'), stat) |
|
4761 | changestates = zip(states, pycompat.iterbytestr('MAR!?IC'), stat) | |
4762 |
|
4762 | |||
4763 | if (opts.get('all') or opts.get('copies') |
|
4763 | if (opts.get('all') or opts.get('copies') | |
4764 | or ui.configbool('ui', 'statuscopies')) and not opts.get('no_status'): |
|
4764 | or ui.configbool('ui', 'statuscopies')) and not opts.get('no_status'): | |
4765 | copy = copies.pathcopies(repo[node1], repo[node2], m) |
|
4765 | copy = copies.pathcopies(repo[node1], repo[node2], m) | |
4766 |
|
4766 | |||
4767 | ui.pager('status') |
|
4767 | ui.pager('status') | |
4768 | fm = ui.formatter('status', opts) |
|
4768 | fm = ui.formatter('status', opts) | |
4769 | fmt = '%s' + end |
|
4769 | fmt = '%s' + end | |
4770 | showchar = not opts.get('no_status') |
|
4770 | showchar = not opts.get('no_status') | |
4771 |
|
4771 | |||
4772 | for state, char, files in changestates: |
|
4772 | for state, char, files in changestates: | |
4773 | if state in show: |
|
4773 | if state in show: | |
4774 | label = 'status.' + state |
|
4774 | label = 'status.' + state | |
4775 | for f in files: |
|
4775 | for f in files: | |
4776 | fm.startitem() |
|
4776 | fm.startitem() | |
4777 | fm.condwrite(showchar, 'status', '%s ', char, label=label) |
|
4777 | fm.condwrite(showchar, 'status', '%s ', char, label=label) | |
4778 | fm.write('path', fmt, repo.pathto(f, cwd), label=label) |
|
4778 | fm.write('path', fmt, repo.pathto(f, cwd), label=label) | |
4779 | if f in copy: |
|
4779 | if f in copy: | |
4780 | fm.write("copy", ' %s' + end, repo.pathto(copy[f], cwd), |
|
4780 | fm.write("copy", ' %s' + end, repo.pathto(copy[f], cwd), | |
4781 | label='status.copied') |
|
4781 | label='status.copied') | |
4782 | fm.end() |
|
4782 | fm.end() | |
4783 |
|
4783 | |||
4784 | @command('^summary|sum', |
|
4784 | @command('^summary|sum', | |
4785 | [('', 'remote', None, _('check for push and pull'))], '[--remote]') |
|
4785 | [('', 'remote', None, _('check for push and pull'))], '[--remote]') | |
4786 | def summary(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
4786 | def summary(ui, repo, **opts): | |
4787 | """summarize working directory state |
|
4787 | """summarize working directory state | |
4788 |
|
4788 | |||
4789 | This generates a brief summary of the working directory state, |
|
4789 | This generates a brief summary of the working directory state, | |
4790 | including parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates. |
|
4790 | including parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates. | |
4791 |
|
4791 | |||
4792 | With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for |
|
4792 | With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for | |
4793 | incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming. |
|
4793 | incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming. | |
4794 |
|
4794 | |||
4795 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
4795 | Returns 0 on success. | |
4796 | """ |
|
4796 | """ | |
4797 |
|
4797 | |||
4798 | ui.pager('summary') |
|
4798 | ui.pager('summary') | |
4799 | ctx = repo[None] |
|
4799 | ctx = repo[None] | |
4800 | parents = ctx.parents() |
|
4800 | parents = ctx.parents() | |
4801 | pnode = parents[0].node() |
|
4801 | pnode = parents[0].node() | |
4802 | marks = [] |
|
4802 | marks = [] | |
4803 |
|
4803 | |||
4804 | ms = None |
|
4804 | ms = None | |
4805 | try: |
|
4805 | try: | |
4806 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) |
|
4806 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) | |
4807 | except error.UnsupportedMergeRecords as e: |
|
4807 | except error.UnsupportedMergeRecords as e: | |
4808 | s = ' '.join(e.recordtypes) |
|
4808 | s = ' '.join(e.recordtypes) | |
4809 | ui.warn( |
|
4809 | ui.warn( | |
4810 | _('warning: merge state has unsupported record types: %s\n') % s) |
|
4810 | _('warning: merge state has unsupported record types: %s\n') % s) | |
4811 | unresolved = 0 |
|
4811 | unresolved = 0 | |
4812 | else: |
|
4812 | else: | |
4813 | unresolved = [f for f in ms if ms[f] == 'u'] |
|
4813 | unresolved = [f for f in ms if ms[f] == 'u'] | |
4814 |
|
4814 | |||
4815 | for p in parents: |
|
4815 | for p in parents: | |
4816 | # label with log.changeset (instead of log.parent) since this |
|
4816 | # label with log.changeset (instead of log.parent) since this | |
4817 | # shows a working directory parent *changeset*: |
|
4817 | # shows a working directory parent *changeset*: | |
4818 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4818 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4819 | ui.write(_('parent: %d:%s ') % (p.rev(), p), |
|
4819 | ui.write(_('parent: %d:%s ') % (p.rev(), p), | |
4820 | label=cmdutil._changesetlabels(p)) |
|
4820 | label=cmdutil._changesetlabels(p)) | |
4821 | ui.write(' '.join(p.tags()), label='log.tag') |
|
4821 | ui.write(' '.join(p.tags()), label='log.tag') | |
4822 | if p.bookmarks(): |
|
4822 | if p.bookmarks(): | |
4823 | marks.extend(p.bookmarks()) |
|
4823 | marks.extend(p.bookmarks()) | |
4824 | if p.rev() == -1: |
|
4824 | if p.rev() == -1: | |
4825 | if not len(repo): |
|
4825 | if not len(repo): | |
4826 | ui.write(_(' (empty repository)')) |
|
4826 | ui.write(_(' (empty repository)')) | |
4827 | else: |
|
4827 | else: | |
4828 | ui.write(_(' (no revision checked out)')) |
|
4828 | ui.write(_(' (no revision checked out)')) | |
4829 | if p.troubled(): |
|
4829 | if p.troubled(): | |
4830 | ui.write(' (' |
|
4830 | ui.write(' (' | |
4831 | + ', '.join(ui.label(trouble, 'trouble.%s' % trouble) |
|
4831 | + ', '.join(ui.label(trouble, 'trouble.%s' % trouble) | |
4832 | for trouble in p.troubles()) |
|
4832 | for trouble in p.troubles()) | |
4833 | + ')') |
|
4833 | + ')') | |
4834 | ui.write('\n') |
|
4834 | ui.write('\n') | |
4835 | if p.description(): |
|
4835 | if p.description(): | |
4836 | ui.status(' ' + p.description().splitlines()[0].strip() + '\n', |
|
4836 | ui.status(' ' + p.description().splitlines()[0].strip() + '\n', | |
4837 | label='log.summary') |
|
4837 | label='log.summary') | |
4838 |
|
4838 | |||
4839 | branch = ctx.branch() |
|
4839 | branch = ctx.branch() | |
4840 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) |
|
4840 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) | |
4841 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4841 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4842 | m = _('branch: %s\n') % branch |
|
4842 | m = _('branch: %s\n') % branch | |
4843 | if branch != 'default': |
|
4843 | if branch != 'default': | |
4844 | ui.write(m, label='log.branch') |
|
4844 | ui.write(m, label='log.branch') | |
4845 | else: |
|
4845 | else: | |
4846 | ui.status(m, label='log.branch') |
|
4846 | ui.status(m, label='log.branch') | |
4847 |
|
4847 | |||
4848 | if marks: |
|
4848 | if marks: | |
4849 | active = repo._activebookmark |
|
4849 | active = repo._activebookmark | |
4850 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4850 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4851 | ui.write(_('bookmarks:'), label='log.bookmark') |
|
4851 | ui.write(_('bookmarks:'), label='log.bookmark') | |
4852 | if active is not None: |
|
4852 | if active is not None: | |
4853 | if active in marks: |
|
4853 | if active in marks: | |
4854 | ui.write(' *' + active, label=activebookmarklabel) |
|
4854 | ui.write(' *' + active, label=activebookmarklabel) | |
4855 | marks.remove(active) |
|
4855 | marks.remove(active) | |
4856 | else: |
|
4856 | else: | |
4857 | ui.write(' [%s]' % active, label=activebookmarklabel) |
|
4857 | ui.write(' [%s]' % active, label=activebookmarklabel) | |
4858 | for m in marks: |
|
4858 | for m in marks: | |
4859 | ui.write(' ' + m, label='log.bookmark') |
|
4859 | ui.write(' ' + m, label='log.bookmark') | |
4860 | ui.write('\n', label='log.bookmark') |
|
4860 | ui.write('\n', label='log.bookmark') | |
4861 |
|
4861 | |||
4862 | status = repo.status(unknown=True) |
|
4862 | status = repo.status(unknown=True) | |
4863 |
|
4863 | |||
4864 | c = repo.dirstate.copies() |
|
4864 | c = repo.dirstate.copies() | |
4865 | copied, renamed = [], [] |
|
4865 | copied, renamed = [], [] | |
4866 | for d, s in c.iteritems(): |
|
4866 | for d, s in c.iteritems(): | |
4867 | if s in status.removed: |
|
4867 | if s in status.removed: | |
4868 | status.removed.remove(s) |
|
4868 | status.removed.remove(s) | |
4869 | renamed.append(d) |
|
4869 | renamed.append(d) | |
4870 | else: |
|
4870 | else: | |
4871 | copied.append(d) |
|
4871 | copied.append(d) | |
4872 | if d in status.added: |
|
4872 | if d in status.added: | |
4873 | status.added.remove(d) |
|
4873 | status.added.remove(d) | |
4874 |
|
4874 | |||
4875 | subs = [s for s in ctx.substate if ctx.sub(s).dirty()] |
|
4875 | subs = [s for s in ctx.substate if ctx.sub(s).dirty()] | |
4876 |
|
4876 | |||
4877 | labels = [(ui.label(_('%d modified'), 'status.modified'), status.modified), |
|
4877 | labels = [(ui.label(_('%d modified'), 'status.modified'), status.modified), | |
4878 | (ui.label(_('%d added'), 'status.added'), status.added), |
|
4878 | (ui.label(_('%d added'), 'status.added'), status.added), | |
4879 | (ui.label(_('%d removed'), 'status.removed'), status.removed), |
|
4879 | (ui.label(_('%d removed'), 'status.removed'), status.removed), | |
4880 | (ui.label(_('%d renamed'), 'status.copied'), renamed), |
|
4880 | (ui.label(_('%d renamed'), 'status.copied'), renamed), | |
4881 | (ui.label(_('%d copied'), 'status.copied'), copied), |
|
4881 | (ui.label(_('%d copied'), 'status.copied'), copied), | |
4882 | (ui.label(_('%d deleted'), 'status.deleted'), status.deleted), |
|
4882 | (ui.label(_('%d deleted'), 'status.deleted'), status.deleted), | |
4883 | (ui.label(_('%d unknown'), 'status.unknown'), status.unknown), |
|
4883 | (ui.label(_('%d unknown'), 'status.unknown'), status.unknown), | |
4884 | (ui.label(_('%d unresolved'), 'resolve.unresolved'), unresolved), |
|
4884 | (ui.label(_('%d unresolved'), 'resolve.unresolved'), unresolved), | |
4885 | (ui.label(_('%d subrepos'), 'status.modified'), subs)] |
|
4885 | (ui.label(_('%d subrepos'), 'status.modified'), subs)] | |
4886 | t = [] |
|
4886 | t = [] | |
4887 | for l, s in labels: |
|
4887 | for l, s in labels: | |
4888 | if s: |
|
4888 | if s: | |
4889 | t.append(l % len(s)) |
|
4889 | t.append(l % len(s)) | |
4890 |
|
4890 | |||
4891 | t = ', '.join(t) |
|
4891 | t = ', '.join(t) | |
4892 | cleanworkdir = False |
|
4892 | cleanworkdir = False | |
4893 |
|
4893 | |||
4894 | if repo.vfs.exists('graftstate'): |
|
4894 | if repo.vfs.exists('graftstate'): | |
4895 | t += _(' (graft in progress)') |
|
4895 | t += _(' (graft in progress)') | |
4896 | if repo.vfs.exists('updatestate'): |
|
4896 | if repo.vfs.exists('updatestate'): | |
4897 | t += _(' (interrupted update)') |
|
4897 | t += _(' (interrupted update)') | |
4898 | elif len(parents) > 1: |
|
4898 | elif len(parents) > 1: | |
4899 | t += _(' (merge)') |
|
4899 | t += _(' (merge)') | |
4900 | elif branch != parents[0].branch(): |
|
4900 | elif branch != parents[0].branch(): | |
4901 | t += _(' (new branch)') |
|
4901 | t += _(' (new branch)') | |
4902 | elif (parents[0].closesbranch() and |
|
4902 | elif (parents[0].closesbranch() and | |
4903 | pnode in repo.branchheads(branch, closed=True)): |
|
4903 | pnode in repo.branchheads(branch, closed=True)): | |
4904 | t += _(' (head closed)') |
|
4904 | t += _(' (head closed)') | |
4905 | elif not (status.modified or status.added or status.removed or renamed or |
|
4905 | elif not (status.modified or status.added or status.removed or renamed or | |
4906 | copied or subs): |
|
4906 | copied or subs): | |
4907 | t += _(' (clean)') |
|
4907 | t += _(' (clean)') | |
4908 | cleanworkdir = True |
|
4908 | cleanworkdir = True | |
4909 | elif pnode not in bheads: |
|
4909 | elif pnode not in bheads: | |
4910 | t += _(' (new branch head)') |
|
4910 | t += _(' (new branch head)') | |
4911 |
|
4911 | |||
4912 | if parents: |
|
4912 | if parents: | |
4913 | pendingphase = max(p.phase() for p in parents) |
|
4913 | pendingphase = max(p.phase() for p in parents) | |
4914 | else: |
|
4914 | else: | |
4915 | pendingphase = phases.public |
|
4915 | pendingphase = phases.public | |
4916 |
|
4916 | |||
4917 | if pendingphase > phases.newcommitphase(ui): |
|
4917 | if pendingphase > phases.newcommitphase(ui): | |
4918 | t += ' (%s)' % phases.phasenames[pendingphase] |
|
4918 | t += ' (%s)' % phases.phasenames[pendingphase] | |
4919 |
|
4919 | |||
4920 | if cleanworkdir: |
|
4920 | if cleanworkdir: | |
4921 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4921 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4922 | ui.status(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip()) |
|
4922 | ui.status(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip()) | |
4923 | else: |
|
4923 | else: | |
4924 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4924 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4925 | ui.write(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip()) |
|
4925 | ui.write(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip()) | |
4926 |
|
4926 | |||
4927 | # all ancestors of branch heads - all ancestors of parent = new csets |
|
4927 | # all ancestors of branch heads - all ancestors of parent = new csets | |
4928 | new = len(repo.changelog.findmissing([pctx.node() for pctx in parents], |
|
4928 | new = len(repo.changelog.findmissing([pctx.node() for pctx in parents], | |
4929 | bheads)) |
|
4929 | bheads)) | |
4930 |
|
4930 | |||
4931 | if new == 0: |
|
4931 | if new == 0: | |
4932 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4932 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4933 | ui.status(_('update: (current)\n')) |
|
4933 | ui.status(_('update: (current)\n')) | |
4934 | elif pnode not in bheads: |
|
4934 | elif pnode not in bheads: | |
4935 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4935 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4936 | ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets (update)\n') % new) |
|
4936 | ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets (update)\n') % new) | |
4937 | else: |
|
4937 | else: | |
4938 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
4938 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
4939 | ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets, %d branch heads (merge)\n') % |
|
4939 | ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets, %d branch heads (merge)\n') % | |
4940 | (new, len(bheads))) |
|
4940 | (new, len(bheads))) | |
4941 |
|
4941 | |||
4942 | t = [] |
|
4942 | t = [] | |
4943 | draft = len(repo.revs('draft()')) |
|
4943 | draft = len(repo.revs('draft()')) | |
4944 | if draft: |
|
4944 | if draft: | |
4945 | t.append(_('%d draft') % draft) |
|
4945 | t.append(_('%d draft') % draft) | |
4946 | secret = len(repo.revs('secret()')) |
|
4946 | secret = len(repo.revs('secret()')) | |
4947 | if secret: |
|
4947 | if secret: | |
4948 | t.append(_('%d secret') % secret) |
|
4948 | t.append(_('%d secret') % secret) | |
4949 |
|
4949 | |||
4950 | if draft or secret: |
|
4950 | if draft or secret: | |
4951 | ui.status(_('phases: %s\n') % ', '.join(t)) |
|
4951 | ui.status(_('phases: %s\n') % ', '.join(t)) | |
4952 |
|
4952 | |||
4953 | if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt): |
|
4953 | if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt): | |
4954 | for trouble in ("unstable", "divergent", "bumped"): |
|
4954 | for trouble in ("unstable", "divergent", "bumped"): | |
4955 | numtrouble = len(repo.revs(trouble + "()")) |
|
4955 | numtrouble = len(repo.revs(trouble + "()")) | |
4956 | # We write all the possibilities to ease translation |
|
4956 | # We write all the possibilities to ease translation | |
4957 | troublemsg = { |
|
4957 | troublemsg = { | |
4958 | "unstable": _("unstable: %d changesets"), |
|
4958 | "unstable": _("unstable: %d changesets"), | |
4959 | "divergent": _("divergent: %d changesets"), |
|
4959 | "divergent": _("divergent: %d changesets"), | |
4960 | "bumped": _("bumped: %d changesets"), |
|
4960 | "bumped": _("bumped: %d changesets"), | |
4961 | } |
|
4961 | } | |
4962 | if numtrouble > 0: |
|
4962 | if numtrouble > 0: | |
4963 | ui.status(troublemsg[trouble] % numtrouble + "\n") |
|
4963 | ui.status(troublemsg[trouble] % numtrouble + "\n") | |
4964 |
|
4964 | |||
4965 | cmdutil.summaryhooks(ui, repo) |
|
4965 | cmdutil.summaryhooks(ui, repo) | |
4966 |
|
4966 | |||
4967 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
4967 | if opts.get('remote'): | |
4968 | needsincoming, needsoutgoing = True, True |
|
4968 | needsincoming, needsoutgoing = True, True | |
4969 | else: |
|
4969 | else: | |
4970 | needsincoming, needsoutgoing = False, False |
|
4970 | needsincoming, needsoutgoing = False, False | |
4971 | for i, o in cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, None): |
|
4971 | for i, o in cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, None): | |
4972 | if i: |
|
4972 | if i: | |
4973 | needsincoming = True |
|
4973 | needsincoming = True | |
4974 | if o: |
|
4974 | if o: | |
4975 | needsoutgoing = True |
|
4975 | needsoutgoing = True | |
4976 | if not needsincoming and not needsoutgoing: |
|
4976 | if not needsincoming and not needsoutgoing: | |
4977 | return |
|
4977 | return | |
4978 |
|
4978 | |||
4979 | def getincoming(): |
|
4979 | def getincoming(): | |
4980 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default')) |
|
4980 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default')) | |
4981 | sbranch = branches[0] |
|
4981 | sbranch = branches[0] | |
4982 | try: |
|
4982 | try: | |
4983 | other = hg.peer(repo, {}, source) |
|
4983 | other = hg.peer(repo, {}, source) | |
4984 | except error.RepoError: |
|
4984 | except error.RepoError: | |
4985 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
4985 | if opts.get('remote'): | |
4986 | raise |
|
4986 | raise | |
4987 | return source, sbranch, None, None, None |
|
4987 | return source, sbranch, None, None, None | |
4988 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, None) |
|
4988 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, None) | |
4989 | if revs: |
|
4989 | if revs: | |
4990 | revs = [other.lookup(rev) for rev in revs] |
|
4990 | revs = [other.lookup(rev) for rev in revs] | |
4991 | ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(source)) |
|
4991 | ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(source)) | |
4992 | repo.ui.pushbuffer() |
|
4992 | repo.ui.pushbuffer() | |
4993 | commoninc = discovery.findcommonincoming(repo, other, heads=revs) |
|
4993 | commoninc = discovery.findcommonincoming(repo, other, heads=revs) | |
4994 | repo.ui.popbuffer() |
|
4994 | repo.ui.popbuffer() | |
4995 | return source, sbranch, other, commoninc, commoninc[1] |
|
4995 | return source, sbranch, other, commoninc, commoninc[1] | |
4996 |
|
4996 | |||
4997 | if needsincoming: |
|
4997 | if needsincoming: | |
4998 | source, sbranch, sother, commoninc, incoming = getincoming() |
|
4998 | source, sbranch, sother, commoninc, incoming = getincoming() | |
4999 | else: |
|
4999 | else: | |
5000 | source = sbranch = sother = commoninc = incoming = None |
|
5000 | source = sbranch = sother = commoninc = incoming = None | |
5001 |
|
5001 | |||
5002 | def getoutgoing(): |
|
5002 | def getoutgoing(): | |
5003 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default-push', 'default')) |
|
5003 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default-push', 'default')) | |
5004 | dbranch = branches[0] |
|
5004 | dbranch = branches[0] | |
5005 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, None) |
|
5005 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, None) | |
5006 | if source != dest: |
|
5006 | if source != dest: | |
5007 | try: |
|
5007 | try: | |
5008 | dother = hg.peer(repo, {}, dest) |
|
5008 | dother = hg.peer(repo, {}, dest) | |
5009 | except error.RepoError: |
|
5009 | except error.RepoError: | |
5010 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
5010 | if opts.get('remote'): | |
5011 | raise |
|
5011 | raise | |
5012 | return dest, dbranch, None, None |
|
5012 | return dest, dbranch, None, None | |
5013 | ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(dest)) |
|
5013 | ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(dest)) | |
5014 | elif sother is None: |
|
5014 | elif sother is None: | |
5015 | # there is no explicit destination peer, but source one is invalid |
|
5015 | # there is no explicit destination peer, but source one is invalid | |
5016 | return dest, dbranch, None, None |
|
5016 | return dest, dbranch, None, None | |
5017 | else: |
|
5017 | else: | |
5018 | dother = sother |
|
5018 | dother = sother | |
5019 | if (source != dest or (sbranch is not None and sbranch != dbranch)): |
|
5019 | if (source != dest or (sbranch is not None and sbranch != dbranch)): | |
5020 | common = None |
|
5020 | common = None | |
5021 | else: |
|
5021 | else: | |
5022 | common = commoninc |
|
5022 | common = commoninc | |
5023 | if revs: |
|
5023 | if revs: | |
5024 | revs = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in revs] |
|
5024 | revs = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in revs] | |
5025 | repo.ui.pushbuffer() |
|
5025 | repo.ui.pushbuffer() | |
5026 | outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, dother, onlyheads=revs, |
|
5026 | outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, dother, onlyheads=revs, | |
5027 | commoninc=common) |
|
5027 | commoninc=common) | |
5028 | repo.ui.popbuffer() |
|
5028 | repo.ui.popbuffer() | |
5029 | return dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing |
|
5029 | return dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing | |
5030 |
|
5030 | |||
5031 | if needsoutgoing: |
|
5031 | if needsoutgoing: | |
5032 | dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing = getoutgoing() |
|
5032 | dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing = getoutgoing() | |
5033 | else: |
|
5033 | else: | |
5034 | dest = dbranch = dother = outgoing = None |
|
5034 | dest = dbranch = dother = outgoing = None | |
5035 |
|
5035 | |||
5036 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
5036 | if opts.get('remote'): | |
5037 | t = [] |
|
5037 | t = [] | |
5038 | if incoming: |
|
5038 | if incoming: | |
5039 | t.append(_('1 or more incoming')) |
|
5039 | t.append(_('1 or more incoming')) | |
5040 | o = outgoing.missing |
|
5040 | o = outgoing.missing | |
5041 | if o: |
|
5041 | if o: | |
5042 | t.append(_('%d outgoing') % len(o)) |
|
5042 | t.append(_('%d outgoing') % len(o)) | |
5043 | other = dother or sother |
|
5043 | other = dother or sother | |
5044 | if 'bookmarks' in other.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
5044 | if 'bookmarks' in other.listkeys('namespaces'): | |
5045 | counts = bookmarks.summary(repo, other) |
|
5045 | counts = bookmarks.summary(repo, other) | |
5046 | if counts[0] > 0: |
|
5046 | if counts[0] > 0: | |
5047 | t.append(_('%d incoming bookmarks') % counts[0]) |
|
5047 | t.append(_('%d incoming bookmarks') % counts[0]) | |
5048 | if counts[1] > 0: |
|
5048 | if counts[1] > 0: | |
5049 | t.append(_('%d outgoing bookmarks') % counts[1]) |
|
5049 | t.append(_('%d outgoing bookmarks') % counts[1]) | |
5050 |
|
5050 | |||
5051 | if t: |
|
5051 | if t: | |
5052 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
5052 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
5053 | ui.write(_('remote: %s\n') % (', '.join(t))) |
|
5053 | ui.write(_('remote: %s\n') % (', '.join(t))) | |
5054 | else: |
|
5054 | else: | |
5055 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
5055 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" | |
5056 | ui.status(_('remote: (synced)\n')) |
|
5056 | ui.status(_('remote: (synced)\n')) | |
5057 |
|
5057 | |||
5058 | cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, |
|
5058 | cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, | |
5059 | ((source, sbranch, sother, commoninc), |
|
5059 | ((source, sbranch, sother, commoninc), | |
5060 | (dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing))) |
|
5060 | (dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing))) | |
5061 |
|
5061 | |||
5062 | @command('tag', |
|
5062 | @command('tag', | |
5063 | [('f', 'force', None, _('force tag')), |
|
5063 | [('f', 'force', None, _('force tag')), | |
5064 | ('l', 'local', None, _('make the tag local')), |
|
5064 | ('l', 'local', None, _('make the tag local')), | |
5065 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to tag'), _('REV')), |
|
5065 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to tag'), _('REV')), | |
5066 | ('', 'remove', None, _('remove a tag')), |
|
5066 | ('', 'remove', None, _('remove a tag')), | |
5067 | # -l/--local is already there, commitopts cannot be used |
|
5067 | # -l/--local is already there, commitopts cannot be used | |
5068 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
5068 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), | |
5069 | ('m', 'message', '', _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')), |
|
5069 | ('m', 'message', '', _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')), | |
5070 | ] + commitopts2, |
|
5070 | ] + commitopts2, | |
5071 | _('[-f] [-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME...')) |
|
5071 | _('[-f] [-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME...')) | |
5072 | def tag(ui, repo, name1, *names, **opts): |
|
5072 | def tag(ui, repo, name1, *names, **opts): | |
5073 | """add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
5073 | """add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
5074 |
|
5074 | |||
5075 | Name a particular revision using <name>. |
|
5075 | Name a particular revision using <name>. | |
5076 |
|
5076 | |||
5077 | Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are |
|
5077 | Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are | |
5078 | very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant |
|
5078 | very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant | |
5079 | earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc. Changing |
|
5079 | earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc. Changing | |
5080 | an existing tag is normally disallowed; use -f/--force to override. |
|
5080 | an existing tag is normally disallowed; use -f/--force to override. | |
5081 |
|
5081 | |||
5082 | If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is |
|
5082 | If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is | |
5083 | used. |
|
5083 | used. | |
5084 |
|
5084 | |||
5085 | To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags, |
|
5085 | To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags, | |
5086 | they are stored as a file named ".hgtags" which is managed similarly |
|
5086 | they are stored as a file named ".hgtags" which is managed similarly | |
5087 | to other project files and can be hand-edited if necessary. This |
|
5087 | to other project files and can be hand-edited if necessary. This | |
5088 | also means that tagging creates a new commit. The file |
|
5088 | also means that tagging creates a new commit. The file | |
5089 | ".hg/localtags" is used for local tags (not shared among |
|
5089 | ".hg/localtags" is used for local tags (not shared among | |
5090 | repositories). |
|
5090 | repositories). | |
5091 |
|
5091 | |||
5092 | Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent |
|
5092 | Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent | |
5093 | of the working directory is not a branch head, :hg:`tag` aborts; use |
|
5093 | of the working directory is not a branch head, :hg:`tag` aborts; use | |
5094 | -f/--force to force the tag commit to be based on a non-head |
|
5094 | -f/--force to force the tag commit to be based on a non-head | |
5095 | changeset. |
|
5095 | changeset. | |
5096 |
|
5096 | |||
5097 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
5097 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. | |
5098 |
|
5098 | |||
5099 | Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision |
|
5099 | Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision | |
5100 | lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged. |
|
5100 | lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged. | |
5101 |
|
5101 | |||
5102 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
5102 | Returns 0 on success. | |
5103 | """ |
|
5103 | """ | |
5104 | wlock = lock = None |
|
5104 | wlock = lock = None | |
5105 | try: |
|
5105 | try: | |
5106 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
5106 | wlock = repo.wlock() | |
5107 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
5107 | lock = repo.lock() | |
5108 | rev_ = "." |
|
5108 | rev_ = "." | |
5109 | names = [t.strip() for t in (name1,) + names] |
|
5109 | names = [t.strip() for t in (name1,) + names] | |
5110 | if len(names) != len(set(names)): |
|
5110 | if len(names) != len(set(names)): | |
5111 | raise error.Abort(_('tag names must be unique')) |
|
5111 | raise error.Abort(_('tag names must be unique')) | |
5112 | for n in names: |
|
5112 | for n in names: | |
5113 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, n, 'tag') |
|
5113 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, n, 'tag') | |
5114 | if not n: |
|
5114 | if not n: | |
5115 | raise error.Abort(_('tag names cannot consist entirely of ' |
|
5115 | raise error.Abort(_('tag names cannot consist entirely of ' | |
5116 | 'whitespace')) |
|
5116 | 'whitespace')) | |
5117 | if opts.get('rev') and opts.get('remove'): |
|
5117 | if opts.get('rev') and opts.get('remove'): | |
5118 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev and --remove are incompatible")) |
|
5118 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev and --remove are incompatible")) | |
5119 | if opts.get('rev'): |
|
5119 | if opts.get('rev'): | |
5120 | rev_ = opts['rev'] |
|
5120 | rev_ = opts['rev'] | |
5121 | message = opts.get('message') |
|
5121 | message = opts.get('message') | |
5122 | if opts.get('remove'): |
|
5122 | if opts.get('remove'): | |
5123 | if opts.get('local'): |
|
5123 | if opts.get('local'): | |
5124 | expectedtype = 'local' |
|
5124 | expectedtype = 'local' | |
5125 | else: |
|
5125 | else: | |
5126 | expectedtype = 'global' |
|
5126 | expectedtype = 'global' | |
5127 |
|
5127 | |||
5128 | for n in names: |
|
5128 | for n in names: | |
5129 | if not repo.tagtype(n): |
|
5129 | if not repo.tagtype(n): | |
5130 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' does not exist") % n) |
|
5130 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' does not exist") % n) | |
5131 | if repo.tagtype(n) != expectedtype: |
|
5131 | if repo.tagtype(n) != expectedtype: | |
5132 | if expectedtype == 'global': |
|
5132 | if expectedtype == 'global': | |
5133 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a global tag") % n) |
|
5133 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a global tag") % n) | |
5134 | else: |
|
5134 | else: | |
5135 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a local tag") % n) |
|
5135 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a local tag") % n) | |
5136 | rev_ = 'null' |
|
5136 | rev_ = 'null' | |
5137 | if not message: |
|
5137 | if not message: | |
5138 | # we don't translate commit messages |
|
5138 | # we don't translate commit messages | |
5139 | message = 'Removed tag %s' % ', '.join(names) |
|
5139 | message = 'Removed tag %s' % ', '.join(names) | |
5140 | elif not opts.get('force'): |
|
5140 | elif not opts.get('force'): | |
5141 | for n in names: |
|
5141 | for n in names: | |
5142 | if n in repo.tags(): |
|
5142 | if n in repo.tags(): | |
5143 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' already exists " |
|
5143 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' already exists " | |
5144 | "(use -f to force)") % n) |
|
5144 | "(use -f to force)") % n) | |
5145 | if not opts.get('local'): |
|
5145 | if not opts.get('local'): | |
5146 | p1, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
5146 | p1, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() | |
5147 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
5147 | if p2 != nullid: | |
5148 | raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge')) |
|
5148 | raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge')) | |
5149 | bheads = repo.branchheads() |
|
5149 | bheads = repo.branchheads() | |
5150 | if not opts.get('force') and bheads and p1 not in bheads: |
|
5150 | if not opts.get('force') and bheads and p1 not in bheads: | |
5151 | raise error.Abort(_('working directory is not at a branch head ' |
|
5151 | raise error.Abort(_('working directory is not at a branch head ' | |
5152 | '(use -f to force)')) |
|
5152 | '(use -f to force)')) | |
5153 | r = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).node() |
|
5153 | r = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).node() | |
5154 |
|
5154 | |||
5155 | if not message: |
|
5155 | if not message: | |
5156 | # we don't translate commit messages |
|
5156 | # we don't translate commit messages | |
5157 | message = ('Added tag %s for changeset %s' % |
|
5157 | message = ('Added tag %s for changeset %s' % | |
5158 | (', '.join(names), short(r))) |
|
5158 | (', '.join(names), short(r))) | |
5159 |
|
5159 | |||
5160 | date = opts.get('date') |
|
5160 | date = opts.get('date') | |
5161 | if date: |
|
5161 | if date: | |
5162 | date = util.parsedate(date) |
|
5162 | date = util.parsedate(date) | |
5163 |
|
5163 | |||
5164 | if opts.get('remove'): |
|
5164 | if opts.get('remove'): | |
5165 | editform = 'tag.remove' |
|
5165 | editform = 'tag.remove' | |
5166 | else: |
|
5166 | else: | |
5167 | editform = 'tag.add' |
|
5167 | editform = 'tag.add' | |
5168 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts) |
|
5168 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts) | |
5169 |
|
5169 | |||
5170 | # don't allow tagging the null rev |
|
5170 | # don't allow tagging the null rev | |
5171 | if (not opts.get('remove') and |
|
5171 | if (not opts.get('remove') and | |
5172 | scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).rev() == nullrev): |
|
5172 | scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).rev() == nullrev): | |
5173 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot tag null revision")) |
|
5173 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot tag null revision")) | |
5174 |
|
5174 | |||
5175 | repo.tag(names, r, message, opts.get('local'), opts.get('user'), date, |
|
5175 | repo.tag(names, r, message, opts.get('local'), opts.get('user'), date, | |
5176 | editor=editor) |
|
5176 | editor=editor) | |
5177 | finally: |
|
5177 | finally: | |
5178 | release(lock, wlock) |
|
5178 | release(lock, wlock) | |
5179 |
|
5179 | |||
5180 | @command('tags', formatteropts, '') |
|
5180 | @command('tags', formatteropts, '') | |
5181 | def tags(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
5181 | def tags(ui, repo, **opts): | |
5182 | """list repository tags |
|
5182 | """list repository tags | |
5183 |
|
5183 | |||
5184 | This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose |
|
5184 | This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose | |
5185 | switch is used, a third column "local" is printed for local tags. |
|
5185 | switch is used, a third column "local" is printed for local tags. | |
5186 | When the -q/--quiet switch is used, only the tag name is printed. |
|
5186 | When the -q/--quiet switch is used, only the tag name is printed. | |
5187 |
|
5187 | |||
5188 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
5188 | Returns 0 on success. | |
5189 | """ |
|
5189 | """ | |
5190 |
|
5190 | |||
5191 | ui.pager('tags') |
|
5191 | ui.pager('tags') | |
5192 | fm = ui.formatter('tags', opts) |
|
5192 | fm = ui.formatter('tags', opts) | |
5193 | hexfunc = fm.hexfunc |
|
5193 | hexfunc = fm.hexfunc | |
5194 | tagtype = "" |
|
5194 | tagtype = "" | |
5195 |
|
5195 | |||
5196 | for t, n in reversed(repo.tagslist()): |
|
5196 | for t, n in reversed(repo.tagslist()): | |
5197 | hn = hexfunc(n) |
|
5197 | hn = hexfunc(n) | |
5198 | label = 'tags.normal' |
|
5198 | label = 'tags.normal' | |
5199 | tagtype = '' |
|
5199 | tagtype = '' | |
5200 | if repo.tagtype(t) == 'local': |
|
5200 | if repo.tagtype(t) == 'local': | |
5201 | label = 'tags.local' |
|
5201 | label = 'tags.local' | |
5202 | tagtype = 'local' |
|
5202 | tagtype = 'local' | |
5203 |
|
5203 | |||
5204 | fm.startitem() |
|
5204 | fm.startitem() | |
5205 | fm.write('tag', '%s', t, label=label) |
|
5205 | fm.write('tag', '%s', t, label=label) | |
5206 | fmt = " " * (30 - encoding.colwidth(t)) + ' %5d:%s' |
|
5206 | fmt = " " * (30 - encoding.colwidth(t)) + ' %5d:%s' | |
5207 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, |
|
5207 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, | |
5208 | repo.changelog.rev(n), hn, label=label) |
|
5208 | repo.changelog.rev(n), hn, label=label) | |
5209 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and tagtype, 'type', ' %s', |
|
5209 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and tagtype, 'type', ' %s', | |
5210 | tagtype, label=label) |
|
5210 | tagtype, label=label) | |
5211 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
5211 | fm.plain('\n') | |
5212 | fm.end() |
|
5212 | fm.end() | |
5213 |
|
5213 | |||
5214 | @command('tip', |
|
5214 | @command('tip', | |
5215 | [('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')), |
|
5215 | [('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')), | |
5216 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), |
|
5216 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), | |
5217 | ] + templateopts, |
|
5217 | ] + templateopts, | |
5218 | _('[-p] [-g]')) |
|
5218 | _('[-p] [-g]')) | |
5219 | def tip(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
5219 | def tip(ui, repo, **opts): | |
5220 | """show the tip revision (DEPRECATED) |
|
5220 | """show the tip revision (DEPRECATED) | |
5221 |
|
5221 | |||
5222 | The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset |
|
5222 | The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset | |
5223 | most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most |
|
5223 | most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most | |
5224 | recently changed head). |
|
5224 | recently changed head). | |
5225 |
|
5225 | |||
5226 | If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If |
|
5226 | If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If | |
5227 | you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of |
|
5227 | you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of | |
5228 | that repository becomes the current tip. The "tip" tag is special |
|
5228 | that repository becomes the current tip. The "tip" tag is special | |
5229 | and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset. |
|
5229 | and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset. | |
5230 |
|
5230 | |||
5231 | This command is deprecated, please use :hg:`heads` instead. |
|
5231 | This command is deprecated, please use :hg:`heads` instead. | |
5232 |
|
5232 | |||
5233 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
5233 | Returns 0 on success. | |
5234 | """ |
|
5234 | """ | |
5235 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
5235 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) | |
5236 | displayer.show(repo['tip']) |
|
5236 | displayer.show(repo['tip']) | |
5237 | displayer.close() |
|
5237 | displayer.close() | |
5238 |
|
5238 | |||
5239 | @command('unbundle', |
|
5239 | @command('unbundle', | |
5240 | [('u', 'update', None, |
|
5240 | [('u', 'update', None, | |
5241 | _('update to new branch head if changesets were unbundled'))], |
|
5241 | _('update to new branch head if changesets were unbundled'))], | |
5242 | _('[-u] FILE...')) |
|
5242 | _('[-u] FILE...')) | |
5243 | def unbundle(ui, repo, fname1, *fnames, **opts): |
|
5243 | def unbundle(ui, repo, fname1, *fnames, **opts): | |
5244 | """apply one or more changegroup files |
|
5244 | """apply one or more changegroup files | |
5245 |
|
5245 | |||
5246 | Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the |
|
5246 | Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the | |
5247 | bundle command. |
|
5247 | bundle command. | |
5248 |
|
5248 | |||
5249 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files. |
|
5249 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files. | |
5250 | """ |
|
5250 | """ | |
5251 | fnames = (fname1,) + fnames |
|
5251 | fnames = (fname1,) + fnames | |
5252 |
|
5252 | |||
5253 | with repo.lock(): |
|
5253 | with repo.lock(): | |
5254 | for fname in fnames: |
|
5254 | for fname in fnames: | |
5255 | f = hg.openpath(ui, fname) |
|
5255 | f = hg.openpath(ui, fname) | |
5256 | gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, fname) |
|
5256 | gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, fname) | |
5257 | if isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20): |
|
5257 | if isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20): | |
5258 | tr = repo.transaction('unbundle') |
|
5258 | tr = repo.transaction('unbundle') | |
5259 | try: |
|
5259 | try: | |
5260 | op = bundle2.applybundle(repo, gen, tr, source='unbundle', |
|
5260 | op = bundle2.applybundle(repo, gen, tr, source='unbundle', | |
5261 | url='bundle:' + fname) |
|
5261 | url='bundle:' + fname) | |
5262 | tr.close() |
|
5262 | tr.close() | |
5263 | except error.BundleUnknownFeatureError as exc: |
|
5263 | except error.BundleUnknownFeatureError as exc: | |
5264 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: unknown bundle feature, %s') |
|
5264 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: unknown bundle feature, %s') | |
5265 | % (fname, exc), |
|
5265 | % (fname, exc), | |
5266 | hint=_("see https://mercurial-scm.org/" |
|
5266 | hint=_("see https://mercurial-scm.org/" | |
5267 | "wiki/BundleFeature for more " |
|
5267 | "wiki/BundleFeature for more " | |
5268 | "information")) |
|
5268 | "information")) | |
5269 | finally: |
|
5269 | finally: | |
5270 | if tr: |
|
5270 | if tr: | |
5271 | tr.release() |
|
5271 | tr.release() | |
5272 | changes = [r.get('return', 0) |
|
5272 | changes = [r.get('return', 0) | |
5273 | for r in op.records['changegroup']] |
|
5273 | for r in op.records['changegroup']] | |
5274 | modheads = changegroup.combineresults(changes) |
|
5274 | modheads = changegroup.combineresults(changes) | |
5275 | elif isinstance(gen, streamclone.streamcloneapplier): |
|
5275 | elif isinstance(gen, streamclone.streamcloneapplier): | |
5276 | raise error.Abort( |
|
5276 | raise error.Abort( | |
5277 | _('packed bundles cannot be applied with ' |
|
5277 | _('packed bundles cannot be applied with ' | |
5278 | '"hg unbundle"'), |
|
5278 | '"hg unbundle"'), | |
5279 | hint=_('use "hg debugapplystreamclonebundle"')) |
|
5279 | hint=_('use "hg debugapplystreamclonebundle"')) | |
5280 | else: |
|
5280 | else: | |
5281 | modheads = gen.apply(repo, 'unbundle', 'bundle:' + fname) |
|
5281 | modheads = gen.apply(repo, 'unbundle', 'bundle:' + fname) | |
5282 |
|
5282 | |||
5283 | return postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'), None, None) |
|
5283 | return postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'), None, None) | |
5284 |
|
5284 | |||
5285 | @command('^update|up|checkout|co', |
|
5285 | @command('^update|up|checkout|co', | |
5286 | [('C', 'clean', None, _('discard uncommitted changes (no backup)')), |
|
5286 | [('C', 'clean', None, _('discard uncommitted changes (no backup)')), | |
5287 | ('c', 'check', None, _('require clean working directory')), |
|
5287 | ('c', 'check', None, _('require clean working directory')), | |
5288 | ('m', 'merge', None, _('merge uncommitted changes')), |
|
5288 | ('m', 'merge', None, _('merge uncommitted changes')), | |
5289 | ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')), |
|
5289 | ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')), | |
5290 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision'), _('REV')) |
|
5290 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision'), _('REV')) | |
5291 | ] + mergetoolopts, |
|
5291 | ] + mergetoolopts, | |
5292 | _('[-C|-c|-m] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]')) |
|
5292 | _('[-C|-c|-m] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]')) | |
5293 | def update(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, clean=False, date=None, check=False, |
|
5293 | def update(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, clean=False, date=None, check=False, | |
5294 | merge=None, tool=None): |
|
5294 | merge=None, tool=None): | |
5295 | """update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
5295 | """update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
5296 |
|
5296 | |||
5297 | Update the repository's working directory to the specified |
|
5297 | Update the repository's working directory to the specified | |
5298 | changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the |
|
5298 | changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the | |
5299 | current named branch and move the active bookmark (see :hg:`help |
|
5299 | current named branch and move the active bookmark (see :hg:`help | |
5300 | bookmarks`). |
|
5300 | bookmarks`). | |
5301 |
|
5301 | |||
5302 | Update sets the working directory's parent revision to the specified |
|
5302 | Update sets the working directory's parent revision to the specified | |
5303 | changeset (see :hg:`help parents`). |
|
5303 | changeset (see :hg:`help parents`). | |
5304 |
|
5304 | |||
5305 | If the changeset is not a descendant or ancestor of the working |
|
5305 | If the changeset is not a descendant or ancestor of the working | |
5306 | directory's parent and there are uncommitted changes, the update is |
|
5306 | directory's parent and there are uncommitted changes, the update is | |
5307 | aborted. With the -c/--check option, the working directory is checked |
|
5307 | aborted. With the -c/--check option, the working directory is checked | |
5308 | for uncommitted changes; if none are found, the working directory is |
|
5308 | for uncommitted changes; if none are found, the working directory is | |
5309 | updated to the specified changeset. |
|
5309 | updated to the specified changeset. | |
5310 |
|
5310 | |||
5311 | .. container:: verbose |
|
5311 | .. container:: verbose | |
5312 |
|
5312 | |||
5313 | The -C/--clean, -c/--check, and -m/--merge options control what |
|
5313 | The -C/--clean, -c/--check, and -m/--merge options control what | |
5314 | happens if the working directory contains uncommitted changes. |
|
5314 | happens if the working directory contains uncommitted changes. | |
5315 | At most of one of them can be specified. |
|
5315 | At most of one of them can be specified. | |
5316 |
|
5316 | |||
5317 | 1. If no option is specified, and if |
|
5317 | 1. If no option is specified, and if | |
5318 | the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of |
|
5318 | the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of | |
5319 | the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes |
|
5319 | the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes | |
5320 | are merged into the requested changeset and the merged |
|
5320 | are merged into the requested changeset and the merged | |
5321 | result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is |
|
5321 | result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is | |
5322 | not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another |
|
5322 | not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another | |
5323 | branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes |
|
5323 | branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes | |
5324 | are preserved. |
|
5324 | are preserved. | |
5325 |
|
5325 | |||
5326 | 2. With the -m/--merge option, the update is allowed even if the |
|
5326 | 2. With the -m/--merge option, the update is allowed even if the | |
5327 | requested changeset is not an ancestor or descendant of |
|
5327 | requested changeset is not an ancestor or descendant of | |
5328 | the working directory's parent. |
|
5328 | the working directory's parent. | |
5329 |
|
5329 | |||
5330 | 3. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the |
|
5330 | 3. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the | |
5331 | uncommitted changes are preserved. |
|
5331 | uncommitted changes are preserved. | |
5332 |
|
5332 | |||
5333 | 4. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and |
|
5333 | 4. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and | |
5334 | the working directory is updated to the requested changeset. |
|
5334 | the working directory is updated to the requested changeset. | |
5335 |
|
5335 | |||
5336 | To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), use |
|
5336 | To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), use | |
5337 | :hg:`update --clean .`. |
|
5337 | :hg:`update --clean .`. | |
5338 |
|
5338 | |||
5339 | Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like |
|
5339 | Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like | |
5340 | :hg:`clone -U`). |
|
5340 | :hg:`clone -U`). | |
5341 |
|
5341 | |||
5342 | If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use |
|
5342 | If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use | |
5343 | :hg:`revert [-r REV] NAME`. |
|
5343 | :hg:`revert [-r REV] NAME`. | |
5344 |
|
5344 | |||
5345 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
5345 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. | |
5346 |
|
5346 | |||
5347 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. |
|
5347 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. | |
5348 | """ |
|
5348 | """ | |
5349 | if rev and node: |
|
5349 | if rev and node: | |
5350 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
5350 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) | |
5351 |
|
5351 | |||
|
5352 | if ui.configbool('commands', 'update.requiredest', False): | |||
|
5353 | if not node and not rev and not date: | |||
|
5354 | raise error.Abort(_('you must specify a destination'), | |||
|
5355 | hint=_('for example: hg update ".::"')) | |||
|
5356 | ||||
5352 | if rev is None or rev == '': |
|
5357 | if rev is None or rev == '': | |
5353 | rev = node |
|
5358 | rev = node | |
5354 |
|
5359 | |||
5355 | if date and rev is not None: |
|
5360 | if date and rev is not None: | |
5356 | raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date")) |
|
5361 | raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date")) | |
5357 |
|
5362 | |||
5358 | if len([x for x in (clean, check, merge) if x]) > 1: |
|
5363 | if len([x for x in (clean, check, merge) if x]) > 1: | |
5359 | raise error.Abort(_("can only specify one of -C/--clean, -c/--check, " |
|
5364 | raise error.Abort(_("can only specify one of -C/--clean, -c/--check, " | |
5360 | "or -m/merge")) |
|
5365 | "or -m/merge")) | |
5361 |
|
5366 | |||
5362 | updatecheck = None |
|
5367 | updatecheck = None | |
5363 | if check: |
|
5368 | if check: | |
5364 | updatecheck = 'abort' |
|
5369 | updatecheck = 'abort' | |
5365 | elif merge: |
|
5370 | elif merge: | |
5366 | updatecheck = 'none' |
|
5371 | updatecheck = 'none' | |
5367 |
|
5372 | |||
5368 | with repo.wlock(): |
|
5373 | with repo.wlock(): | |
5369 | cmdutil.clearunfinished(repo) |
|
5374 | cmdutil.clearunfinished(repo) | |
5370 |
|
5375 | |||
5371 | if date: |
|
5376 | if date: | |
5372 | rev = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, date) |
|
5377 | rev = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, date) | |
5373 |
|
5378 | |||
5374 | # if we defined a bookmark, we have to remember the original name |
|
5379 | # if we defined a bookmark, we have to remember the original name | |
5375 | brev = rev |
|
5380 | brev = rev | |
5376 | rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, rev).rev() |
|
5381 | rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, rev).rev() | |
5377 |
|
5382 | |||
5378 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', tool, 'update') |
|
5383 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', tool, 'update') | |
5379 |
|
5384 | |||
5380 | return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, rev, brev, clean=clean, |
|
5385 | return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, rev, brev, clean=clean, | |
5381 | updatecheck=updatecheck) |
|
5386 | updatecheck=updatecheck) | |
5382 |
|
5387 | |||
5383 | @command('verify', []) |
|
5388 | @command('verify', []) | |
5384 | def verify(ui, repo): |
|
5389 | def verify(ui, repo): | |
5385 | """verify the integrity of the repository |
|
5390 | """verify the integrity of the repository | |
5386 |
|
5391 | |||
5387 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. |
|
5392 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. | |
5388 |
|
5393 | |||
5389 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's |
|
5394 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's | |
5390 | integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in |
|
5395 | integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in | |
5391 | the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the |
|
5396 | the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the | |
5392 | integrity of their crosslinks and indices. |
|
5397 | integrity of their crosslinks and indices. | |
5393 |
|
5398 | |||
5394 | Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption |
|
5399 | Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption | |
5395 | for more information about recovery from corruption of the |
|
5400 | for more information about recovery from corruption of the | |
5396 | repository. |
|
5401 | repository. | |
5397 |
|
5402 | |||
5398 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
5403 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. | |
5399 | """ |
|
5404 | """ | |
5400 | return hg.verify(repo) |
|
5405 | return hg.verify(repo) | |
5401 |
|
5406 | |||
5402 | @command('version', [] + formatteropts, norepo=True) |
|
5407 | @command('version', [] + formatteropts, norepo=True) | |
5403 | def version_(ui, **opts): |
|
5408 | def version_(ui, **opts): | |
5404 | """output version and copyright information""" |
|
5409 | """output version and copyright information""" | |
5405 | if ui.verbose: |
|
5410 | if ui.verbose: | |
5406 | ui.pager('version') |
|
5411 | ui.pager('version') | |
5407 | fm = ui.formatter("version", opts) |
|
5412 | fm = ui.formatter("version", opts) | |
5408 | fm.startitem() |
|
5413 | fm.startitem() | |
5409 | fm.write("ver", _("Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"), |
|
5414 | fm.write("ver", _("Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"), | |
5410 | util.version()) |
|
5415 | util.version()) | |
5411 | license = _( |
|
5416 | license = _( | |
5412 | "(see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)\n" |
|
5417 | "(see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)\n" | |
5413 | "\nCopyright (C) 2005-2017 Matt Mackall and others\n" |
|
5418 | "\nCopyright (C) 2005-2017 Matt Mackall and others\n" | |
5414 | "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. " |
|
5419 | "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. " | |
5415 | "There is NO\nwarranty; " |
|
5420 | "There is NO\nwarranty; " | |
5416 | "not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" |
|
5421 | "not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" | |
5417 | ) |
|
5422 | ) | |
5418 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
5423 | if not ui.quiet: | |
5419 | fm.plain(license) |
|
5424 | fm.plain(license) | |
5420 |
|
5425 | |||
5421 | if ui.verbose: |
|
5426 | if ui.verbose: | |
5422 | fm.plain(_("\nEnabled extensions:\n\n")) |
|
5427 | fm.plain(_("\nEnabled extensions:\n\n")) | |
5423 | # format names and versions into columns |
|
5428 | # format names and versions into columns | |
5424 | names = [] |
|
5429 | names = [] | |
5425 | vers = [] |
|
5430 | vers = [] | |
5426 | isinternals = [] |
|
5431 | isinternals = [] | |
5427 | for name, module in extensions.extensions(): |
|
5432 | for name, module in extensions.extensions(): | |
5428 | names.append(name) |
|
5433 | names.append(name) | |
5429 | vers.append(extensions.moduleversion(module) or None) |
|
5434 | vers.append(extensions.moduleversion(module) or None) | |
5430 | isinternals.append(extensions.ismoduleinternal(module)) |
|
5435 | isinternals.append(extensions.ismoduleinternal(module)) | |
5431 | fn = fm.nested("extensions") |
|
5436 | fn = fm.nested("extensions") | |
5432 | if names: |
|
5437 | if names: | |
5433 | namefmt = " %%-%ds " % max(len(n) for n in names) |
|
5438 | namefmt = " %%-%ds " % max(len(n) for n in names) | |
5434 | places = [_("external"), _("internal")] |
|
5439 | places = [_("external"), _("internal")] | |
5435 | for n, v, p in zip(names, vers, isinternals): |
|
5440 | for n, v, p in zip(names, vers, isinternals): | |
5436 | fn.startitem() |
|
5441 | fn.startitem() | |
5437 | fn.condwrite(ui.verbose, "name", namefmt, n) |
|
5442 | fn.condwrite(ui.verbose, "name", namefmt, n) | |
5438 | if ui.verbose: |
|
5443 | if ui.verbose: | |
5439 | fn.plain("%s " % places[p]) |
|
5444 | fn.plain("%s " % places[p]) | |
5440 | fn.data(bundled=p) |
|
5445 | fn.data(bundled=p) | |
5441 | fn.condwrite(ui.verbose and v, "ver", "%s", v) |
|
5446 | fn.condwrite(ui.verbose and v, "ver", "%s", v) | |
5442 | if ui.verbose: |
|
5447 | if ui.verbose: | |
5443 | fn.plain("\n") |
|
5448 | fn.plain("\n") | |
5444 | fn.end() |
|
5449 | fn.end() | |
5445 | fm.end() |
|
5450 | fm.end() | |
5446 |
|
5451 | |||
5447 | def loadcmdtable(ui, name, cmdtable): |
|
5452 | def loadcmdtable(ui, name, cmdtable): | |
5448 | """Load command functions from specified cmdtable |
|
5453 | """Load command functions from specified cmdtable | |
5449 | """ |
|
5454 | """ | |
5450 | overrides = [cmd for cmd in cmdtable if cmd in table] |
|
5455 | overrides = [cmd for cmd in cmdtable if cmd in table] | |
5451 | if overrides: |
|
5456 | if overrides: | |
5452 | ui.warn(_("extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n") |
|
5457 | ui.warn(_("extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n") | |
5453 | % (name, " ".join(overrides))) |
|
5458 | % (name, " ".join(overrides))) | |
5454 | table.update(cmdtable) |
|
5459 | table.update(cmdtable) |
@@ -1,2352 +1,2361 b'' | |||||
1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
|
1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control | |
2 | aspects of its behavior. |
|
2 | aspects of its behavior. | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | Troubleshooting |
|
4 | Troubleshooting | |
5 | =============== |
|
5 | =============== | |
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, |
|
7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, | |
8 | :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing |
|
8 | :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing | |
9 | a setting into your environment. |
|
9 | a setting into your environment. | |
10 |
|
10 | |||
11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` |
|
11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` | |
12 | for information about how and where to override things. |
|
12 | for information about how and where to override things. | |
13 |
|
13 | |||
14 | Structure |
|
14 | Structure | |
15 | ========= |
|
15 | ========= | |
16 |
|
16 | |||
17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration |
|
17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration | |
18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed |
|
18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed | |
19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: |
|
19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: | |
20 |
|
20 | |||
21 | [ui] |
|
21 | [ui] | |
22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> |
|
22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> | |
23 | verbose = True |
|
23 | verbose = True | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and |
|
25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and | |
26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. |
|
26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. | |
27 |
|
27 | |||
28 | Files |
|
28 | Files | |
29 | ===== |
|
29 | ===== | |
30 |
|
30 | |||
31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. |
|
31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. | |
32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the |
|
32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the | |
33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: |
|
33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: | |
34 |
|
34 | |||
35 | Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. |
|
35 | Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. | |
36 |
|
36 | |||
37 | Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into: |
|
37 | Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into: | |
38 |
|
38 | |||
39 | .. container:: windows |
|
39 | .. container:: windows | |
40 |
|
40 | |||
41 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows) |
|
41 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows) | |
42 |
|
42 | |||
43 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
43 | .. container:: unix.plan9 | |
44 |
|
44 | |||
45 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9) |
|
45 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9) | |
46 |
|
46 | |||
47 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is |
|
47 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is | |
48 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in |
|
48 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in | |
49 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple |
|
49 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple | |
50 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later |
|
50 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later | |
51 | ones. |
|
51 | ones. | |
52 |
|
52 | |||
53 | .. container:: verbose.unix |
|
53 | .. container:: verbose.unix | |
54 |
|
54 | |||
55 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: |
|
55 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: | |
56 |
|
56 | |||
57 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
57 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
58 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
58 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
59 | - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
59 | - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user) | |
60 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
60 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) | |
61 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
61 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
62 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
62 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) | |
63 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
63 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) | |
64 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
64 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
65 |
|
65 | |||
66 | .. container:: verbose.windows |
|
66 | .. container:: verbose.windows | |
67 |
|
67 | |||
68 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: |
|
68 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: | |
69 |
|
69 | |||
70 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
70 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
71 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
71 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
72 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
72 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) | |
73 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
73 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
74 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
74 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) | |
75 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) |
|
75 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) | |
76 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
76 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
77 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) |
|
77 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) | |
78 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
78 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
79 |
|
79 | |||
80 | .. note:: |
|
80 | .. note:: | |
81 |
|
81 | |||
82 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` |
|
82 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` | |
83 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. |
|
83 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. | |
84 |
|
84 | |||
85 | .. container:: windows |
|
85 | .. container:: windows | |
86 |
|
86 | |||
87 | On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. |
|
87 | On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. | |
88 |
|
88 | |||
89 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 |
|
89 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 | |
90 |
|
90 | |||
91 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: |
|
91 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: | |
92 |
|
92 | |||
93 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
93 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
94 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
94 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) | |
95 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
95 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) | |
96 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
96 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
97 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
97 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) | |
98 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
98 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) | |
99 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
99 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
100 |
|
100 | |||
101 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a |
|
101 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a | |
102 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and |
|
102 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and | |
103 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
|
103 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in | |
104 | this file override options in all other configuration files. |
|
104 | this file override options in all other configuration files. | |
105 |
|
105 | |||
106 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
106 | .. container:: unix.plan9 | |
107 |
|
107 | |||
108 | On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
|
108 | On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't | |
109 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See |
|
109 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See | |
110 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. |
|
110 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. | |
111 |
|
111 | |||
112 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options |
|
112 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options | |
113 | in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
|
113 | in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any | |
114 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation |
|
114 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation | |
115 | options. |
|
115 | options. | |
116 |
|
116 | |||
117 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the |
|
117 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the | |
118 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the |
|
118 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the | |
119 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. |
|
119 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. | |
120 |
|
120 | |||
121 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
121 | .. container:: unix.plan9 | |
122 |
|
122 | |||
123 | For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial |
|
123 | For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial | |
124 | will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these |
|
124 | will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these | |
125 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any |
|
125 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any | |
126 | directory. |
|
126 | directory. | |
127 |
|
127 | |||
128 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on |
|
128 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on | |
129 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all |
|
129 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all | |
130 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry |
|
130 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry | |
131 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference |
|
131 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference | |
132 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will |
|
132 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will | |
133 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified |
|
133 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified | |
134 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. |
|
134 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. | |
135 |
|
135 | |||
136 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial |
|
136 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial | |
137 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands |
|
137 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands | |
138 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files |
|
138 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files | |
139 | override per-installation options. |
|
139 | override per-installation options. | |
140 |
|
140 | |||
141 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration |
|
141 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration | |
142 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default |
|
142 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default | |
143 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can |
|
143 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can | |
144 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains |
|
144 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains | |
145 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration |
|
145 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration | |
146 | there. |
|
146 | there. | |
147 |
|
147 | |||
148 | Syntax |
|
148 | Syntax | |
149 | ====== |
|
149 | ====== | |
150 |
|
150 | |||
151 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header |
|
151 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header | |
152 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called |
|
152 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called | |
153 | ``configuration keys``):: |
|
153 | ``configuration keys``):: | |
154 |
|
154 | |||
155 | [spam] |
|
155 | [spam] | |
156 | eggs=ham |
|
156 | eggs=ham | |
157 | green= |
|
157 | green= | |
158 | eggs |
|
158 | eggs | |
159 |
|
159 | |||
160 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
|
160 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, | |
161 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is |
|
161 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is | |
162 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with |
|
162 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with | |
163 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. |
|
163 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. | |
164 |
|
164 | |||
165 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial |
|
165 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial | |
166 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: |
|
166 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: | |
167 |
|
167 | |||
168 | [spam] |
|
168 | [spam] | |
169 | eggs=large |
|
169 | eggs=large | |
170 | ham=serrano |
|
170 | ham=serrano | |
171 | eggs=small |
|
171 | eggs=small | |
172 |
|
172 | |||
173 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. |
|
173 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. | |
174 |
|
174 | |||
175 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can |
|
175 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can | |
176 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For |
|
176 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For | |
177 | example:: |
|
177 | example:: | |
178 |
|
178 | |||
179 | [foo] |
|
179 | [foo] | |
180 | eggs=large |
|
180 | eggs=large | |
181 | ham=serrano |
|
181 | ham=serrano | |
182 | eggs=small |
|
182 | eggs=small | |
183 |
|
183 | |||
184 | [bar] |
|
184 | [bar] | |
185 | eggs=ham |
|
185 | eggs=ham | |
186 | green= |
|
186 | green= | |
187 | eggs |
|
187 | eggs | |
188 |
|
188 | |||
189 | [foo] |
|
189 | [foo] | |
190 | ham=prosciutto |
|
190 | ham=prosciutto | |
191 | eggs=medium |
|
191 | eggs=medium | |
192 | bread=toasted |
|
192 | bread=toasted | |
193 |
|
193 | |||
194 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys |
|
194 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys | |
195 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, |
|
195 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, | |
196 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last |
|
196 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last | |
197 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. |
|
197 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. | |
198 |
|
198 | |||
199 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different |
|
199 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different | |
200 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which |
|
200 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which | |
201 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier |
|
201 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier | |
202 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section |
|
202 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section | |
203 | above. |
|
203 | above. | |
204 |
|
204 | |||
205 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the |
|
205 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the | |
206 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means |
|
206 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means | |
207 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to |
|
207 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to | |
208 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. |
|
208 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. | |
209 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in |
|
209 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in | |
210 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: |
|
210 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: | |
211 |
|
211 | |||
212 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc |
|
212 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc | |
213 |
|
213 | |||
214 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
|
214 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. | |
215 |
|
215 | |||
216 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current |
|
216 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current | |
217 | section, if it has been set previously. |
|
217 | section, if it has been set previously. | |
218 |
|
218 | |||
219 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, |
|
219 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, | |
220 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", |
|
220 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", | |
221 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" |
|
221 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" | |
222 | (all case insensitive). |
|
222 | (all case insensitive). | |
223 |
|
223 | |||
224 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are |
|
224 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are | |
225 | placed in double quotation marks:: |
|
225 | placed in double quotation marks:: | |
226 |
|
226 | |||
227 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty |
|
227 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty | |
228 |
|
228 | |||
229 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
|
229 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only | |
230 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation |
|
230 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation | |
231 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). |
|
231 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). | |
232 |
|
232 | |||
233 | Sections |
|
233 | Sections | |
234 | ======== |
|
234 | ======== | |
235 |
|
235 | |||
236 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a |
|
236 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a | |
237 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible |
|
237 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible | |
238 | keys, and their possible values. |
|
238 | keys, and their possible values. | |
239 |
|
239 | |||
240 | ``alias`` |
|
240 | ``alias`` | |
241 | --------- |
|
241 | --------- | |
242 |
|
242 | |||
243 | Defines command aliases. |
|
243 | Defines command aliases. | |
244 |
|
244 | |||
245 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other |
|
245 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other | |
246 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional |
|
246 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional | |
247 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
247 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition | |
248 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not |
|
248 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not | |
249 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the |
|
249 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the | |
250 | command to be executed. |
|
250 | command to be executed. | |
251 |
|
251 | |||
252 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: |
|
252 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: | |
253 |
|
253 | |||
254 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
|
254 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... | |
255 |
|
255 | |||
256 | For example, this definition:: |
|
256 | For example, this definition:: | |
257 |
|
257 | |||
258 | latest = log --limit 5 |
|
258 | latest = log --limit 5 | |
259 |
|
259 | |||
260 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent |
|
260 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent | |
261 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: |
|
261 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: | |
262 |
|
262 | |||
263 | stable5 = latest -b stable |
|
263 | stable5 = latest -b stable | |
264 |
|
264 | |||
265 | .. note:: |
|
265 | .. note:: | |
266 |
|
266 | |||
267 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
|
267 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as | |
268 | existing commands, which will then override the original |
|
268 | existing commands, which will then override the original | |
269 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! |
|
269 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! | |
270 |
|
270 | |||
271 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a |
|
271 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a | |
272 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you |
|
272 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you | |
273 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: |
|
273 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: | |
274 |
|
274 | |||
275 | echo = !echo $@ |
|
275 | echo = !echo $@ | |
276 |
|
276 | |||
277 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your |
|
277 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your | |
278 | terminal. A better example might be:: |
|
278 | terminal. A better example might be:: | |
279 |
|
279 | |||
280 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f |
|
280 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f | |
281 |
|
281 | |||
282 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the |
|
282 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the | |
283 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. |
|
283 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. | |
284 |
|
284 | |||
285 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
285 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition | |
286 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are |
|
286 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are | |
287 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all |
|
287 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all | |
288 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all |
|
288 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all | |
289 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions |
|
289 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions | |
290 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. |
|
290 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. | |
291 |
|
291 | |||
292 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to |
|
292 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to | |
293 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is |
|
293 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is | |
294 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell |
|
294 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell | |
295 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
295 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, | |
296 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg |
|
296 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg | |
297 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. |
|
297 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. | |
298 |
|
298 | |||
299 | .. note:: |
|
299 | .. note:: | |
300 |
|
300 | |||
301 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are |
|
301 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are | |
302 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to |
|
302 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to | |
303 | aliases. |
|
303 | aliases. | |
304 |
|
304 | |||
305 |
|
305 | |||
306 | ``annotate`` |
|
306 | ``annotate`` | |
307 | ------------ |
|
307 | ------------ | |
308 |
|
308 | |||
309 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are |
|
309 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are | |
310 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for |
|
310 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for | |
311 | related options for the diff command. |
|
311 | related options for the diff command. | |
312 |
|
312 | |||
313 | ``ignorews`` |
|
313 | ``ignorews`` | |
314 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
314 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. | |
315 |
|
315 | |||
316 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
316 | ``ignorewsamount`` | |
317 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
317 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. | |
318 |
|
318 | |||
319 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
319 | ``ignoreblanklines`` | |
320 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
320 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. | |
321 |
|
321 | |||
322 |
|
322 | |||
323 | ``auth`` |
|
323 | ``auth`` | |
324 | -------- |
|
324 | -------- | |
325 |
|
325 | |||
326 | Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section |
|
326 | Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section | |
327 | allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging |
|
327 | allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging | |
328 | *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if |
|
328 | *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if | |
329 | you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server. |
|
329 | you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server. | |
330 |
|
330 | |||
331 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
331 | Each line has the following format:: | |
332 |
|
332 | |||
333 | <name>.<argument> = <value> |
|
333 | <name>.<argument> = <value> | |
334 |
|
334 | |||
335 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication |
|
335 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication | |
336 | entries. Example:: |
|
336 | entries. Example:: | |
337 |
|
337 | |||
338 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial |
|
338 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial | |
339 | foo.username = foo |
|
339 | foo.username = foo | |
340 | foo.password = bar |
|
340 | foo.password = bar | |
341 | foo.schemes = http https |
|
341 | foo.schemes = http https | |
342 |
|
342 | |||
343 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org |
|
343 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org | |
344 | bar.key = path/to/file.key |
|
344 | bar.key = path/to/file.key | |
345 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
|
345 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert | |
346 | bar.schemes = https |
|
346 | bar.schemes = https | |
347 |
|
347 | |||
348 | Supported arguments: |
|
348 | Supported arguments: | |
349 |
|
349 | |||
350 | ``prefix`` |
|
350 | ``prefix`` | |
351 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
|
351 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. | |
352 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
|
352 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used | |
353 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length |
|
353 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length | |
354 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
|
354 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed | |
355 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
|
355 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes | |
356 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
|
356 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. | |
357 |
|
357 | |||
358 | ``username`` |
|
358 | ``username`` | |
359 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
359 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the | |
360 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will |
|
360 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will | |
361 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the |
|
361 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the | |
362 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI |
|
362 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI | |
363 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching |
|
363 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching | |
364 | username or without a username will be considered. |
|
364 | username or without a username will be considered. | |
365 |
|
365 | |||
366 | ``password`` |
|
366 | ``password`` | |
367 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
367 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the | |
368 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user |
|
368 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user | |
369 | will be prompted for it. |
|
369 | will be prompted for it. | |
370 |
|
370 | |||
371 | ``key`` |
|
371 | ``key`` | |
372 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment |
|
372 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment | |
373 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
373 | variables are expanded in the filename. | |
374 |
|
374 | |||
375 | ``cert`` |
|
375 | ``cert`` | |
376 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment |
|
376 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment | |
377 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
377 | variables are expanded in the filename. | |
378 |
|
378 | |||
379 | ``schemes`` |
|
379 | ``schemes`` | |
380 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
|
380 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this | |
381 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
|
381 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include | |
382 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
|
382 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match | |
383 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. |
|
383 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. | |
384 | (default: https) |
|
384 | (default: https) | |
385 |
|
385 | |||
386 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted |
|
386 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted | |
387 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. |
|
387 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. | |
388 |
|
388 | |||
389 | ``color`` |
|
389 | ``color`` | |
390 | --------- |
|
390 | --------- | |
391 |
|
391 | |||
392 | Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom |
|
392 | Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom | |
393 | effect and style see :hg:`help color`. |
|
393 | effect and style see :hg:`help color`. | |
394 |
|
394 | |||
395 | ``mode`` |
|
395 | ``mode`` | |
396 | String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``, |
|
396 | String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``, | |
397 | ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode the color extension will |
|
397 | ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode the color extension will | |
398 | use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode on Windows) if it detects a |
|
398 | use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode on Windows) if it detects a | |
399 | terminal. Any invalid value will disable color. |
|
399 | terminal. Any invalid value will disable color. | |
400 |
|
400 | |||
401 | ``pagermode`` |
|
401 | ``pagermode`` | |
402 | String: optinal override of ``color.mode`` used with pager (from the pager |
|
402 | String: optinal override of ``color.mode`` used with pager (from the pager | |
403 | extensions). |
|
403 | extensions). | |
404 |
|
404 | |||
405 | On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using |
|
405 | On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using | |
406 | color with the pager extension and less -R. less with the -R option |
|
406 | color with the pager extension and less -R. less with the -R option | |
407 | will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes |
|
407 | will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes | |
408 | emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by |
|
408 | emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by | |
409 | either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will |
|
409 | either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will | |
410 | pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control |
|
410 | pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control | |
411 | codes). |
|
411 | codes). | |
412 |
|
412 | |||
413 | On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support |
|
413 | On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support | |
414 | a different color mode than the pager (activated via the "pager" |
|
414 | a different color mode than the pager (activated via the "pager" | |
415 | extension). |
|
415 | extension). | |
416 |
|
416 | |||
|
417 | ``commands`` | |||
|
418 | ---------- | |||
|
419 | ||||
|
420 | ``update.requiredest`` | |||
|
421 | Require that the user pass a destination when running ``hg update``. | |||
|
422 | For example, ``hg update .::`` will be allowed, but a plain ``hg update`` | |||
|
423 | will be disallowed. | |||
|
424 | (default: False) | |||
|
425 | ||||
417 | ``committemplate`` |
|
426 | ``committemplate`` | |
418 | ------------------ |
|
427 | ------------------ | |
419 |
|
428 | |||
420 | ``changeset`` |
|
429 | ``changeset`` | |
421 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to |
|
430 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to | |
422 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. |
|
431 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. | |
423 |
|
432 | |||
424 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one |
|
433 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one | |
425 | below can be used for customization: |
|
434 | below can be used for customization: | |
426 |
|
435 | |||
427 | ``extramsg`` |
|
436 | ``extramsg`` | |
428 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort |
|
437 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort | |
429 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. |
|
438 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. | |
430 |
|
439 | |||
431 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as |
|
440 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as | |
432 | one shown by default:: |
|
441 | one shown by default:: | |
433 |
|
442 | |||
434 | [committemplate] |
|
443 | [committemplate] | |
435 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
444 | changeset = {desc}\n\n | |
436 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
445 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. | |
437 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
446 | HG: {extramsg} | |
438 | HG: -- |
|
447 | HG: -- | |
439 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", |
|
448 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", | |
440 | "HG: branch merge\n") |
|
449 | "HG: branch merge\n") | |
441 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, |
|
450 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, | |
442 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % |
|
451 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % | |
443 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % |
|
452 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % | |
444 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
453 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % | |
445 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
454 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % | |
446 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
455 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", | |
447 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
456 | "HG: no files changed\n")} | |
448 |
|
457 | |||
449 | ``diff()`` |
|
458 | ``diff()`` | |
450 | String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail) |
|
459 | String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail) | |
451 |
|
460 | |||
452 | Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without |
|
461 | Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without | |
453 | having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For |
|
462 | having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For | |
454 | this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below |
|
463 | this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below | |
455 | it:: |
|
464 | it:: | |
456 |
|
465 | |||
457 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
466 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ | |
458 |
|
467 | |||
459 | For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the |
|
468 | For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the | |
460 | extra message:: |
|
469 | extra message:: | |
461 |
|
470 | |||
462 | [committemplate] |
|
471 | [committemplate] | |
463 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
472 | changeset = {desc}\n\n | |
464 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
473 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. | |
465 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
474 | HG: {extramsg} | |
466 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
475 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ | |
467 | HG: Do not touch the line above. |
|
476 | HG: Do not touch the line above. | |
468 | HG: Everything below will be removed. |
|
477 | HG: Everything below will be removed. | |
469 | {diff()} |
|
478 | {diff()} | |
470 |
|
479 | |||
471 | .. note:: |
|
480 | .. note:: | |
472 |
|
481 | |||
473 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for |
|
482 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for | |
474 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to |
|
483 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to | |
475 | avoid showing broken characters. |
|
484 | avoid showing broken characters. | |
476 |
|
485 | |||
477 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is |
|
486 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is | |
478 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, |
|
487 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, | |
479 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly |
|
488 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly | |
480 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). |
|
489 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). | |
481 |
|
490 | |||
482 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be |
|
491 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be | |
483 | required): |
|
492 | required): | |
484 |
|
493 | |||
485 | - :hg:`backout` |
|
494 | - :hg:`backout` | |
486 | - :hg:`commit` |
|
495 | - :hg:`commit` | |
487 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) |
|
496 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) | |
488 | - :hg:`graft` |
|
497 | - :hg:`graft` | |
489 | - :hg:`histedit` |
|
498 | - :hg:`histedit` | |
490 | - :hg:`import` |
|
499 | - :hg:`import` | |
491 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
500 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` | |
492 | - :hg:`rebase` |
|
501 | - :hg:`rebase` | |
493 | - :hg:`shelve` |
|
502 | - :hg:`shelve` | |
494 | - :hg:`sign` |
|
503 | - :hg:`sign` | |
495 | - :hg:`tag` |
|
504 | - :hg:`tag` | |
496 | - :hg:`transplant` |
|
505 | - :hg:`transplant` | |
497 |
|
506 | |||
498 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing |
|
507 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing | |
499 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different |
|
508 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different | |
500 | messages for each action. |
|
509 | messages for each action. | |
501 |
|
510 | |||
502 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` |
|
511 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` | |
503 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges |
|
512 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges | |
504 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other |
|
513 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other | |
505 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges |
|
514 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges | |
506 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other |
|
515 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other | |
507 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) |
|
516 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) | |
508 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` |
|
517 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` | |
509 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` |
|
518 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` | |
510 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
519 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
511 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
520 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
512 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
521 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
513 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
522 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
514 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` |
|
523 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` | |
515 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges |
|
524 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges | |
516 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other |
|
525 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other | |
517 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` |
|
526 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` | |
518 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` |
|
527 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` | |
519 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
528 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` | |
520 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` |
|
529 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` | |
521 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges |
|
530 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges | |
522 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other |
|
531 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other | |
523 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` |
|
532 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` | |
524 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` |
|
533 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` | |
525 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` |
|
534 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` | |
526 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges |
|
535 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges | |
527 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other |
|
536 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other | |
528 |
|
537 | |||
529 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. |
|
538 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. | |
530 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message |
|
539 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message | |
531 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the |
|
540 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the | |
532 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. |
|
541 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. | |
533 |
|
542 | |||
534 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding |
|
543 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding | |
535 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix |
|
544 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix | |
536 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment |
|
545 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment | |
537 | variable. |
|
546 | variable. | |
538 |
|
547 | |||
539 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from |
|
548 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from | |
540 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up |
|
549 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up | |
541 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: |
|
550 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: | |
542 |
|
551 | |||
543 | [committemplate] |
|
552 | [committemplate] | |
544 | listupfiles = {file_adds % |
|
553 | listupfiles = {file_adds % | |
545 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
554 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % | |
546 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
555 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % | |
547 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
556 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", | |
548 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
557 | "HG: no files changed\n")} | |
549 |
|
558 | |||
550 | ``decode/encode`` |
|
559 | ``decode/encode`` | |
551 | ----------------- |
|
560 | ----------------- | |
552 |
|
561 | |||
553 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would |
|
562 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would | |
554 | typically be used for newline processing or other |
|
563 | typically be used for newline processing or other | |
555 | localization/canonicalization of files. |
|
564 | localization/canonicalization of files. | |
556 |
|
565 | |||
557 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. |
|
566 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. | |
558 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. |
|
567 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. | |
559 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root |
|
568 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root | |
560 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending |
|
569 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending | |
561 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. |
|
570 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. | |
562 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. |
|
571 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. | |
563 |
|
572 | |||
564 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or |
|
573 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or | |
565 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. |
|
574 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. | |
566 |
|
575 | |||
567 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed |
|
576 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed | |
568 | data on stdout. |
|
577 | data on stdout. | |
569 |
|
578 | |||
570 | Pipe example:: |
|
579 | Pipe example:: | |
571 |
|
580 | |||
572 | [encode] |
|
581 | [encode] | |
573 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
|
582 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression | |
574 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
|
583 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example | |
575 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip |
|
584 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip | |
576 |
|
585 | |||
577 | [decode] |
|
586 | [decode] | |
578 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
|
587 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we | |
579 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
|
588 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) | |
580 | *.gz = gzip |
|
589 | *.gz = gzip | |
581 |
|
590 | |||
582 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced |
|
591 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced | |
583 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be |
|
592 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be | |
584 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name |
|
593 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name | |
585 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
|
594 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by | |
586 | the command. |
|
595 | the command. | |
587 |
|
596 | |||
588 | .. container:: windows |
|
597 | .. container:: windows | |
589 |
|
598 | |||
590 | .. note:: |
|
599 | .. note:: | |
591 |
|
600 | |||
592 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, |
|
601 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, | |
593 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have |
|
602 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have | |
594 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
|
603 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. | |
595 |
|
604 | |||
596 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to |
|
605 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to | |
597 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
|
606 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) | |
598 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. |
|
607 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. | |
599 |
|
608 | |||
600 |
|
609 | |||
601 | ``defaults`` |
|
610 | ``defaults`` | |
602 | ------------ |
|
611 | ------------ | |
603 |
|
612 | |||
604 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) |
|
613 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) | |
605 |
|
614 | |||
606 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the |
|
615 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the | |
607 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. |
|
616 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. | |
608 |
|
617 | |||
609 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and |
|
618 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and | |
610 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: |
|
619 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: | |
611 |
|
620 | |||
612 | [defaults] |
|
621 | [defaults] | |
613 | log = -v |
|
622 | log = -v | |
614 | status = -m |
|
623 | status = -m | |
615 |
|
624 | |||
616 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
|
625 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when | |
617 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied |
|
626 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied | |
618 | to the aliases of the commands defined. |
|
627 | to the aliases of the commands defined. | |
619 |
|
628 | |||
620 |
|
629 | |||
621 | ``diff`` |
|
630 | ``diff`` | |
622 | -------- |
|
631 | -------- | |
623 |
|
632 | |||
624 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` |
|
633 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` | |
625 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` |
|
634 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` | |
626 | for related options for the annotate command. |
|
635 | for related options for the annotate command. | |
627 |
|
636 | |||
628 | ``git`` |
|
637 | ``git`` | |
629 | Use git extended diff format. |
|
638 | Use git extended diff format. | |
630 |
|
639 | |||
631 | ``nobinary`` |
|
640 | ``nobinary`` | |
632 | Omit git binary patches. |
|
641 | Omit git binary patches. | |
633 |
|
642 | |||
634 | ``nodates`` |
|
643 | ``nodates`` | |
635 | Don't include dates in diff headers. |
|
644 | Don't include dates in diff headers. | |
636 |
|
645 | |||
637 | ``noprefix`` |
|
646 | ``noprefix`` | |
638 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. |
|
647 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. | |
639 |
|
648 | |||
640 | ``showfunc`` |
|
649 | ``showfunc`` | |
641 | Show which function each change is in. |
|
650 | Show which function each change is in. | |
642 |
|
651 | |||
643 | ``ignorews`` |
|
652 | ``ignorews`` | |
644 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
653 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. | |
645 |
|
654 | |||
646 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
655 | ``ignorewsamount`` | |
647 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
656 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. | |
648 |
|
657 | |||
649 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
658 | ``ignoreblanklines`` | |
650 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
659 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. | |
651 |
|
660 | |||
652 | ``unified`` |
|
661 | ``unified`` | |
653 | Number of lines of context to show. |
|
662 | Number of lines of context to show. | |
654 |
|
663 | |||
655 | ``email`` |
|
664 | ``email`` | |
656 | --------- |
|
665 | --------- | |
657 |
|
666 | |||
658 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. |
|
667 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. | |
659 |
|
668 | |||
660 | ``from`` |
|
669 | ``from`` | |
661 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope |
|
670 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope | |
662 | of outgoing messages. |
|
671 | of outgoing messages. | |
663 |
|
672 | |||
664 | ``to`` |
|
673 | ``to`` | |
665 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
|
674 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. | |
666 |
|
675 | |||
667 | ``cc`` |
|
676 | ``cc`` | |
668 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' |
|
677 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' | |
669 | email addresses. |
|
678 | email addresses. | |
670 |
|
679 | |||
671 | ``bcc`` |
|
680 | ``bcc`` | |
672 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
|
681 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' | |
673 | email addresses. |
|
682 | email addresses. | |
674 |
|
683 | |||
675 | ``method`` |
|
684 | ``method`` | |
676 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` |
|
685 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` | |
677 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). |
|
686 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). | |
678 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
687 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail | |
679 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
688 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, | |
680 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or |
|
689 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or | |
681 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. |
|
690 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. | |
682 |
|
691 | |||
683 | ``charsets`` |
|
692 | ``charsets`` | |
684 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered |
|
693 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered | |
685 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not |
|
694 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not | |
686 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the |
|
695 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the | |
687 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding |
|
696 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding | |
688 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct |
|
697 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct | |
689 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. |
|
698 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. | |
690 | (default: '') |
|
699 | (default: '') | |
691 |
|
700 | |||
692 | Order of outgoing email character sets: |
|
701 | Order of outgoing email character sets: | |
693 |
|
702 | |||
694 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings |
|
703 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings | |
695 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user |
|
704 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user | |
696 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets |
|
705 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets | |
697 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets |
|
706 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets | |
698 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings |
|
707 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings | |
699 |
|
708 | |||
700 | Email example:: |
|
709 | Email example:: | |
701 |
|
710 | |||
702 | [email] |
|
711 | [email] | |
703 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> |
|
712 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> | |
704 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
|
713 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail | |
705 | # charsets for western Europeans |
|
714 | # charsets for western Europeans | |
706 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
|
715 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last | |
707 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 |
|
716 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 | |
708 |
|
717 | |||
709 |
|
718 | |||
710 | ``extensions`` |
|
719 | ``extensions`` | |
711 | -------------- |
|
720 | -------------- | |
712 |
|
721 | |||
713 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
|
722 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To | |
714 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
|
723 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. | |
715 |
|
724 | |||
716 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
|
725 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, | |
717 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing |
|
726 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing | |
718 | after the ``=``. |
|
727 | after the ``=``. | |
719 |
|
728 | |||
720 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by |
|
729 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by | |
721 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that |
|
730 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that | |
722 | defines the extension. |
|
731 | defines the extension. | |
723 |
|
732 | |||
724 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of |
|
733 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of | |
725 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` |
|
734 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` | |
726 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. |
|
735 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. | |
727 |
|
736 | |||
728 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
737 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: | |
729 |
|
738 | |||
730 | [extensions] |
|
739 | [extensions] | |
731 | # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) |
|
740 | # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) | |
732 | churn = |
|
741 | churn = | |
733 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
|
742 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) | |
734 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
743 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py | |
735 |
|
744 | |||
736 |
|
745 | |||
737 | ``format`` |
|
746 | ``format`` | |
738 | ---------- |
|
747 | ---------- | |
739 |
|
748 | |||
740 | ``usegeneraldelta`` |
|
749 | ``usegeneraldelta`` | |
741 | Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves |
|
750 | Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves | |
742 | repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary |
|
751 | repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary | |
743 | revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant |
|
752 | revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant | |
744 | improvement for repositories with branches. |
|
753 | improvement for repositories with branches. | |
745 |
|
754 | |||
746 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9. |
|
755 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9. | |
747 |
|
756 | |||
748 | Enabled by default. |
|
757 | Enabled by default. | |
749 |
|
758 | |||
750 | ``dotencode`` |
|
759 | ``dotencode`` | |
751 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances |
|
760 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances | |
752 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
761 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use | |
753 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on |
|
762 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on | |
754 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. |
|
763 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. | |
755 |
|
764 | |||
756 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7. |
|
765 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7. | |
757 |
|
766 | |||
758 | Enabled by default. |
|
767 | Enabled by default. | |
759 |
|
768 | |||
760 | ``usefncache`` |
|
769 | ``usefncache`` | |
761 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances |
|
770 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances | |
762 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
771 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use | |
763 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows |
|
772 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows | |
764 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". |
|
773 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". | |
765 |
|
774 | |||
766 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1. |
|
775 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1. | |
767 |
|
776 | |||
768 | Enabled by default. |
|
777 | Enabled by default. | |
769 |
|
778 | |||
770 | ``usestore`` |
|
779 | ``usestore`` | |
771 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves |
|
780 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves | |
772 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle |
|
781 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle | |
773 | filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames |
|
782 | filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames | |
774 | in some situations at the expense of compatibility. |
|
783 | in some situations at the expense of compatibility. | |
775 |
|
784 | |||
776 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4. |
|
785 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4. | |
777 |
|
786 | |||
778 | Enabled by default. |
|
787 | Enabled by default. | |
779 |
|
788 | |||
780 | ``graph`` |
|
789 | ``graph`` | |
781 | --------- |
|
790 | --------- | |
782 |
|
791 | |||
783 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph |
|
792 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph | |
784 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the |
|
793 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the | |
785 | ``default`` branch stand out. |
|
794 | ``default`` branch stand out. | |
786 |
|
795 | |||
787 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
796 | Each line has the following format:: | |
788 |
|
797 | |||
789 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
798 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> | |
790 |
|
799 | |||
791 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being |
|
800 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being | |
792 | customized. Example:: |
|
801 | customized. Example:: | |
793 |
|
802 | |||
794 | [graph] |
|
803 | [graph] | |
795 | # 2px width |
|
804 | # 2px width | |
796 | default.width = 2 |
|
805 | default.width = 2 | |
797 | # red color |
|
806 | # red color | |
798 | default.color = FF0000 |
|
807 | default.color = FF0000 | |
799 |
|
808 | |||
800 | Supported arguments: |
|
809 | Supported arguments: | |
801 |
|
810 | |||
802 | ``width`` |
|
811 | ``width`` | |
803 | Set branch edges width in pixels. |
|
812 | Set branch edges width in pixels. | |
804 |
|
813 | |||
805 | ``color`` |
|
814 | ``color`` | |
806 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. |
|
815 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. | |
807 |
|
816 | |||
808 | ``hooks`` |
|
817 | ``hooks`` | |
809 | --------- |
|
818 | --------- | |
810 |
|
819 | |||
811 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by |
|
820 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by | |
812 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple |
|
821 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple | |
813 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the |
|
822 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the | |
814 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its |
|
823 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its | |
815 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized |
|
824 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized | |
816 | by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line |
|
825 | by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line | |
817 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. |
|
826 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. | |
818 |
|
827 | |||
819 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: |
|
828 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: | |
820 |
|
829 | |||
821 | [hooks] |
|
830 | [hooks] | |
822 | # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
831 | # update working directory after adding changesets | |
823 | changegroup.update = hg update |
|
832 | changegroup.update = hg update | |
824 | # do not use the site-wide hook |
|
833 | # do not use the site-wide hook | |
825 | incoming = |
|
834 | incoming = | |
826 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
835 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook | |
827 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
836 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook | |
828 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
837 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks | |
829 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
838 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 | |
830 |
|
839 | |||
831 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
840 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful | |
832 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment |
|
841 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment | |
833 | variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``. |
|
842 | variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``. | |
834 |
|
843 | |||
835 | ``changegroup`` |
|
844 | ``changegroup`` | |
836 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. ID of the |
|
845 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. ID of the | |
837 | first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. URL |
|
846 | first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. URL | |
838 | from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
847 | from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
839 |
|
848 | |||
840 | ``commit`` |
|
849 | ``commit`` | |
841 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID |
|
850 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID | |
842 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
851 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset | |
843 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
852 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
844 |
|
853 | |||
845 | ``incoming`` |
|
854 | ``incoming`` | |
846 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into |
|
855 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into | |
847 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in |
|
856 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in | |
848 | ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
857 | ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
849 |
|
858 | |||
850 | ``outgoing`` |
|
859 | ``outgoing`` | |
851 | Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of |
|
860 | Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of | |
852 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in |
|
861 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in | |
853 | ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing` hook. |
|
862 | ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing` hook. | |
854 |
|
863 | |||
855 | ``post-<command>`` |
|
864 | ``post-<command>`` | |
856 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The |
|
865 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The | |
857 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result |
|
866 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result | |
858 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as |
|
867 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as | |
859 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of |
|
868 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of | |
860 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a |
|
869 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a | |
861 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). |
|
870 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). | |
862 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. |
|
871 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. | |
863 |
|
872 | |||
864 | ``fail-<command>`` |
|
873 | ``fail-<command>`` | |
865 | Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents |
|
874 | Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents | |
866 | of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line |
|
875 | of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line | |
867 | arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain |
|
876 | arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain | |
868 | string representations of the python data internally passed to |
|
877 | string representations of the python data internally passed to | |
869 | <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified |
|
878 | <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified | |
870 | options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. |
|
879 | options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. | |
871 | Hook failure is ignored. |
|
880 | Hook failure is ignored. | |
872 |
|
881 | |||
873 | ``pre-<command>`` |
|
882 | ``pre-<command>`` | |
874 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the |
|
883 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the | |
875 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments |
|
884 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments | |
876 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string |
|
885 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string | |
877 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` |
|
886 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` | |
878 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
887 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their | |
879 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
888 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns | |
880 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
889 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure | |
881 | code. |
|
890 | code. | |
882 |
|
891 | |||
883 | ``prechangegroup`` |
|
892 | ``prechangegroup`` | |
884 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit |
|
893 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit | |
885 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will |
|
894 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will | |
886 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes |
|
895 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes | |
887 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
896 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
888 |
|
897 | |||
889 | ``precommit`` |
|
898 | ``precommit`` | |
890 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
899 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the | |
891 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. |
|
900 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. | |
892 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
901 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
893 |
|
902 | |||
894 | ``prelistkeys`` |
|
903 | ``prelistkeys`` | |
895 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the |
|
904 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the | |
896 | repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is |
|
905 | repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is | |
897 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. |
|
906 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. | |
898 |
|
907 | |||
899 | ``preoutgoing`` |
|
908 | ``preoutgoing`` | |
900 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to |
|
909 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to | |
901 | another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent |
|
910 | another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent | |
902 | pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push |
|
911 | pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push | |
903 | (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can |
|
912 | (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can | |
904 | just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in |
|
913 | just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in | |
905 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote |
|
914 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote | |
906 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation |
|
915 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation | |
907 | is happening on behalf of repository on same system. |
|
916 | is happening on behalf of repository on same system. | |
908 |
|
917 | |||
909 | ``prepushkey`` |
|
918 | ``prepushkey`` | |
910 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
919 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the | |
911 | repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The |
|
920 | repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The | |
912 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, |
|
921 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, | |
913 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in |
|
922 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in | |
914 | ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
923 | ``$HG_NEW``. | |
915 |
|
924 | |||
916 | ``pretag`` |
|
925 | ``pretag`` | |
917 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be |
|
926 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be | |
918 | created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of |
|
927 | created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of | |
919 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is |
|
928 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is | |
920 | local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
929 | local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. | |
921 |
|
930 | |||
922 | ``pretxnopen`` |
|
931 | ``pretxnopen`` | |
923 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the |
|
932 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the | |
924 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the |
|
933 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the | |
925 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the |
|
934 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the | |
926 | transaction from being opened. |
|
935 | transaction from being opened. | |
927 |
|
936 | |||
928 | ``pretxnclose`` |
|
937 | ``pretxnclose`` | |
929 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change |
|
938 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change | |
930 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction |
|
939 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction | |
931 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. Non-zero |
|
940 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. Non-zero | |
932 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the |
|
941 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the | |
933 | transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for |
|
942 | transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for | |
934 | the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will |
|
943 | the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will | |
935 | vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id |
|
944 | vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id | |
936 | of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (id of the last added |
|
945 | of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (id of the last added | |
937 | changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, bookmarks and phases |
|
946 | changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, bookmarks and phases | |
938 | changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc. |
|
947 | changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc. | |
939 |
|
948 | |||
940 | ``txnclose`` |
|
949 | ``txnclose`` | |
941 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this |
|
950 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this | |
942 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run |
|
951 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run | |
943 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` docs for |
|
952 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` docs for | |
944 | details about available variables. |
|
953 | details about available variables. | |
945 |
|
954 | |||
946 | ``txnabort`` |
|
955 | ``txnabort`` | |
947 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` |
|
956 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` | |
948 | docs for details about available variables. |
|
957 | docs for details about available variables. | |
949 |
|
958 | |||
950 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` |
|
959 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` | |
951 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before |
|
960 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before | |
952 | the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is visible to hook program. |
|
961 | the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is visible to hook program. | |
953 | This lets you validate incoming changes before accepting them. Passed the ID |
|
962 | This lets you validate incoming changes before accepting them. Passed the ID | |
954 | of the first new changeset in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. |
|
963 | of the first new changeset in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. | |
955 | Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero status will cause |
|
964 | Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero status will cause | |
956 | the transaction to be rolled back and the push, pull or unbundle will fail. |
|
965 | the transaction to be rolled back and the push, pull or unbundle will fail. | |
957 | URL that was source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
966 | URL that was source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
958 |
|
967 | |||
959 | ``pretxncommit`` |
|
968 | ``pretxncommit`` | |
960 | Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet |
|
969 | Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet | |
961 | committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you |
|
970 | committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you | |
962 | validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
971 | validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the | |
963 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
972 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to | |
964 | be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
973 | be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset | |
965 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
974 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
966 |
|
975 | |||
967 | ``preupdate`` |
|
976 | ``preupdate`` | |
968 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows |
|
977 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows | |
969 | the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update. |
|
978 | the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update. | |
970 | Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID |
|
979 | Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID | |
971 | of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
980 | of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
972 |
|
981 | |||
973 | ``listkeys`` |
|
982 | ``listkeys`` | |
974 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The |
|
983 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The | |
975 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a |
|
984 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a | |
976 | dictionary containing the keys and values. |
|
985 | dictionary containing the keys and values. | |
977 |
|
986 | |||
978 | ``pushkey`` |
|
987 | ``pushkey`` | |
979 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
988 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the | |
980 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in |
|
989 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in | |
981 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new |
|
990 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new | |
982 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
991 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. | |
983 |
|
992 | |||
984 | ``tag`` |
|
993 | ``tag`` | |
985 | Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. |
|
994 | Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. | |
986 | Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in |
|
995 | Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in | |
987 | repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
996 | repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. | |
988 |
|
997 | |||
989 | ``update`` |
|
998 | ``update`` | |
990 | Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first |
|
999 | Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first | |
991 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is |
|
1000 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is | |
992 | in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the |
|
1001 | in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the | |
993 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. |
|
1002 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. | |
994 |
|
1003 | |||
995 | .. note:: |
|
1004 | .. note:: | |
996 |
|
1005 | |||
997 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
1006 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the | |
998 | generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be |
|
1007 | generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be | |
999 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. |
|
1008 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. | |
1000 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
1009 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that | |
1001 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
1010 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. | |
1002 |
|
1011 | |||
1003 | .. note:: |
|
1012 | .. note:: | |
1004 |
|
1013 | |||
1005 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
1014 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to | |
1006 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` |
|
1015 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` | |
1007 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge |
|
1016 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge | |
1008 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
1017 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. | |
1009 |
|
1018 | |||
1010 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: |
|
1019 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: | |
1011 |
|
1020 | |||
1012 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
1021 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable | |
1013 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
1022 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable | |
1014 |
|
1023 | |||
1015 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
1024 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is | |
1016 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword |
|
1025 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword | |
1017 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` |
|
1026 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` | |
1018 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as |
|
1027 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as | |
1019 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no |
|
1028 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no | |
1020 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. |
|
1029 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. | |
1021 |
|
1030 | |||
1022 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this |
|
1031 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this | |
1023 | is treated as a failure. |
|
1032 | is treated as a failure. | |
1024 |
|
1033 | |||
1025 |
|
1034 | |||
1026 | ``hostfingerprints`` |
|
1035 | ``hostfingerprints`` | |
1027 | -------------------- |
|
1036 | -------------------- | |
1028 |
|
1037 | |||
1029 | (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.) |
|
1038 | (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.) | |
1030 |
|
1039 | |||
1031 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. |
|
1040 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. | |
1032 |
|
1041 | |||
1033 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will |
|
1042 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will | |
1034 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. |
|
1043 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. | |
1035 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. |
|
1044 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. | |
1036 |
|
1045 | |||
1037 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. |
|
1046 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. | |
1038 | Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can |
|
1047 | Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can | |
1039 | be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions |
|
1048 | be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions | |
1040 | to a new certificate. |
|
1049 | to a new certificate. | |
1041 |
|
1050 | |||
1042 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. |
|
1051 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. | |
1043 |
|
1052 | |||
1044 | For example:: |
|
1053 | For example:: | |
1045 |
|
1054 | |||
1046 | [hostfingerprints] |
|
1055 | [hostfingerprints] | |
1047 | hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1056 | hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 | |
1048 | hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1057 | hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 | |
1049 |
|
1058 | |||
1050 | ``hostsecurity`` |
|
1059 | ``hostsecurity`` | |
1051 | ---------------- |
|
1060 | ---------------- | |
1052 |
|
1061 | |||
1053 | Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to |
|
1062 | Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to | |
1054 | other machines. |
|
1063 | other machines. | |
1055 |
|
1064 | |||
1056 | The following options control default behavior for all hosts. |
|
1065 | The following options control default behavior for all hosts. | |
1057 |
|
1066 | |||
1058 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1067 | ``ciphers`` | |
1059 | Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections. |
|
1068 | Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections. | |
1060 |
|
1069 | |||
1061 | Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at |
|
1070 | Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at | |
1062 | https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT. |
|
1071 | https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT. | |
1063 |
|
1072 | |||
1064 | This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values |
|
1073 | This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values | |
1065 | can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance. |
|
1074 | can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance. | |
1066 | You have been warned. |
|
1075 | You have been warned. | |
1067 |
|
1076 | |||
1068 | This option requires Python 2.7. |
|
1077 | This option requires Python 2.7. | |
1069 |
|
1078 | |||
1070 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1079 | ``minimumprotocol`` | |
1071 | Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use. |
|
1080 | Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use. | |
1072 |
|
1081 | |||
1073 | By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server |
|
1082 | By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server | |
1074 | is used. |
|
1083 | is used. | |
1075 |
|
1084 | |||
1076 | Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``. |
|
1085 | Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``. | |
1077 |
|
1086 | |||
1078 | When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since |
|
1087 | When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since | |
1079 | old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0. |
|
1088 | old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0. | |
1080 |
|
1089 | |||
1081 | When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is |
|
1090 | When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is | |
1082 | ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this |
|
1091 | ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this | |
1083 | weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if |
|
1092 | weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if | |
1084 | a server does not support TLS 1.1+. |
|
1093 | a server does not support TLS 1.1+. | |
1085 |
|
1094 | |||
1086 | Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form |
|
1095 | Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form | |
1087 | ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a |
|
1096 | ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a | |
1088 | per-host basis. |
|
1097 | per-host basis. | |
1089 |
|
1098 | |||
1090 | The following per-host settings can be defined. |
|
1099 | The following per-host settings can be defined. | |
1091 |
|
1100 | |||
1092 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1101 | ``ciphers`` | |
1093 | This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies |
|
1102 | This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies | |
1094 | to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1103 | to the host on which it is defined. | |
1095 |
|
1104 | |||
1096 | ``fingerprints`` |
|
1105 | ``fingerprints`` | |
1097 | A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have |
|
1106 | A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have | |
1098 | the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g. |
|
1107 | the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g. | |
1099 | ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``. |
|
1108 | ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``. | |
1100 |
|
1109 | |||
1101 | The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``, |
|
1110 | The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``, | |
1102 | ``sha512``. |
|
1111 | ``sha512``. | |
1103 |
|
1112 | |||
1104 | Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred. |
|
1113 | Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred. | |
1105 |
|
1114 | |||
1106 | If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this |
|
1115 | If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this | |
1107 | host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one |
|
1116 | host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one | |
1108 | of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its |
|
1117 | of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its | |
1109 | certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined. |
|
1118 | certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined. | |
1110 | This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation |
|
1119 | This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation | |
1111 | at the expense of convenience. |
|
1120 | at the expense of convenience. | |
1112 |
|
1121 | |||
1113 | This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``. |
|
1122 | This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``. | |
1114 |
|
1123 | |||
1115 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1124 | ``minimumprotocol`` | |
1116 | This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it |
|
1125 | This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it | |
1117 | only applies to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1126 | only applies to the host on which it is defined. | |
1118 |
|
1127 | |||
1119 | ``verifycertsfile`` |
|
1128 | ``verifycertsfile`` | |
1120 | Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to |
|
1129 | Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to | |
1121 | verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
1130 | verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user`` | |
1122 | constructs are expanded in the filename. |
|
1131 | constructs are expanded in the filename. | |
1123 |
|
1132 | |||
1124 | The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA) |
|
1133 | The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA) | |
1125 | must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification |
|
1134 | must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification | |
1126 | will fail and connections to the server will be refused. |
|
1135 | will fail and connections to the server will be refused. | |
1127 |
|
1136 | |||
1128 | If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used: |
|
1137 | If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used: | |
1129 | ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be |
|
1138 | ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be | |
1130 | used. |
|
1139 | used. | |
1131 |
|
1140 | |||
1132 | This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option |
|
1141 | This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option | |
1133 | is set. |
|
1142 | is set. | |
1134 |
|
1143 | |||
1135 | The format of the file is as follows:: |
|
1144 | The format of the file is as follows:: | |
1136 |
|
1145 | |||
1137 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1146 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
1138 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1147 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
1139 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1148 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
1140 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1149 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
1141 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1150 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
1142 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1151 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
1143 |
|
1152 | |||
1144 | For example:: |
|
1153 | For example:: | |
1145 |
|
1154 | |||
1146 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1155 | [hostsecurity] | |
1147 | hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2 |
|
1156 | hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2 | |
1148 | hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1157 | hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 | |
1149 | foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem |
|
1158 | foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem | |
1150 |
|
1159 | |||
1151 | To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1 |
|
1160 | To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1 | |
1152 | when connecting to ``hg.example.com``:: |
|
1161 | when connecting to ``hg.example.com``:: | |
1153 |
|
1162 | |||
1154 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1163 | [hostsecurity] | |
1155 | minimumprotocol = tls1.2 |
|
1164 | minimumprotocol = tls1.2 | |
1156 | hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1 |
|
1165 | hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1 | |
1157 |
|
1166 | |||
1158 | ``http_proxy`` |
|
1167 | ``http_proxy`` | |
1159 | -------------- |
|
1168 | -------------- | |
1160 |
|
1169 | |||
1161 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP |
|
1170 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP | |
1162 | proxy. |
|
1171 | proxy. | |
1163 |
|
1172 | |||
1164 | ``host`` |
|
1173 | ``host`` | |
1165 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
1174 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example | |
1166 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
1175 | "myproxy:8000". | |
1167 |
|
1176 | |||
1168 | ``no`` |
|
1177 | ``no`` | |
1169 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass |
|
1178 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass | |
1170 | the proxy. |
|
1179 | the proxy. | |
1171 |
|
1180 | |||
1172 | ``passwd`` |
|
1181 | ``passwd`` | |
1173 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1182 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. | |
1174 |
|
1183 | |||
1175 | ``user`` |
|
1184 | ``user`` | |
1176 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1185 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. | |
1177 |
|
1186 | |||
1178 | ``always`` |
|
1187 | ``always`` | |
1179 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries |
|
1188 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries | |
1180 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) |
|
1189 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) | |
1181 |
|
1190 | |||
1182 | ``merge`` |
|
1191 | ``merge`` | |
1183 | --------- |
|
1192 | --------- | |
1184 |
|
1193 | |||
1185 | This section specifies behavior during merges and updates. |
|
1194 | This section specifies behavior during merges and updates. | |
1186 |
|
1195 | |||
1187 | ``checkignored`` |
|
1196 | ``checkignored`` | |
1188 | Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked |
|
1197 | Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked | |
1189 | file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different |
|
1198 | file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different | |
1190 | contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``, |
|
1199 | contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``, | |
1191 | abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as |
|
1200 | abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as | |
1192 | ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as |
|
1201 | ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as | |
1193 | ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1202 | ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``) | |
1194 |
|
1203 | |||
1195 | ``checkunknown`` |
|
1204 | ``checkunknown`` | |
1196 | Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name |
|
1205 | Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name | |
1197 | as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has |
|
1206 | as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has | |
1198 | different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that |
|
1207 | different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that | |
1199 | are not ignored. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1208 | are not ignored. (default: ``abort``) | |
1200 |
|
1209 | |||
1201 | ``merge-patterns`` |
|
1210 | ``merge-patterns`` | |
1202 | ------------------ |
|
1211 | ------------------ | |
1203 |
|
1212 | |||
1204 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file |
|
1213 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file | |
1205 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default |
|
1214 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default | |
1206 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository |
|
1215 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository | |
1207 | root. |
|
1216 | root. | |
1208 |
|
1217 | |||
1209 | Example:: |
|
1218 | Example:: | |
1210 |
|
1219 | |||
1211 | [merge-patterns] |
|
1220 | [merge-patterns] | |
1212 | **.c = kdiff3 |
|
1221 | **.c = kdiff3 | |
1213 | **.jpg = myimgmerge |
|
1222 | **.jpg = myimgmerge | |
1214 |
|
1223 | |||
1215 | ``merge-tools`` |
|
1224 | ``merge-tools`` | |
1216 | --------------- |
|
1225 | --------------- | |
1217 |
|
1226 | |||
1218 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level |
|
1227 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level | |
1219 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. |
|
1228 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. | |
1220 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. |
|
1229 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. | |
1221 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. |
|
1230 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. | |
1222 |
|
1231 | |||
1223 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
1232 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: | |
1224 |
|
1233 | |||
1225 | [merge-tools] |
|
1234 | [merge-tools] | |
1226 | # Override stock tool location |
|
1235 | # Override stock tool location | |
1227 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
|
1236 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 | |
1228 | # Specify command line |
|
1237 | # Specify command line | |
1229 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output |
|
1238 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output | |
1230 | # Give higher priority |
|
1239 | # Give higher priority | |
1231 | kdiff3.priority = 1 |
|
1240 | kdiff3.priority = 1 | |
1232 |
|
1241 | |||
1233 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool |
|
1242 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool | |
1234 | meld.priority = 0 |
|
1243 | meld.priority = 0 | |
1235 |
|
1244 | |||
1236 | # Disable a preconfigured tool |
|
1245 | # Disable a preconfigured tool | |
1237 | vimdiff.disabled = yes |
|
1246 | vimdiff.disabled = yes | |
1238 |
|
1247 | |||
1239 | # Define new tool |
|
1248 | # Define new tool | |
1240 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output |
|
1249 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output | |
1241 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge |
|
1250 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge | |
1242 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
|
1251 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 | |
1243 |
|
1252 | |||
1244 | Supported arguments: |
|
1253 | Supported arguments: | |
1245 |
|
1254 | |||
1246 | ``priority`` |
|
1255 | ``priority`` | |
1247 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. |
|
1256 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. | |
1248 | (default: 0) |
|
1257 | (default: 0) | |
1249 |
|
1258 | |||
1250 | ``executable`` |
|
1259 | ``executable`` | |
1251 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. |
|
1260 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. | |
1252 |
|
1261 | |||
1253 | .. container:: windows |
|
1262 | .. container:: windows | |
1254 |
|
1263 | |||
1255 | On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} |
|
1264 | On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} | |
1256 | syntax. |
|
1265 | syntax. | |
1257 |
|
1266 | |||
1258 | (default: the tool name) |
|
1267 | (default: the tool name) | |
1259 |
|
1268 | |||
1260 | ``args`` |
|
1269 | ``args`` | |
1261 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the |
|
1270 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the | |
1262 | files being merged as well as the output file through these |
|
1271 | files being merged as well as the output file through these | |
1263 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning |
|
1272 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning | |
1264 | of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being |
|
1273 | of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being | |
1265 | performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original |
|
1274 | performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original | |
1266 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating |
|
1275 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating | |
1267 | to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local`` |
|
1276 | to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local`` | |
1268 | represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the |
|
1277 | represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the | |
1269 | commit being rebased. |
|
1278 | commit being rebased. | |
1270 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) |
|
1279 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) | |
1271 |
|
1280 | |||
1272 | ``premerge`` |
|
1281 | ``premerge`` | |
1273 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before |
|
1282 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before | |
1274 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or |
|
1283 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or | |
1275 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the |
|
1284 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the | |
1276 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information |
|
1285 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information | |
1277 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in |
|
1286 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in | |
1278 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). |
|
1287 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). | |
1279 | (default: True) |
|
1288 | (default: True) | |
1280 |
|
1289 | |||
1281 | ``binary`` |
|
1290 | ``binary`` | |
1282 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool |
|
1291 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool | |
1283 | was selected by file pattern match) |
|
1292 | was selected by file pattern match) | |
1284 |
|
1293 | |||
1285 | ``symlink`` |
|
1294 | ``symlink`` | |
1286 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) |
|
1295 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) | |
1287 |
|
1296 | |||
1288 | ``check`` |
|
1297 | ``check`` | |
1289 | A list of merge success-checking options: |
|
1298 | A list of merge success-checking options: | |
1290 |
|
1299 | |||
1291 | ``changed`` |
|
1300 | ``changed`` | |
1292 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. |
|
1301 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. | |
1293 | ``conflicts`` |
|
1302 | ``conflicts`` | |
1294 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. |
|
1303 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. | |
1295 | ``prompt`` |
|
1304 | ``prompt`` | |
1296 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. |
|
1305 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. | |
1297 |
|
1306 | |||
1298 | ``fixeol`` |
|
1307 | ``fixeol`` | |
1299 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. |
|
1308 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. | |
1300 | (default: False) |
|
1309 | (default: False) | |
1301 |
|
1310 | |||
1302 | ``gui`` |
|
1311 | ``gui`` | |
1303 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) |
|
1312 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) | |
1304 |
|
1313 | |||
1305 | .. container:: windows |
|
1314 | .. container:: windows | |
1306 |
|
1315 | |||
1307 | ``regkey`` |
|
1316 | ``regkey`` | |
1308 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this |
|
1317 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this | |
1309 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under |
|
1318 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under | |
1310 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. |
|
1319 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. | |
1311 | (default: None) |
|
1320 | (default: None) | |
1312 |
|
1321 | |||
1313 | ``regkeyalt`` |
|
1322 | ``regkeyalt`` | |
1314 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not |
|
1323 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not | |
1315 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` |
|
1324 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` | |
1316 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key |
|
1325 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key | |
1317 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. |
|
1326 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. | |
1318 | (default: None) |
|
1327 | (default: None) | |
1319 |
|
1328 | |||
1320 | ``regname`` |
|
1329 | ``regname`` | |
1321 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. |
|
1330 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. | |
1322 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) |
|
1331 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) | |
1323 |
|
1332 | |||
1324 | ``regappend`` |
|
1333 | ``regappend`` | |
1325 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
|
1334 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically | |
1326 | the executable name of the tool. |
|
1335 | the executable name of the tool. | |
1327 | (default: None) |
|
1336 | (default: None) | |
1328 |
|
1337 | |||
1329 |
|
1338 | |||
1330 | ``patch`` |
|
1339 | ``patch`` | |
1331 | --------- |
|
1340 | --------- | |
1332 |
|
1341 | |||
1333 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
|
1342 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' | |
1334 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
|
1343 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. | |
1335 |
|
1344 | |||
1336 | ``eol`` |
|
1345 | ``eol`` | |
1337 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
|
1346 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines | |
1338 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of |
|
1347 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of | |
1339 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
|
1348 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are | |
1340 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
|
1349 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to | |
1341 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line |
|
1350 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line | |
1342 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting |
|
1351 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting | |
1343 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end |
|
1352 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end | |
1344 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. |
|
1353 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. | |
1345 | (default: strict) |
|
1354 | (default: strict) | |
1346 |
|
1355 | |||
1347 | ``fuzz`` |
|
1356 | ``fuzz`` | |
1348 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This |
|
1357 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This | |
1349 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when |
|
1358 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when | |
1350 | trying to apply a patch. |
|
1359 | trying to apply a patch. | |
1351 | (default: 2) |
|
1360 | (default: 2) | |
1352 |
|
1361 | |||
1353 | ``paths`` |
|
1362 | ``paths`` | |
1354 | --------- |
|
1363 | --------- | |
1355 |
|
1364 | |||
1356 | Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories. |
|
1365 | Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories. | |
1357 |
|
1366 | |||
1358 | Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the |
|
1367 | Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the | |
1359 | location of the repository. Example:: |
|
1368 | location of the repository. Example:: | |
1360 |
|
1369 | |||
1361 | [paths] |
|
1370 | [paths] | |
1362 | my_server = https://example.com/my_repo |
|
1371 | my_server = https://example.com/my_repo | |
1363 | local_path = /home/me/repo |
|
1372 | local_path = /home/me/repo | |
1364 |
|
1373 | |||
1365 | These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull |
|
1374 | These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull | |
1366 | from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``: |
|
1375 | from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``: | |
1367 | :hg:`push local_path`. |
|
1376 | :hg:`push local_path`. | |
1368 |
|
1377 | |||
1369 | Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence |
|
1378 | Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence | |
1370 | behavior for that specific path. Example:: |
|
1379 | behavior for that specific path. Example:: | |
1371 |
|
1380 | |||
1372 | [paths] |
|
1381 | [paths] | |
1373 | my_server = https://example.com/my_path |
|
1382 | my_server = https://example.com/my_path | |
1374 | my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path |
|
1383 | my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path | |
1375 |
|
1384 | |||
1376 | The following sub-options can be defined: |
|
1385 | The following sub-options can be defined: | |
1377 |
|
1386 | |||
1378 | ``pushurl`` |
|
1387 | ``pushurl`` | |
1379 | The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location |
|
1388 | The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location | |
1380 | defined by the path's main entry is used. |
|
1389 | defined by the path's main entry is used. | |
1381 |
|
1390 | |||
1382 | ``pushrev`` |
|
1391 | ``pushrev`` | |
1383 | A revset defining which revisions to push by default. |
|
1392 | A revset defining which revisions to push by default. | |
1384 |
|
1393 | |||
1385 | When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset |
|
1394 | When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset | |
1386 | defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push. |
|
1395 | defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push. | |
1387 |
|
1396 | |||
1388 | For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's |
|
1397 | For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's | |
1389 | revision by default. |
|
1398 | revision by default. | |
1390 |
|
1399 | |||
1391 | Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being |
|
1400 | Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being | |
1392 | pushed. |
|
1401 | pushed. | |
1393 |
|
1402 | |||
1394 | The following special named paths exist: |
|
1403 | The following special named paths exist: | |
1395 |
|
1404 | |||
1396 | ``default`` |
|
1405 | ``default`` | |
1397 | The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified. |
|
1406 | The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified. | |
1398 |
|
1407 | |||
1399 | :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the |
|
1408 | :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the | |
1400 | repository was cloned from. |
|
1409 | repository was cloned from. | |
1401 |
|
1410 | |||
1402 | ``default-push`` |
|
1411 | ``default-push`` | |
1403 | (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location. |
|
1412 | (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location. | |
1404 | ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead. |
|
1413 | ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead. | |
1405 |
|
1414 | |||
1406 | ``phases`` |
|
1415 | ``phases`` | |
1407 | ---------- |
|
1416 | ---------- | |
1408 |
|
1417 | |||
1409 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more |
|
1418 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more | |
1410 | information about working with phases. |
|
1419 | information about working with phases. | |
1411 |
|
1420 | |||
1412 | ``publish`` |
|
1421 | ``publish`` | |
1413 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, |
|
1422 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, | |
1414 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and |
|
1423 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and | |
1415 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. |
|
1424 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. | |
1416 | (default: True) |
|
1425 | (default: True) | |
1417 |
|
1426 | |||
1418 | ``new-commit`` |
|
1427 | ``new-commit`` | |
1419 | Phase of newly-created commits. |
|
1428 | Phase of newly-created commits. | |
1420 | (default: draft) |
|
1429 | (default: draft) | |
1421 |
|
1430 | |||
1422 | ``checksubrepos`` |
|
1431 | ``checksubrepos`` | |
1423 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed |
|
1432 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed | |
1424 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than |
|
1433 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than | |
1425 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is |
|
1434 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is | |
1426 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is |
|
1435 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is | |
1427 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a |
|
1436 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a | |
1428 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is |
|
1437 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is | |
1429 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is |
|
1438 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is | |
1430 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). |
|
1439 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). | |
1431 | (default: follow) |
|
1440 | (default: follow) | |
1432 |
|
1441 | |||
1433 |
|
1442 | |||
1434 | ``profiling`` |
|
1443 | ``profiling`` | |
1435 | ------------- |
|
1444 | ------------- | |
1436 |
|
1445 | |||
1437 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are |
|
1446 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are | |
1438 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling |
|
1447 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling | |
1439 | profiler (named ``stat``). |
|
1448 | profiler (named ``stat``). | |
1440 |
|
1449 | |||
1441 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
1450 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data | |
1442 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
1451 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a | |
1443 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The |
|
1452 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The | |
1444 | profiling is done using lsprof. |
|
1453 | profiling is done using lsprof. | |
1445 |
|
1454 | |||
1446 | ``enabled`` |
|
1455 | ``enabled`` | |
1447 | Enable the profiler. |
|
1456 | Enable the profiler. | |
1448 | (default: false) |
|
1457 | (default: false) | |
1449 |
|
1458 | |||
1450 | This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line. |
|
1459 | This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line. | |
1451 |
|
1460 | |||
1452 | ``type`` |
|
1461 | ``type`` | |
1453 | The type of profiler to use. |
|
1462 | The type of profiler to use. | |
1454 | (default: stat) |
|
1463 | (default: stat) | |
1455 |
|
1464 | |||
1456 | ``ls`` |
|
1465 | ``ls`` | |
1457 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
1466 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler | |
1458 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
1467 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the | |
1459 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
1468 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to | |
1460 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. |
|
1469 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. | |
1461 | ``stat`` |
|
1470 | ``stat`` | |
1462 | Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most |
|
1471 | Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most | |
1463 | useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 |
|
1472 | useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 | |
1464 | seconds. |
|
1473 | seconds. | |
1465 |
|
1474 | |||
1466 | ``format`` |
|
1475 | ``format`` | |
1467 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1476 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1468 | (default: text) |
|
1477 | (default: text) | |
1469 |
|
1478 | |||
1470 | ``text`` |
|
1479 | ``text`` | |
1471 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be |
|
1480 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be | |
1472 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is |
|
1481 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is | |
1473 | not kept. |
|
1482 | not kept. | |
1474 | ``kcachegrind`` |
|
1483 | ``kcachegrind`` | |
1475 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a |
|
1484 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a | |
1476 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into |
|
1485 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into | |
1477 | kcachegrind. |
|
1486 | kcachegrind. | |
1478 |
|
1487 | |||
1479 | ``statformat`` |
|
1488 | ``statformat`` | |
1480 | Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
1489 | Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler. | |
1481 | (default: hotpath) |
|
1490 | (default: hotpath) | |
1482 |
|
1491 | |||
1483 | ``hotpath`` |
|
1492 | ``hotpath`` | |
1484 | Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where |
|
1493 | Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where | |
1485 | most time was spent). |
|
1494 | most time was spent). | |
1486 | ``bymethod`` |
|
1495 | ``bymethod`` | |
1487 | Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
1496 | Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active. | |
1488 | ``byline`` |
|
1497 | ``byline`` | |
1489 | Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
1498 | Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active. | |
1490 | ``json`` |
|
1499 | ``json`` | |
1491 | Render profiling data as JSON. |
|
1500 | Render profiling data as JSON. | |
1492 |
|
1501 | |||
1493 | ``frequency`` |
|
1502 | ``frequency`` | |
1494 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. |
|
1503 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. | |
1495 | (default: 1000) |
|
1504 | (default: 1000) | |
1496 |
|
1505 | |||
1497 | ``output`` |
|
1506 | ``output`` | |
1498 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the |
|
1507 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the | |
1499 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on |
|
1508 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on | |
1500 | stderr) |
|
1509 | stderr) | |
1501 |
|
1510 | |||
1502 | ``sort`` |
|
1511 | ``sort`` | |
1503 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1512 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1504 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and |
|
1513 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and | |
1505 | ``inlinetime``. |
|
1514 | ``inlinetime``. | |
1506 | (default: inlinetime) |
|
1515 | (default: inlinetime) | |
1507 |
|
1516 | |||
1508 | ``limit`` |
|
1517 | ``limit`` | |
1509 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1518 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1510 | (default: 30) |
|
1519 | (default: 30) | |
1511 |
|
1520 | |||
1512 | ``nested`` |
|
1521 | ``nested`` | |
1513 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. |
|
1522 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. | |
1514 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. |
|
1523 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. | |
1515 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1524 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1516 | (default: 5) |
|
1525 | (default: 5) | |
1517 |
|
1526 | |||
1518 | ``progress`` |
|
1527 | ``progress`` | |
1519 | ------------ |
|
1528 | ------------ | |
1520 |
|
1529 | |||
1521 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as |
|
1530 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as | |
1522 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others |
|
1531 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others | |
1523 | have a definite end point. |
|
1532 | have a definite end point. | |
1524 |
|
1533 | |||
1525 | ``delay`` |
|
1534 | ``delay`` | |
1526 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) |
|
1535 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) | |
1527 |
|
1536 | |||
1528 | ``changedelay`` |
|
1537 | ``changedelay`` | |
1529 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, |
|
1538 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, | |
1530 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) |
|
1539 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) | |
1531 |
|
1540 | |||
1532 | ``refresh`` |
|
1541 | ``refresh`` | |
1533 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) |
|
1542 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) | |
1534 |
|
1543 | |||
1535 | ``format`` |
|
1544 | ``format`` | |
1536 | Format of the progress bar. |
|
1545 | Format of the progress bar. | |
1537 |
|
1546 | |||
1538 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, |
|
1547 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, | |
1539 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the |
|
1548 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the | |
1540 | last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either |
|
1549 | last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either | |
1541 | ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the |
|
1550 | ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the | |
1542 | first num characters. |
|
1551 | first num characters. | |
1543 |
|
1552 | |||
1544 | (default: topic bar number estimate) |
|
1553 | (default: topic bar number estimate) | |
1545 |
|
1554 | |||
1546 | ``width`` |
|
1555 | ``width`` | |
1547 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, |
|
1556 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, | |
1548 | term width) will be used). |
|
1557 | term width) will be used). | |
1549 |
|
1558 | |||
1550 | ``clear-complete`` |
|
1559 | ``clear-complete`` | |
1551 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) |
|
1560 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) | |
1552 |
|
1561 | |||
1553 | ``disable`` |
|
1562 | ``disable`` | |
1554 | If true, don't show a progress bar. |
|
1563 | If true, don't show a progress bar. | |
1555 |
|
1564 | |||
1556 | ``assume-tty`` |
|
1565 | ``assume-tty`` | |
1557 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. |
|
1566 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. | |
1558 |
|
1567 | |||
1559 | ``rebase`` |
|
1568 | ``rebase`` | |
1560 | ---------- |
|
1569 | ---------- | |
1561 |
|
1570 | |||
1562 | ``allowdivergence`` |
|
1571 | ``allowdivergence`` | |
1563 | Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing |
|
1572 | Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing | |
1564 | rebase of obsolete changesets. |
|
1573 | rebase of obsolete changesets. | |
1565 |
|
1574 | |||
1566 | ``revsetalias`` |
|
1575 | ``revsetalias`` | |
1567 | --------------- |
|
1576 | --------------- | |
1568 |
|
1577 | |||
1569 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. |
|
1578 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. | |
1570 |
|
1579 | |||
1571 | ``server`` |
|
1580 | ``server`` | |
1572 | ---------- |
|
1581 | ---------- | |
1573 |
|
1582 | |||
1574 | Controls generic server settings. |
|
1583 | Controls generic server settings. | |
1575 |
|
1584 | |||
1576 | ``compressionengines`` |
|
1585 | ``compressionengines`` | |
1577 | List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise |
|
1586 | List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise | |
1578 | to clients. |
|
1587 | to clients. | |
1579 |
|
1588 | |||
1580 | The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first |
|
1589 | The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first | |
1581 | having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed |
|
1590 | having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed | |
1582 | here, it won't be advertised to clients. |
|
1591 | here, it won't be advertised to clients. | |
1583 |
|
1592 | |||
1584 | If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run |
|
1593 | If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run | |
1585 | :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their |
|
1594 | :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their | |
1586 | default wire protocol priority. |
|
1595 | default wire protocol priority. | |
1587 |
|
1596 | |||
1588 | Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting |
|
1597 | Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting | |
1589 | has no effect for legacy clients. |
|
1598 | has no effect for legacy clients. | |
1590 |
|
1599 | |||
1591 | ``uncompressed`` |
|
1600 | ``uncompressed`` | |
1592 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the |
|
1601 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the | |
1593 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more |
|
1602 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more | |
1594 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both |
|
1603 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both | |
1595 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast |
|
1604 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast | |
1596 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a |
|
1605 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a | |
1597 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than |
|
1606 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than | |
1598 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the |
|
1607 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the | |
1599 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold |
|
1608 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold | |
1600 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. |
|
1609 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. | |
1601 | (default: True) |
|
1610 | (default: True) | |
1602 |
|
1611 | |||
1603 | ``preferuncompressed`` |
|
1612 | ``preferuncompressed`` | |
1604 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming |
|
1613 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming | |
1605 | protocol. (default: False) |
|
1614 | protocol. (default: False) | |
1606 |
|
1615 | |||
1607 | ``validate`` |
|
1616 | ``validate`` | |
1608 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by |
|
1617 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by | |
1609 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are |
|
1618 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are | |
1610 | present. (default: False) |
|
1619 | present. (default: False) | |
1611 |
|
1620 | |||
1612 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` |
|
1621 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` | |
1613 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this |
|
1622 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this | |
1614 | many bytes. (default: 1024) |
|
1623 | many bytes. (default: 1024) | |
1615 |
|
1624 | |||
1616 | ``bundle1`` |
|
1625 | ``bundle1`` | |
1617 | Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1 |
|
1626 | Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1 | |
1618 | exchange format. (default: True) |
|
1627 | exchange format. (default: True) | |
1619 |
|
1628 | |||
1620 | ``bundle1gd`` |
|
1629 | ``bundle1gd`` | |
1621 | Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1630 | Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the | |
1622 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1631 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) | |
1623 |
|
1632 | |||
1624 | ``bundle1.push`` |
|
1633 | ``bundle1.push`` | |
1625 | Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1634 | Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange | |
1626 | format. (default: True) |
|
1635 | format. (default: True) | |
1627 |
|
1636 | |||
1628 | ``bundle1gd.push`` |
|
1637 | ``bundle1gd.push`` | |
1629 | Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1638 | Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the | |
1630 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1639 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) | |
1631 |
|
1640 | |||
1632 | ``bundle1.pull`` |
|
1641 | ``bundle1.pull`` | |
1633 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1642 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange | |
1634 | format. (default: True) |
|
1643 | format. (default: True) | |
1635 |
|
1644 | |||
1636 | ``bundle1gd.pull`` |
|
1645 | ``bundle1gd.pull`` | |
1637 | Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1646 | Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the | |
1638 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1647 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) | |
1639 |
|
1648 | |||
1640 | Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should |
|
1649 | Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should | |
1641 | consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta* |
|
1650 | consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta* | |
1642 | repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data |
|
1651 | repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data | |
1643 | format can consume a lot of CPU. |
|
1652 | format can consume a lot of CPU. | |
1644 |
|
1653 | |||
1645 | ``zliblevel`` |
|
1654 | ``zliblevel`` | |
1646 | Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level |
|
1655 | Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level | |
1647 | for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the |
|
1656 | for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the | |
1648 | commands that send repository history data). |
|
1657 | commands that send repository history data). | |
1649 |
|
1658 | |||
1650 | The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is |
|
1659 | The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is | |
1651 | likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means |
|
1660 | likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means | |
1652 | maximum compression. |
|
1661 | maximum compression. | |
1653 |
|
1662 | |||
1654 | Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between |
|
1663 | Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between | |
1655 | bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization |
|
1664 | bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization | |
1656 | but sends more bytes to clients. |
|
1665 | but sends more bytes to clients. | |
1657 |
|
1666 | |||
1658 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
1667 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. | |
1659 |
|
1668 | |||
1660 | ``zstdlevel`` |
|
1669 | ``zstdlevel`` | |
1661 | Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level |
|
1670 | Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level | |
1662 | for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and |
|
1671 | for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and | |
1663 | ``22`` is the highest amount of compression. |
|
1672 | ``22`` is the highest amount of compression. | |
1664 |
|
1673 | |||
1665 | The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely |
|
1674 | The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely | |
1666 | delivering better compression ratios. |
|
1675 | delivering better compression ratios. | |
1667 |
|
1676 | |||
1668 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
1677 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. | |
1669 |
|
1678 | |||
1670 | See also ``server.zliblevel``. |
|
1679 | See also ``server.zliblevel``. | |
1671 |
|
1680 | |||
1672 | ``smtp`` |
|
1681 | ``smtp`` | |
1673 | -------- |
|
1682 | -------- | |
1674 |
|
1683 | |||
1675 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. |
|
1684 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. | |
1676 |
|
1685 | |||
1677 | ``host`` |
|
1686 | ``host`` | |
1678 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
1687 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". | |
1679 |
|
1688 | |||
1680 | ``port`` |
|
1689 | ``port`` | |
1681 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if |
|
1690 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if | |
1682 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) |
|
1691 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) | |
1683 |
|
1692 | |||
1684 | ``tls`` |
|
1693 | ``tls`` | |
1685 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, |
|
1694 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, | |
1686 | smtps or none. (default: none) |
|
1695 | smtps or none. (default: none) | |
1687 |
|
1696 | |||
1688 | ``username`` |
|
1697 | ``username`` | |
1689 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. |
|
1698 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. | |
1690 | (default: None) |
|
1699 | (default: None) | |
1691 |
|
1700 | |||
1692 | ``password`` |
|
1701 | ``password`` | |
1693 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not |
|
1702 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not | |
1694 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a |
|
1703 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a | |
1695 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) |
|
1704 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) | |
1696 |
|
1705 | |||
1697 | ``local_hostname`` |
|
1706 | ``local_hostname`` | |
1698 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
1707 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify | |
1699 | itself to the MTA. |
|
1708 | itself to the MTA. | |
1700 |
|
1709 | |||
1701 |
|
1710 | |||
1702 | ``subpaths`` |
|
1711 | ``subpaths`` | |
1703 | ------------ |
|
1712 | ------------ | |
1704 |
|
1713 | |||
1705 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name |
|
1714 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name | |
1706 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define |
|
1715 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define | |
1707 | rewrite rules of the form:: |
|
1716 | rewrite rules of the form:: | |
1708 |
|
1717 | |||
1709 | <pattern> = <replacement> |
|
1718 | <pattern> = <replacement> | |
1710 |
|
1719 | |||
1711 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
|
1720 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository | |
1712 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to |
|
1721 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to | |
1713 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in |
|
1722 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in | |
1714 | ``replacements``. For instance:: |
|
1723 | ``replacements``. For instance:: | |
1715 |
|
1724 | |||
1716 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ |
|
1725 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ | |
1717 |
|
1726 | |||
1718 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. |
|
1727 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. | |
1719 |
|
1728 | |||
1720 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the |
|
1729 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the | |
1721 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern`` |
|
1730 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern`` | |
1722 | doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the |
|
1731 | doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the | |
1723 | relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order. |
|
1732 | relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order. | |
1724 |
|
1733 | |||
1725 | ``templatealias`` |
|
1734 | ``templatealias`` | |
1726 | ----------------- |
|
1735 | ----------------- | |
1727 |
|
1736 | |||
1728 | Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
1737 | Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details. | |
1729 |
|
1738 | |||
1730 | ``templates`` |
|
1739 | ``templates`` | |
1731 | ------------- |
|
1740 | ------------- | |
1732 |
|
1741 | |||
1733 | Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings. |
|
1742 | Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings. | |
1734 | See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
1743 | See :hg:`help templates` for details. | |
1735 |
|
1744 | |||
1736 | ``trusted`` |
|
1745 | ``trusted`` | |
1737 | ----------- |
|
1746 | ----------- | |
1738 |
|
1747 | |||
1739 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
|
1748 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the | |
1740 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
1749 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted | |
1741 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
|
1750 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary | |
1742 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
|
1751 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring | |
1743 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
|
1752 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, | |
1744 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` |
|
1753 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` | |
1745 | section. |
|
1754 | section. | |
1746 |
|
1755 | |||
1747 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The |
|
1756 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The | |
1748 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a |
|
1757 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a | |
1749 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an |
|
1758 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an | |
1750 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the |
|
1759 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the | |
1751 | user or service running Mercurial. |
|
1760 | user or service running Mercurial. | |
1752 |
|
1761 | |||
1753 | ``users`` |
|
1762 | ``users`` | |
1754 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. |
|
1763 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. | |
1755 |
|
1764 | |||
1756 | ``groups`` |
|
1765 | ``groups`` | |
1757 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. |
|
1766 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. | |
1758 |
|
1767 | |||
1759 |
|
1768 | |||
1760 | ``ui`` |
|
1769 | ``ui`` | |
1761 | ------ |
|
1770 | ------ | |
1762 |
|
1771 | |||
1763 | User interface controls. |
|
1772 | User interface controls. | |
1764 |
|
1773 | |||
1765 | ``archivemeta`` |
|
1774 | ``archivemeta`` | |
1766 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
|
1775 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data | |
1767 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
|
1776 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created | |
1768 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. |
|
1777 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. | |
1769 | (default: True) |
|
1778 | (default: True) | |
1770 |
|
1779 | |||
1771 | ``askusername`` |
|
1780 | ``askusername`` | |
1772 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and |
|
1781 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and | |
1773 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will |
|
1782 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will | |
1774 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the |
|
1783 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the | |
1775 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. |
|
1784 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. | |
1776 | (default: False) |
|
1785 | (default: False) | |
1777 |
|
1786 | |||
1778 | ``clonebundles`` |
|
1787 | ``clonebundles`` | |
1779 | Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled. |
|
1788 | Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled. | |
1780 |
|
1789 | |||
1781 | When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised |
|
1790 | When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised | |
1782 | bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism. |
|
1791 | bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism. | |
1783 |
|
1792 | |||
1784 | This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones. |
|
1793 | This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones. | |
1785 |
|
1794 | |||
1786 | (default: True) |
|
1795 | (default: True) | |
1787 |
|
1796 | |||
1788 | ``clonebundlefallback`` |
|
1797 | ``clonebundlefallback`` | |
1789 | Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server |
|
1798 | Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server | |
1790 | should result in fallback to a regular clone. |
|
1799 | should result in fallback to a regular clone. | |
1791 |
|
1800 | |||
1792 | This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone |
|
1801 | This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone | |
1793 | bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles |
|
1802 | bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles | |
1794 | start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular |
|
1803 | start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular | |
1795 | clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server |
|
1804 | clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server | |
1796 | since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to |
|
1805 | since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to | |
1797 | pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures |
|
1806 | pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures | |
1798 | clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application |
|
1807 | clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application | |
1799 | fails. |
|
1808 | fails. | |
1800 |
|
1809 | |||
1801 | (default: False) |
|
1810 | (default: False) | |
1802 |
|
1811 | |||
1803 | ``clonebundleprefers`` |
|
1812 | ``clonebundleprefers`` | |
1804 | Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use. |
|
1813 | Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use. | |
1805 |
|
1814 | |||
1806 | Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available |
|
1815 | Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available | |
1807 | bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle |
|
1816 | bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle | |
1808 | type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular |
|
1817 | type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular | |
1809 | bundle over another. |
|
1818 | bundle over another. | |
1810 |
|
1819 | |||
1811 | The following keys are defined by Mercurial: |
|
1820 | The following keys are defined by Mercurial: | |
1812 |
|
1821 | |||
1813 | BUNDLESPEC |
|
1822 | BUNDLESPEC | |
1814 | A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`. |
|
1823 | A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`. | |
1815 | e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``. |
|
1824 | e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``. | |
1816 |
|
1825 | |||
1817 | COMPRESSION |
|
1826 | COMPRESSION | |
1818 | The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``. |
|
1827 | The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``. | |
1819 |
|
1828 | |||
1820 | Server operators may define custom keys. |
|
1829 | Server operators may define custom keys. | |
1821 |
|
1830 | |||
1822 | Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``, |
|
1831 | Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``, | |
1823 | ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``. |
|
1832 | ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``. | |
1824 |
|
1833 | |||
1825 | By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used. |
|
1834 | By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used. | |
1826 |
|
1835 | |||
1827 | ``color`` |
|
1836 | ``color`` | |
1828 | String: when to use to colorize output. possible value are auto, always, |
|
1837 | String: when to use to colorize output. possible value are auto, always, | |
1829 | never, or debug (default: never). 'auto' will use color whenever it seems |
|
1838 | never, or debug (default: never). 'auto' will use color whenever it seems | |
1830 | possible. See :hg:`help color` for details. |
|
1839 | possible. See :hg:`help color` for details. | |
1831 |
|
1840 | |||
1832 | (in addition a boolean can be used in place always/never) |
|
1841 | (in addition a boolean can be used in place always/never) | |
1833 |
|
1842 | |||
1834 | ``commitsubrepos`` |
|
1843 | ``commitsubrepos`` | |
1835 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the |
|
1844 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the | |
1836 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted |
|
1845 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted | |
1837 | changes, abort the commit. |
|
1846 | changes, abort the commit. | |
1838 | (default: False) |
|
1847 | (default: False) | |
1839 |
|
1848 | |||
1840 | ``debug`` |
|
1849 | ``debug`` | |
1841 | Print debugging information. (default: False) |
|
1850 | Print debugging information. (default: False) | |
1842 |
|
1851 | |||
1843 | ``editor`` |
|
1852 | ``editor`` | |
1844 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) |
|
1853 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) | |
1845 |
|
1854 | |||
1846 | ``fallbackencoding`` |
|
1855 | ``fallbackencoding`` | |
1847 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
|
1856 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using | |
1848 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) |
|
1857 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) | |
1849 |
|
1858 | |||
1850 | ``graphnodetemplate`` |
|
1859 | ``graphnodetemplate`` | |
1851 | The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph. |
|
1860 | The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph. | |
1852 | (default: ``{graphnode}``) |
|
1861 | (default: ``{graphnode}``) | |
1853 |
|
1862 | |||
1854 | ``ignore`` |
|
1863 | ``ignore`` | |
1855 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be |
|
1864 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be | |
1856 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames |
|
1865 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames | |
1857 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, |
|
1866 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, | |
1858 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by |
|
1867 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by | |
1859 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details |
|
1868 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details | |
1860 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. |
|
1869 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. | |
1861 |
|
1870 | |||
1862 | ``interactive`` |
|
1871 | ``interactive`` | |
1863 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) |
|
1872 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) | |
1864 |
|
1873 | |||
1865 | ``interface`` |
|
1874 | ``interface`` | |
1866 | Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text). |
|
1875 | Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text). | |
1867 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
1876 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. | |
1868 |
|
1877 | |||
1869 | ``interface.chunkselector`` |
|
1878 | ``interface.chunkselector`` | |
1870 | Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`). |
|
1879 | Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`). | |
1871 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
1880 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. | |
1872 | This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface. |
|
1881 | This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface. | |
1873 |
|
1882 | |||
1874 | ``logtemplate`` |
|
1883 | ``logtemplate`` | |
1875 | Template string for commands that print changesets. |
|
1884 | Template string for commands that print changesets. | |
1876 |
|
1885 | |||
1877 | ``merge`` |
|
1886 | ``merge`` | |
1878 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
|
1887 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. | |
1879 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. |
|
1888 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. | |
1880 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
1889 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. | |
1881 |
|
1890 | |||
1882 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
1891 | ``mergemarkers`` | |
1883 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` |
|
1892 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` | |
1884 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. |
|
1893 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. | |
1885 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. |
|
1894 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. | |
1886 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. |
|
1895 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. | |
1887 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
1896 | (default: ``basic``) | |
1888 |
|
1897 | |||
1889 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
1898 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` | |
1890 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict |
|
1899 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict | |
1891 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template |
|
1900 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template | |
1892 | format. |
|
1901 | format. | |
1893 |
|
1902 | |||
1894 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and |
|
1903 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and | |
1895 | the first line of the commit description. |
|
1904 | the first line of the commit description. | |
1896 |
|
1905 | |||
1897 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, |
|
1906 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, | |
1898 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of |
|
1907 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of | |
1899 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding |
|
1908 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding | |
1900 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other |
|
1909 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other | |
1901 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge |
|
1910 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge | |
1902 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, |
|
1911 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, | |
1903 | serious problems may occur. |
|
1912 | serious problems may occur. | |
1904 |
|
1913 | |||
1905 | ``origbackuppath`` |
|
1914 | ``origbackuppath`` | |
1906 | The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is |
|
1915 | The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is | |
1907 | not a directory, one will be created. |
|
1916 | not a directory, one will be created. | |
1908 |
|
1917 | |||
1909 | ``patch`` |
|
1918 | ``patch`` | |
1910 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions |
|
1919 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions | |
1911 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an |
|
1920 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an | |
1912 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common |
|
1921 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common | |
1913 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` |
|
1922 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` | |
1914 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the |
|
1923 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the | |
1915 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take |
|
1924 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take | |
1916 | from stdin. |
|
1925 | from stdin. | |
1917 |
|
1926 | |||
1918 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra |
|
1927 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra | |
1919 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` |
|
1928 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` | |
1920 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. |
|
1929 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. | |
1921 |
|
1930 | |||
1922 | ``portablefilenames`` |
|
1931 | ``portablefilenames`` | |
1923 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. |
|
1932 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. | |
1924 | (default: ``warn``) |
|
1933 | (default: ``warn``) | |
1925 |
|
1934 | |||
1926 | ``warn`` |
|
1935 | ``warn`` | |
1927 | Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable |
|
1936 | Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable | |
1928 | filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on |
|
1937 | filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on | |
1929 | Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved |
|
1938 | Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved | |
1930 | characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing |
|
1939 | characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing | |
1931 | file). |
|
1940 | file). | |
1932 |
|
1941 | |||
1933 | ``ignore`` |
|
1942 | ``ignore`` | |
1934 | Don't print a warning. |
|
1943 | Don't print a warning. | |
1935 |
|
1944 | |||
1936 | ``abort`` |
|
1945 | ``abort`` | |
1937 | The command is aborted. |
|
1946 | The command is aborted. | |
1938 |
|
1947 | |||
1939 | ``true`` |
|
1948 | ``true`` | |
1940 | Alias for ``warn``. |
|
1949 | Alias for ``warn``. | |
1941 |
|
1950 | |||
1942 | ``false`` |
|
1951 | ``false`` | |
1943 | Alias for ``ignore``. |
|
1952 | Alias for ``ignore``. | |
1944 |
|
1953 | |||
1945 | .. container:: windows |
|
1954 | .. container:: windows | |
1946 |
|
1955 | |||
1947 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. |
|
1956 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. | |
1948 |
|
1957 | |||
1949 | ``quiet`` |
|
1958 | ``quiet`` | |
1950 | Reduce the amount of output printed. |
|
1959 | Reduce the amount of output printed. | |
1951 | (default: False) |
|
1960 | (default: False) | |
1952 |
|
1961 | |||
1953 | ``remotecmd`` |
|
1962 | ``remotecmd`` | |
1954 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. |
|
1963 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. | |
1955 | (default: ``hg``) |
|
1964 | (default: ``hg``) | |
1956 |
|
1965 | |||
1957 | ``report_untrusted`` |
|
1966 | ``report_untrusted`` | |
1958 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a |
|
1967 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a | |
1959 | trusted user or group. |
|
1968 | trusted user or group. | |
1960 | (default: True) |
|
1969 | (default: True) | |
1961 |
|
1970 | |||
1962 | ``slash`` |
|
1971 | ``slash`` | |
1963 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This |
|
1972 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This | |
1964 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path |
|
1973 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path | |
1965 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the |
|
1974 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the | |
1966 | backslash character (``\``)). |
|
1975 | backslash character (``\``)). | |
1967 | (default: False) |
|
1976 | (default: False) | |
1968 |
|
1977 | |||
1969 | ``statuscopies`` |
|
1978 | ``statuscopies`` | |
1970 | Display copies in the status command. |
|
1979 | Display copies in the status command. | |
1971 |
|
1980 | |||
1972 | ``ssh`` |
|
1981 | ``ssh`` | |
1973 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) |
|
1982 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) | |
1974 |
|
1983 | |||
1975 | ``strict`` |
|
1984 | ``strict`` | |
1976 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous |
|
1985 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous | |
1977 | abbreviations. (default: False) |
|
1986 | abbreviations. (default: False) | |
1978 |
|
1987 | |||
1979 | ``style`` |
|
1988 | ``style`` | |
1980 | Name of style to use for command output. |
|
1989 | Name of style to use for command output. | |
1981 |
|
1990 | |||
1982 | ``supportcontact`` |
|
1991 | ``supportcontact`` | |
1983 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a |
|
1992 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a | |
1984 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash |
|
1993 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash | |
1985 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. |
|
1994 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. | |
1986 |
|
1995 | |||
1987 | ``textwidth`` |
|
1996 | ``textwidth`` | |
1988 | Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or |
|
1997 | Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or | |
1989 | ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this |
|
1998 | ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this | |
1990 | width or the terminal width, whichever comes first. |
|
1999 | width or the terminal width, whichever comes first. | |
1991 | A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be |
|
2000 | A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be | |
1992 | used. (default: 78) |
|
2001 | used. (default: 78) | |
1993 |
|
2002 | |||
1994 | ``timeout`` |
|
2003 | ``timeout`` | |
1995 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value |
|
2004 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value | |
1996 | means no timeout. (default: 600) |
|
2005 | means no timeout. (default: 600) | |
1997 |
|
2006 | |||
1998 | ``traceback`` |
|
2007 | ``traceback`` | |
1999 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception |
|
2008 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception | |
2000 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback |
|
2009 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback | |
2001 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as |
|
2010 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as | |
2002 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) |
|
2011 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) | |
2003 |
|
2012 | |||
2004 | ``username`` |
|
2013 | ``username`` | |
2005 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
|
2014 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". | |
2006 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget |
|
2015 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget | |
2007 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the |
|
2016 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the | |
2008 | username are expanded. |
|
2017 | username are expanded. | |
2009 |
|
2018 | |||
2010 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in |
|
2019 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in | |
2011 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the |
|
2020 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the | |
2012 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different |
|
2021 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different | |
2013 | hgrc file) |
|
2022 | hgrc file) | |
2014 |
|
2023 | |||
2015 | ``verbose`` |
|
2024 | ``verbose`` | |
2016 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
2025 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) | |
2017 |
|
2026 | |||
2018 |
|
2027 | |||
2019 | ``web`` |
|
2028 | ``web`` | |
2020 | ------- |
|
2029 | ------- | |
2021 |
|
2030 | |||
2022 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
|
2031 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to | |
2023 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you |
|
2032 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you | |
2024 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI |
|
2033 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI | |
2025 | and WSGI). |
|
2034 | and WSGI). | |
2026 |
|
2035 | |||
2027 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for |
|
2036 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for | |
2028 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do |
|
2037 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do | |
2029 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* |
|
2038 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* | |
2030 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your |
|
2039 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your | |
2031 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization |
|
2040 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization | |
2032 | checks. |
|
2041 | checks. | |
2033 |
|
2042 | |||
2034 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where |
|
2043 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where | |
2035 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following |
|
2044 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following | |
2036 | command line:: |
|
2045 | command line:: | |
2037 |
|
2046 | |||
2038 | $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve |
|
2047 | $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve | |
2039 |
|
2048 | |||
2040 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
|
2049 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and | |
2041 | that this should not be used for public servers. |
|
2050 | that this should not be used for public servers. | |
2042 |
|
2051 | |||
2043 | The full set of options is: |
|
2052 | The full set of options is: | |
2044 |
|
2053 | |||
2045 | ``accesslog`` |
|
2054 | ``accesslog`` | |
2046 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) |
|
2055 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) | |
2047 |
|
2056 | |||
2048 | ``address`` |
|
2057 | ``address`` | |
2049 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) |
|
2058 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) | |
2050 |
|
2059 | |||
2051 | ``allow_archive`` |
|
2060 | ``allow_archive`` | |
2052 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. |
|
2061 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. | |
2053 | (default: empty) |
|
2062 | (default: empty) | |
2054 |
|
2063 | |||
2055 | ``allowbz2`` |
|
2064 | ``allowbz2`` | |
2056 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository |
|
2065 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository | |
2057 | revisions. |
|
2066 | revisions. | |
2058 | (default: False) |
|
2067 | (default: False) | |
2059 |
|
2068 | |||
2060 | ``allowgz`` |
|
2069 | ``allowgz`` | |
2061 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository |
|
2070 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository | |
2062 | revisions. |
|
2071 | revisions. | |
2063 | (default: False) |
|
2072 | (default: False) | |
2064 |
|
2073 | |||
2065 | ``allowpull`` |
|
2074 | ``allowpull`` | |
2066 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) |
|
2075 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) | |
2067 |
|
2076 | |||
2068 | ``allow_push`` |
|
2077 | ``allow_push`` | |
2069 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
2078 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, | |
2070 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote |
|
2079 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote | |
2071 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the |
|
2080 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the | |
2072 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated |
|
2081 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated | |
2073 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the |
|
2082 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the | |
2074 | allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list. |
|
2083 | allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list. | |
2075 |
|
2084 | |||
2076 | ``allow_read`` |
|
2085 | ``allow_read`` | |
2077 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to |
|
2086 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to | |
2078 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant |
|
2087 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant | |
2079 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the |
|
2088 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the | |
2080 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is |
|
2089 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is | |
2081 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access |
|
2090 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access | |
2082 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the |
|
2091 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the | |
2083 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access |
|
2092 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access | |
2084 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are |
|
2093 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are | |
2085 | examined after the deny_read list. |
|
2094 | examined after the deny_read list. | |
2086 |
|
2095 | |||
2087 | ``allowzip`` |
|
2096 | ``allowzip`` | |
2088 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository |
|
2097 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository | |
2089 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. |
|
2098 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. | |
2090 | (default: False) |
|
2099 | (default: False) | |
2091 |
|
2100 | |||
2092 | ``archivesubrepos`` |
|
2101 | ``archivesubrepos`` | |
2093 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. |
|
2102 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. | |
2094 | (default: False) |
|
2103 | (default: False) | |
2095 |
|
2104 | |||
2096 | ``baseurl`` |
|
2105 | ``baseurl`` | |
2097 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so |
|
2106 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so | |
2098 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct |
|
2107 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct | |
2099 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. |
|
2108 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. | |
2100 |
|
2109 | |||
2101 | ``cacerts`` |
|
2110 | ``cacerts`` | |
2102 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate |
|
2111 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate | |
2103 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
2112 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` | |
2104 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the |
|
2113 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the | |
2105 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers |
|
2114 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers | |
2106 | with these certificates. |
|
2115 | with these certificates. | |
2107 |
|
2116 | |||
2108 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from |
|
2117 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from | |
2109 | command line. |
|
2118 | command line. | |
2110 |
|
2119 | |||
2111 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
2120 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has | |
2112 | one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
2121 | one. On most Linux systems this will be | |
2113 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to |
|
2122 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to | |
2114 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: |
|
2123 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: | |
2115 |
|
2124 | |||
2116 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2125 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
2117 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
2126 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
2118 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2127 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
2119 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2128 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
2120 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
2129 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
2121 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2130 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
2122 |
|
2131 | |||
2123 | ``cache`` |
|
2132 | ``cache`` | |
2124 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) |
|
2133 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) | |
2125 |
|
2134 | |||
2126 | ``certificate`` |
|
2135 | ``certificate`` | |
2127 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. |
|
2136 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. | |
2128 |
|
2137 | |||
2129 | ``collapse`` |
|
2138 | ``collapse`` | |
2130 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at |
|
2139 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at | |
2131 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With |
|
2140 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With | |
2132 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than |
|
2141 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than | |
2133 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that |
|
2142 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that | |
2134 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting |
|
2143 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting | |
2135 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory |
|
2144 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory | |
2136 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) |
|
2145 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) | |
2137 |
|
2146 | |||
2138 | ``comparisoncontext`` |
|
2147 | ``comparisoncontext`` | |
2139 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If |
|
2148 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If | |
2140 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) |
|
2149 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) | |
2141 |
|
2150 | |||
2142 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the |
|
2151 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the | |
2143 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. |
|
2152 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. | |
2144 |
|
2153 | |||
2145 | ``contact`` |
|
2154 | ``contact`` | |
2146 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. |
|
2155 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. | |
2147 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) |
|
2156 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) | |
2148 |
|
2157 | |||
2149 | ``csp`` |
|
2158 | ``csp`` | |
2150 | Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value. |
|
2159 | Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value. | |
2151 |
|
2160 | |||
2152 | The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced |
|
2161 | The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced | |
2153 | by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains |
|
2162 | by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains | |
2154 | ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the |
|
2163 | ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the | |
2155 | one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into |
|
2164 | one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into | |
2156 | ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript. |
|
2165 | ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript. | |
2157 |
|
2166 | |||
2158 | Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository |
|
2167 | Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository | |
2159 | data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to |
|
2168 | data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to | |
2160 | "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security |
|
2169 | "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security | |
2161 | threat model. |
|
2170 | threat model. | |
2162 |
|
2171 | |||
2163 | ``deny_push`` |
|
2172 | ``deny_push`` | |
2164 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
2173 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, | |
2165 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are |
|
2174 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are | |
2166 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and |
|
2175 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and | |
2167 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The |
|
2176 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The | |
2168 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list. |
|
2177 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list. | |
2169 |
|
2178 | |||
2170 | ``deny_read`` |
|
2179 | ``deny_read`` | |
2171 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is |
|
2180 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is | |
2172 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any |
|
2181 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any | |
2173 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to |
|
2182 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to | |
2174 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users |
|
2183 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users | |
2175 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, |
|
2184 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, | |
2176 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and |
|
2185 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and | |
2177 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both |
|
2186 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both | |
2178 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is |
|
2187 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is | |
2179 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being |
|
2188 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being | |
2180 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in |
|
2189 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in | |
2181 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have |
|
2190 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have | |
2182 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read |
|
2191 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read | |
2183 | list. |
|
2192 | list. | |
2184 |
|
2193 | |||
2185 | ``descend`` |
|
2194 | ``descend`` | |
2186 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories |
|
2195 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories | |
2187 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still |
|
2196 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still | |
2188 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). |
|
2197 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). | |
2189 |
|
2198 | |||
2190 | ``description`` |
|
2199 | ``description`` | |
2191 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
|
2200 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. | |
2192 | (default: "unknown") |
|
2201 | (default: "unknown") | |
2193 |
|
2202 | |||
2194 | ``encoding`` |
|
2203 | ``encoding`` | |
2195 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) |
|
2204 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) | |
2196 | Example: "UTF-8". |
|
2205 | Example: "UTF-8". | |
2197 |
|
2206 | |||
2198 | ``errorlog`` |
|
2207 | ``errorlog`` | |
2199 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) |
|
2208 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) | |
2200 |
|
2209 | |||
2201 | ``guessmime`` |
|
2210 | ``guessmime`` | |
2202 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. |
|
2211 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. | |
2203 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file |
|
2212 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file | |
2204 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might |
|
2213 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might | |
2205 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted |
|
2214 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted | |
2206 | repositories. (default: False) |
|
2215 | repositories. (default: False) | |
2207 |
|
2216 | |||
2208 | ``hidden`` |
|
2217 | ``hidden`` | |
2209 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. |
|
2218 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. | |
2210 | (default: False) |
|
2219 | (default: False) | |
2211 |
|
2220 | |||
2212 | ``ipv6`` |
|
2221 | ``ipv6`` | |
2213 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) |
|
2222 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) | |
2214 |
|
2223 | |||
2215 | ``labels`` |
|
2224 | ``labels`` | |
2216 | List of string *labels* associated with the repository. |
|
2225 | List of string *labels* associated with the repository. | |
2217 |
|
2226 | |||
2218 | Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize |
|
2227 | Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize | |
2219 | output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories |
|
2228 | output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories | |
2220 | by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content |
|
2229 | by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content | |
2221 | if a specific label is present. |
|
2230 | if a specific label is present. | |
2222 |
|
2231 | |||
2223 | ``logoimg`` |
|
2232 | ``logoimg`` | |
2224 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. |
|
2233 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. | |
2225 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to |
|
2234 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to | |
2226 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". |
|
2235 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". | |
2227 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. |
|
2236 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. | |
2228 |
|
2237 | |||
2229 | ``logourl`` |
|
2238 | ``logourl`` | |
2230 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` |
|
2239 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` | |
2231 | will be used. |
|
2240 | will be used. | |
2232 |
|
2241 | |||
2233 | ``maxchanges`` |
|
2242 | ``maxchanges`` | |
2234 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) |
|
2243 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) | |
2235 |
|
2244 | |||
2236 | ``maxfiles`` |
|
2245 | ``maxfiles`` | |
2237 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) |
|
2246 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) | |
2238 |
|
2247 | |||
2239 | ``maxshortchanges`` |
|
2248 | ``maxshortchanges`` | |
2240 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog |
|
2249 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog | |
2241 | pages. (default: 60) |
|
2250 | pages. (default: 60) | |
2242 |
|
2251 | |||
2243 | ``name`` |
|
2252 | ``name`` | |
2244 | Repository name to use in the web interface. |
|
2253 | Repository name to use in the web interface. | |
2245 | (default: current working directory) |
|
2254 | (default: current working directory) | |
2246 |
|
2255 | |||
2247 | ``port`` |
|
2256 | ``port`` | |
2248 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) |
|
2257 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) | |
2249 |
|
2258 | |||
2250 | ``prefix`` |
|
2259 | ``prefix`` | |
2251 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) |
|
2260 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) | |
2252 |
|
2261 | |||
2253 | ``push_ssl`` |
|
2262 | ``push_ssl`` | |
2254 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to |
|
2263 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to | |
2255 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) |
|
2264 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) | |
2256 |
|
2265 | |||
2257 | ``refreshinterval`` |
|
2266 | ``refreshinterval`` | |
2258 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new |
|
2267 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new | |
2259 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used |
|
2268 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used | |
2260 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is |
|
2269 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is | |
2261 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. |
|
2270 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. | |
2262 |
|
2271 | |||
2263 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. |
|
2272 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. | |
2264 | (default: 20) |
|
2273 | (default: 20) | |
2265 |
|
2274 | |||
2266 | ``staticurl`` |
|
2275 | ``staticurl`` | |
2267 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the |
|
2276 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the | |
2268 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use |
|
2277 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use | |
2269 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. |
|
2278 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. | |
2270 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. |
|
2279 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. | |
2271 |
|
2280 | |||
2272 | ``stripes`` |
|
2281 | ``stripes`` | |
2273 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. |
|
2282 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. | |
2274 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) |
|
2283 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) | |
2275 |
|
2284 | |||
2276 | ``style`` |
|
2285 | ``style`` | |
2277 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of |
|
2286 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of | |
2278 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) |
|
2287 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) | |
2279 | Example: ``monoblue``. |
|
2288 | Example: ``monoblue``. | |
2280 |
|
2289 | |||
2281 | ``templates`` |
|
2290 | ``templates`` | |
2282 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates |
|
2291 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates | |
2283 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. |
|
2292 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. | |
2284 |
|
2293 | |||
2285 | ``websub`` |
|
2294 | ``websub`` | |
2286 | ---------- |
|
2295 | ---------- | |
2287 |
|
2296 | |||
2288 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to |
|
2297 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to | |
2289 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which |
|
2298 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which | |
2290 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. |
|
2299 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. | |
2291 |
|
2300 | |||
2292 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns |
|
2301 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns | |
2293 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere |
|
2302 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere | |
2294 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the |
|
2303 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the | |
2295 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). |
|
2304 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). | |
2296 |
|
2305 | |||
2297 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links |
|
2306 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links | |
2298 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into |
|
2307 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into | |
2299 | HTML (see the examples below). |
|
2308 | HTML (see the examples below). | |
2300 |
|
2309 | |||
2301 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. |
|
2310 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. | |
2302 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. |
|
2311 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. | |
2303 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, |
|
2312 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, | |
2304 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: |
|
2313 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: | |
2305 |
|
2314 | |||
2306 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] |
|
2315 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] | |
2307 |
|
2316 | |||
2308 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional |
|
2317 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional | |
2309 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. |
|
2318 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. | |
2310 |
|
2319 | |||
2311 | Examples:: |
|
2320 | Examples:: | |
2312 |
|
2321 | |||
2313 | [websub] |
|
2322 | [websub] | |
2314 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i |
|
2323 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i | |
2315 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ |
|
2324 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ | |
2316 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ |
|
2325 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ | |
2317 |
|
2326 | |||
2318 | ``worker`` |
|
2327 | ``worker`` | |
2319 | ---------- |
|
2328 | ---------- | |
2320 |
|
2329 | |||
2321 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working |
|
2330 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working | |
2322 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly |
|
2331 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly | |
2323 | helps performance. |
|
2332 | helps performance. | |
2324 |
|
2333 | |||
2325 | ``numcpus`` |
|
2334 | ``numcpus`` | |
2326 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or |
|
2335 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or | |
2327 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. |
|
2336 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. | |
2328 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
|
2337 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) | |
2329 |
|
2338 | |||
2330 | ``backgroundclose`` |
|
2339 | ``backgroundclose`` | |
2331 | Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain |
|
2340 | Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain | |
2332 | operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file |
|
2341 | operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file | |
2333 | handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing |
|
2342 | handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing | |
2334 | on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially. |
|
2343 | on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially. | |
2335 | (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere) |
|
2344 | (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere) | |
2336 |
|
2345 | |||
2337 | ``backgroundcloseminfilecount`` |
|
2346 | ``backgroundcloseminfilecount`` | |
2338 | Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing. |
|
2347 | Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing. | |
2339 | Operations not writing this many files won't start background close |
|
2348 | Operations not writing this many files won't start background close | |
2340 | threads. |
|
2349 | threads. | |
2341 | (default: 2048) |
|
2350 | (default: 2048) | |
2342 |
|
2351 | |||
2343 | ``backgroundclosemaxqueue`` |
|
2352 | ``backgroundclosemaxqueue`` | |
2344 | The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the |
|
2353 | The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the | |
2345 | background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is |
|
2354 | background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is | |
2346 | enabled. |
|
2355 | enabled. | |
2347 | (default: 384) |
|
2356 | (default: 384) | |
2348 |
|
2357 | |||
2349 | ``backgroundclosethreadcount`` |
|
2358 | ``backgroundclosethreadcount`` | |
2350 | Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if |
|
2359 | Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if | |
2351 | ``backgroundclose`` is enabled. |
|
2360 | ``backgroundclose`` is enabled. | |
2352 | (default: 4) |
|
2361 | (default: 4) |
@@ -1,90 +1,106 b'' | |||||
1 | Test update logic when there are renames or weird same-name cases between dirs |
|
1 | Test update logic when there are renames or weird same-name cases between dirs | |
2 | and files |
|
2 | and files | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | Update with local changes across a file rename |
|
4 | Update with local changes across a file rename | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 | $ hg init r1 && cd r1 |
|
6 | $ hg init r1 && cd r1 | |
7 |
|
7 | |||
8 | $ echo a > a |
|
8 | $ echo a > a | |
9 | $ hg add a |
|
9 | $ hg add a | |
10 | $ hg ci -m a |
|
10 | $ hg ci -m a | |
11 |
|
11 | |||
12 | $ hg mv a b |
|
12 | $ hg mv a b | |
13 | $ hg ci -m rename |
|
13 | $ hg ci -m rename | |
14 |
|
14 | |||
15 | $ echo b > b |
|
15 | $ echo b > b | |
16 | $ hg ci -m change |
|
16 | $ hg ci -m change | |
17 |
|
17 | |||
18 | $ hg up -q 0 |
|
18 | $ hg up -q 0 | |
19 |
|
19 | |||
20 | $ echo c > a |
|
20 | $ echo c > a | |
21 |
|
21 | |||
22 | $ hg up |
|
22 | $ hg up | |
23 | merging a and b to b |
|
23 | merging a and b to b | |
24 | warning: conflicts while merging b! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark') |
|
24 | warning: conflicts while merging b! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark') | |
25 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 1 files unresolved |
|
25 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 1 files unresolved | |
26 | use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges |
|
26 | use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges | |
27 | [1] |
|
27 | [1] | |
28 |
|
28 | |||
29 | Test update when local untracked directory exists with the same name as a |
|
29 | Test update when local untracked directory exists with the same name as a | |
30 | tracked file in a commit we are updating to |
|
30 | tracked file in a commit we are updating to | |
31 | $ hg init r2 && cd r2 |
|
31 | $ hg init r2 && cd r2 | |
32 | $ echo root > root && hg ci -Am root # rev 0 |
|
32 | $ echo root > root && hg ci -Am root # rev 0 | |
33 | adding root |
|
33 | adding root | |
34 | $ echo text > name && hg ci -Am "name is a file" # rev 1 |
|
34 | $ echo text > name && hg ci -Am "name is a file" # rev 1 | |
35 | adding name |
|
35 | adding name | |
36 | $ hg up 0 |
|
36 | $ hg up 0 | |
37 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
37 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved | |
38 | $ mkdir name |
|
38 | $ mkdir name | |
39 | $ hg up 1 |
|
39 | $ hg up 1 | |
40 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
40 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved | |
41 |
|
41 | |||
42 | Test update when local untracked directory exists with some files in it and has |
|
42 | Test update when local untracked directory exists with some files in it and has | |
43 | the same name a tracked file in a commit we are updating to. In future this |
|
43 | the same name a tracked file in a commit we are updating to. In future this | |
44 | should be updated to give an friendlier error message, but now we should just |
|
44 | should be updated to give an friendlier error message, but now we should just | |
45 | make sure that this does not erase untracked data |
|
45 | make sure that this does not erase untracked data | |
46 | $ hg up 0 |
|
46 | $ hg up 0 | |
47 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
47 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved | |
48 | $ mkdir name |
|
48 | $ mkdir name | |
49 | $ echo text > name/file |
|
49 | $ echo text > name/file | |
50 | $ hg st |
|
50 | $ hg st | |
51 | ? name/file |
|
51 | ? name/file | |
52 | $ hg up 1 |
|
52 | $ hg up 1 | |
53 | abort: *: '$TESTTMP/r1/r2/name' (glob) |
|
53 | abort: *: '$TESTTMP/r1/r2/name' (glob) | |
54 | [255] |
|
54 | [255] | |
55 | $ cd .. |
|
55 | $ cd .. | |
56 |
|
56 | |||
57 | #if symlink |
|
57 | #if symlink | |
58 |
|
58 | |||
59 | Test update when two commits have symlinks that point to different folders |
|
59 | Test update when two commits have symlinks that point to different folders | |
60 | $ hg init r3 && cd r3 |
|
60 | $ hg init r3 && cd r3 | |
61 | $ echo root > root && hg ci -Am root |
|
61 | $ echo root > root && hg ci -Am root | |
62 | adding root |
|
62 | adding root | |
63 | $ mkdir folder1 && mkdir folder2 |
|
63 | $ mkdir folder1 && mkdir folder2 | |
64 | $ ln -s folder1 folder |
|
64 | $ ln -s folder1 folder | |
65 | $ hg ci -Am "symlink to folder1" |
|
65 | $ hg ci -Am "symlink to folder1" | |
66 | adding folder |
|
66 | adding folder | |
67 | $ rm folder |
|
67 | $ rm folder | |
68 | $ ln -s folder2 folder |
|
68 | $ ln -s folder2 folder | |
69 | $ hg ci -Am "symlink to folder2" |
|
69 | $ hg ci -Am "symlink to folder2" | |
70 | $ hg up 1 |
|
70 | $ hg up 1 | |
71 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
71 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved | |
72 | $ cd .. |
|
72 | $ cd .. | |
73 |
|
73 | |||
74 | #endif |
|
74 | #endif | |
75 |
|
75 | |||
76 | #if rmcwd |
|
76 | #if rmcwd | |
77 |
|
77 | |||
78 | Test that warning is printed if cwd is deleted during update |
|
78 | Test that warning is printed if cwd is deleted during update | |
79 | $ hg init r4 && cd r4 |
|
79 | $ hg init r4 && cd r4 | |
80 | $ mkdir dir |
|
80 | $ mkdir dir | |
81 | $ cd dir |
|
81 | $ cd dir | |
82 | $ echo a > a |
|
82 | $ echo a > a | |
83 | $ echo b > b |
|
83 | $ echo b > b | |
84 | $ hg add a b |
|
84 | $ hg add a b | |
85 | $ hg ci -m "file and dir" |
|
85 | $ hg ci -m "file and dir" | |
86 | $ hg up -q null |
|
86 | $ hg up -q null | |
87 | current directory was removed |
|
87 | current directory was removed | |
88 | (consider changing to repo root: $TESTTMP/r1/r4) |
|
88 | (consider changing to repo root: $TESTTMP/r1/r4) | |
89 |
|
89 | |||
90 | #endif |
|
90 | #endif | |
|
91 | ||||
|
92 | $ cd $TESTTMP | |||
|
93 | $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF | |||
|
94 | > [commands] | |||
|
95 | > update.requiredest = True | |||
|
96 | > EOF | |||
|
97 | $ hg init dest | |||
|
98 | $ cd dest | |||
|
99 | $ echo a >> a | |||
|
100 | $ hg commit -qAm aa | |||
|
101 | $ hg up | |||
|
102 | abort: you must specify a destination | |||
|
103 | (for example: hg update ".::") | |||
|
104 | [255] | |||
|
105 | $ hg up . | |||
|
106 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now